All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

After weeks of local speculation, the purchasers of 55,000 acres of northern California land have been revealed. The group Flannery Associates – backed by a cohort of Silicon Valley investors – has quietly purchased $800m worth of agricultural and empty land, the New York Times has reported. Its goal is to build a utopian new town that will offer its thousands of residents reliable public transportation and urban living, all of which would operate using clean energy.

The project was spearheaded by Jan Sramek, a 36-year-old former trader for the investment banking firm Goldman Sachs, and is backed by prominent Silicon Valley investors including Michael Moritz, a venture capitalist; Reid Hoffman, the co-founder of Linkedin; Laurene Powell Jobs, the founder of the philanthropic group Emerson Collective and wife of Steve Jobs; Marc Andreessen, an investor and software developer; Patrick and John Collison, the sibling co-founders of the payment processor Stripe; and the entrepreneurs Daniel Gross and Nat Friedman, the Times reported.

Though Flannery has been purchasing farmland and empty plots over the past five years it has only recently started interacting with local officials and residents, according to the Times and local reports.

Flannery has purchased land from farmers for several times more than the market value and become the biggest landowners in Solano county, an area 60 miles north-east of San Francisco. The land bought by the firm encircles Travis air force base in Fairfield, a city of about 120,000 residents and home to the Anheuser-Busch Co brewery and the Jelly Belly jelly bean factory.

Recently, Flannery has been meeting with local officials and representatives, according to the Times. It has also been sending out opinion polls to local residents to gauge their feelings on an initiative that could appear on Solano county voter’s ballots, according to the newspaper SF Gate.

“This project would include a new city with tens of thousands of new homes, a large solar energy farm, orchards with over a million new trees, and over ten thousand acres of new parks and open space,” a screenshot of the survey obtained by the newspaper reads.

The poll also asks if residents would support the project if it was placed in an area with “bad soil that only contributes 5% of the county’s agricultural production,” according to a Facebook post from Catherine Moy, the mayor of Fairfield, the closest city to Flannery’s purchases.

Despite the lofty goals set forth by Flannery, the group faces an uphill battle that will affect each step of the process of creating a new city from scratch. The firm has sued land owners who sold their land over what it describes as an “illegal price-fixing conspiracy”. Flannery would have to get the blessing of officials at the local and state levels and residents. It will also have to navigate environmental and zoning roadblocks, according to the San Francisco Chronicle.

[This article was amended on 27 August 2023 to clarify that Flannery Associates has sued land owners from whom it bought land for an alleged price-fixing conspiracy.]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image: California landscape with deer Photograph: Anton Sorokin/Alamy

A Voice Heard in the Land. Diana Johnstone

August 28th, 2023 by Diana Johnstone

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The song “Rich Men North of Richmond” is a personal lament, a cry of pain and despair over the state of the “new world”.

The fact that Oliver Anthony’s powerful voice and frank lyrics immediately resonated with millions of listeners tells each of us something about the rest of us. On the simple but deep level of sensibility, millions of very different people found they shared something in common.

Exactly what this might be and where it might lead is a mystery, but there is potential political meaning in the subjective unity aroused by this song.

No, not unity but division! – promptly decreed liberal establishment opinion-makers. It’s the “right wing” that loves it, ruled The Guardian and the rest. Scrutinizing the lyrics for rightwing extremist stigmata, critics jumped on just these lines.

Lord, we got folks in the street
Ain’t got nothin’ to eat
And the obese milkin’ welfare

But God if you’re five foot three
And you’re three hundred pounds
Taxes ought not to pay
For your bags of fudge rounds

North of Richmond, where lobbyists and legislators play, this may seem to be all about welfare payments, good on the left, bad on the right. But in its way, this is a poem, and as such it calls for a more poetic interpretation.

[After 40 million views on YouTube, Edward Snowden tweets that Oliver likely already has an FBI file.]

Here the author is pointing to a paradox, the coexistence of having nothing to eat and suffering from obesity. This contrast is observed and experienced with growing frequency in the working class.

Anxiety, despair, substance abuse and binge eating, homelessness and bad nutrition, not to mention poor health and lowered life expectancy come together in these apparently opposing phenomena. All, including welfare itself, reflect the misery of the contemporary working class.

And if we stand back and look for causes and effects, we can drop the minor matter of too many fudge rounds and get to the great big root causes of the whole picture behind Oliver Anthony’s rapid sketch.

The Planned Obsolescence of the Working Class

Teamsters Local 804 rally in New York outside a UPS customer center. (Teamsterts for a Democratic Union)

The plight of the contemporary Western ruling class goes back roughly forty years, to the political takeover of public policy by financial capital. Financial capital makes the investment decisions that shape society, and governments, to lure those precious investments, began to cede more and more freedom to those decision-makers. The social impact was enormous.

Capitalist rulers not only chose measures to increase the share of stockholder profits over remuneration to employees for their productive work, but began to plan the obsolescence of the Western working class altogether. Automation and outsourcing diminished the political influence of labor, further weakened by uncontrolled immigration of potential substitute job fillers.

The plain truth is that planned obsolescence has been the dominant policy of the Western elite toward the working class since the neoliberal power seizure of the 1980s.

And what about the political left in all this, the political thinkers and activists who under Marxist influence once championed the working class as both the agents and the beneficiaries of historic progress?

To a significant extent, the American intellectual left settled into the ivory tower of academia, where it thrived following a trajectory in harmony with the obsolescence of the working class. Ensconced in humanities departments, the intellectual left more or less forgot about class as they theorized society in terms of a new array of human categories, racial and sexual. As befits a left, it actively promotes progress, championing oppressed identity categories as it once championed theoretically oppressed wage earners.

Now, when a working class stiff, who suffered a bad accident working in a paper mill, comes along with his complaint, representatives of this contemporary left don’t get it. What is he complaining about? Is he racist?

It is not just the present that causes suffering. Somehow the Western working class can feel that at more than one level, its future has been taken away from it.

Today’s official left doesn’t capture this discontent because it has essentially abandoned the working class and is no longer interested in ownership of the means of production, or even production, which may be bad for the planet.

The academic left see the whole world as classrooms and conference halls. It asserts its values by championing diversity, equity and inclusion in math classes and corporate board rooms. It wants fair distribution within its own elite and other elites as well.

It doesn’t care about the identity distribution of workers in a paper mill, which probably should be shut down anyway, for the sake of the environment. Yes, society is bitterly divided, but it sure ain’t the fault of Oliver Anthony.

“I’ve been sellin’ my soul, workin’ all day / Overtime hours for bullshit pay / So I can sit out here and waste my life away / Drag back home and drown my troubles away.

It’s a damn shame what the world’s gotten to / For people like me and people like you / Wish I could just wake up and it not be true / But it is, oh, it is.

Livin’ in the new world / With an old soul / These rich men north of Richmond / Lord knows they all just wanna have total control / Wanna know what you think, wanna know what you do / And they don’t think you know, but I know that you do / ‘Cause your dollar ain’t shit and it’s taxed to no end / ‘Cause of rich men north of Richmond.

I wish politicians would look out for miners / And not just minors on an island somewhere / Lord, we got folks in the street, ain’t got nothin’ to eat / And the obese milkin’ welfare.

Well, God, if you’re 5-foot-3 and you’re 300 pounds / Taxes ought not to pay for your bags of fudge rounds / Young men are puttin’ themselves six feet in the ground / ‘Cause all this damn country does is keep on kickin’ them down.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Diana Johnstone was press secretary of the Green Group in the European Parliament from 1989 to 1996. In her latest book, Circle in the Darkness: Memoirs of a World Watcher (Clarity Press, 2020), she recounts key episodes in the transformation of the German Green Party from a peace to a war party. Her other books include Fools’ Crusade: Yugoslavia, NATO and Western Delusions (Pluto/Monthly Review) and in co-authorship with her father, Paul H. Johnstone, From MAD to Madness: Inside Pentagon Nuclear War Planning (Clarity Press).

She is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization

She can be reached at [email protected] 

Featured image: Dec. 14, 2018: Amazon workers in Shakopee, Minnesota, protesting a variety of working conditions. (Fibonacci Blue, Flickr, CC BY 2.0)

Video: Maui Wildfires: Evidence of Direct Energy Weapon?

August 28th, 2023 by Hawaii Real Estate

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Media has been restricted access to Lahaina after the catastrophic wildfires. So residents of the town investigated themselves and found smoking gun about the possible cause of the fires.

Watch the video below and judge for yourself: was directed energy weapon (DEW) involved in the wiping out of a town?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Lāhainā Lighthouse surrounded by August 2023 wildfire ruins

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The Gateway Pundit previously reported that InfoWars published insider information that alleges the TSA and US Border Patrol will be moving back to 2020-era COVID-19 mandates and restrictions starting in mid-September through mid-October, to include mask mandates on all flights. This is in addition to the confirmed mask-mandate reinstatement at Morris Brown College in Atlanta, GA, and Lionsgate Studios in Santa Monica, CA. Also, a school district in South Texas just outside of San Antonio closed down temporarily due to an ‘uptick’ in COVID cases.

That same week, War Room’s Natalie Winters uncovered millions of dollars in funding, awarded primarily to the Department of Veteran’s Affairs and DoD, to ramp up testing and other COVID-19 related.

This was just a week after the NIH appointed Dr. Jeanne Marrazzo, a staunch advocate for masks, lockdowns, and vaccine mandates, as the replacement for Dr. Fauci.

To further the suggestion that another lockdown scare is in the forecast, on Tuesday, the US Department of Health and Human Services announced funding of $1.4 billion to “support the development of a new generation of tools and technologies to protect against COVID-19 for years to come” according to a press release.

“Project NextGen is a key part of the Biden-Harris Administration’s commitment to keeping people safe from COVID-19 variants,” said HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra. “These awards are a catalyst for the program – kickstarting efforts to more quickly develop vaccines and continue to ensure availability of effective treatments.”

Project NextGen, a $5 billion initiative led by ASPR’s Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) in partnership with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), coordinates across the federal government and the private sector to advance innovative vaccines and therapeutics into clinical trials, regulatory review, and potential commercial availability for the American people. The project builds on a better understanding of COVID-19 – with HHS developing, using, and constantly re-evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of current vaccines and therapeutics for over three years.

Recipients of the awards include: 

  • $1 billion to four BARDA Clinical Trial partners to support vaccine Phase IIb clinical trial studies: ICON Government and Public Health Solutions, Inc of Hinckley, Ohio; Pharm-Olam, LLC, of Houston, Texas; Technical Resources Intl (TRI), Inc, of Bethesda, Maryland; and Rho Federal Systems, Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
  • $326 million to Regeneron to support the development of a next-generation monoclonal antibody for COVID-19 prevention.
  • $100 million to Global Health Investment Corp. (GHIC), the non-profit organization managing the BARDA Ventures investment portfolio to expand investments in new technologies that will accelerate responses in the future.
  • $10 million to Johnson & Johnson Innovation (JLABS) for a competition through Blue Knight, a BARDA-JLABS partnership.

The press release claims that their partnership with Regeneron will help develop a “novel monoclonal antibody that will protect people who do not respond to or cannot take existing vaccines,” despite their attempts to limit the distribution in Florida in 2021.

On Friday, Joe Biden announced that he plans to request more funding from Congress to develop a new COVID vaccine “that works.”

“I signed off this morning on a proposal we have to present to the Congress a request for additional funding for a new vaccine that is necessary, that works,” Biden told the reporters while vacationing in Lake Tahoe.

Biden warned that everyone will get it despite their previous vaccination status.

“It will likely be recommended that everybody get it no matter whether they’ve gotten it before or not,” he added.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jim Hᴏft is the founder and editor of The Gateway Pundit, one of the top conservative news outlets in America. Jim was awarded the Reed Irvine Accuracy in Media Award in 2013 and is the proud recipient of the Breitbart Award for Excellence in Online Journalism from the Americans for Prosperity Foundation in May 2016.

Featured image is from GP


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

If Osama bin Laden Didn’t Do 9/11, Then Who Did?

August 28th, 2023 by Prof. Anthony J. Hall

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Introduction. Manufacturing Panics and Disasters

The dominant War Lords behind the rising onslaught of apocalyptic upheavals are very meticulous in some facets of their planning. Their Big Plans often involve the exploitation of manufactured disaster to generate panic, lot’s of panic…. panic meant to help destabilize, depopulate, and terrorize the general population. Often responses of panic and fear can be finessed to strip away any semblance of rationality.

This tactic for repressing reason and logic makes it much easier to manipulate large masses of terrified people as occurred on 9/11.

The business of manufacturing widespread panic attacks is thus becoming essential in the War Lords’ accelerating process of reducing once-fairly-healthy populations into human rubble.

The political economy of packaged hysteria thrives on the fabrication or intensification of catastrophe.

Sometimes the strategy is to divert attention from the real catastrophes by building up the illusionary aura of fake catastrophes like climate change. Manufactured disasters include the outcome of the Directed Energy Weapons zapped at Maui. This outcome was spun as offering specious proof that climate change is ruining the planet.

Manufactured disasters also includes the massive toxic chemical fire ignited by murderous saboteurs after a train went off the tracks in East Palestine Ohio. Some of the derailed train cars carried dangerous loads that should have been carefully removed from the town site and then unloaded professionally at an appropriate facility. Instead the saboteurs purposely torched the toxic materials in East Palestine to create maximum contamination, murder and mayhem over a large region. This operation has all over it the finger prints of the most aggressive branch of the billionaire War Lords seeking their further aggrandizement at our expense.

Both The Maui and East Palestine events took place in 2023. What further surprises await us in the closing months of 2023? What does the academic calendar of 2023-24 hold in store? What might be this year’s September Surprise as we embark on the teaching and learning cycle of 2023-23, a cycle when education is rapidly giving way to indoctrination for civilizational nullification.

Just as school starts in September, so too did the War on Terror. September of 2001 proved to be a propitious time for the perpetrators of the 9/11 crimes. The misrepresentation of the lies and crimes of 9/11 were sold to the public on the basis of a script largely authored by Orientalist operative, Bernard Lewis.

The late Bernard Lewis perfectly embodied the Zionist component in the imperial trajectory of the Anglo-American Empire. Throughout the twentieth century the UK and the US invested much political capital onto the rise of the Zionist movement to create and expand Israel. An academic Orientalist, Lewis moved into the intelligence apparatus of the United States from the Arab Bureau of British intelligence. As Edward Said has so compellingly explained, this imperial school of Orientalist experts was deeply involved in colonizing the Muslim and Arab peoples throughout Eurasia.

At the White House, Lewis coached National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski on the development and deployment of Arab mercenary armies with the goal of overturning the Soviet Union. That process gained traction in the decade culminating in 1989 when the Soviet puppet government in Afghanistan collapsed due to the military incursions of a US-recruited, trained, armed and backed mujahideen proxy army. A Saudi component of the mercenary force included CIA asset, Osama bin Laden.

The demise of the Soviet puppet government in Afghanistan helped hearten especially CIA-Vatican-backed Polish opponents of the Soviet regime. By 1991 the USSR was relegated to the dust heap of history while Lewis stayed on as the chief strategist in remaking the USA’s Muslim allies into made-for-TV terrorist enemies. This process of demonizing Muslims served Israel’s objective of furthering the Jewish State’s heavy-duty exploitation of America’s military muscle.

This history constitutes the background of Bernard Lewis’ role in developing the Public Relations fable of al-Qaeda and bin Laden as personifications of “the West’s” new post-9/11 enemy.

Lewis’ goal in orchestrating the 9/11 fable was to produce an impactful example of the “clash of civilizations” he had successfully promoted as the new strategic paradigm to replace the bipolar dynamics of the Cold War. Like the 9/11 false flag, the implementation of this paradigm served many objectives but especially the agenda of cultivating the culture of never ending war to further enrich the world’s richest people.

War is the biggest bonanza in the money-making strategies of the world’s dominant banking cartels. Typically the top tier of bankers finance different sides in conflicts, This tactic helped set strategies for modern-day hedge funds.

The dominant bankers work closely with the war profiteers in running the supposedly US-led military-industral complex.

Anxious to continue their dominating role in the US political economy, these death merchants needed a dramatic display of violence to illustrate the applicability of Lewis’ clash-of-civilizations paradigm.

It is no coincidence, therefore, that the media’s depiction of Arabs and Muslims after 9/11 was effective in turning public opinion in the direction of support for Israel’s campaign to weaken, divide and dominate the predominantly Islamic populations of western Asia.

The bin Laden fable was sold to the public through the propaganda techniques developed and elaborated by Freud’s nephew, Edward Bernays. Bernays’ involvement extends from Goebbels’ propaganda ministry in National Socialist Germany, to Madison Avenue PR, to covert warfare on behalf of United Fruit Company and the intelligence branches of the US Armed Forces. Edward Bernays helped cultivate the seeds of what would become the military-media complex of Silicon Valley currently dominated by the Anti-Defamation League of B’nai B’rith.

In the Bernaysian tradition, the essence of the 9/11 hit job was to establish the existential basis for a huge and ongoing psychological operation whose overriding goal is to establish Zio-American omnipotence in the governance of the globe.

Creating Illusions While Destroying Evidence 

On the bright sunny morning in Manhattan, an event soon named “9/11” ushered in a new era of accelerated civilizational decline. In the early hours of the disaster, Israeli agents were already spinning the story on the BBC of what the West’s response should be. Ehud Barak, a former Israel prime minister, immediately proposed the mounting of a War on the Islamic Terror with Osama bin Laden as the leading target.

In retrospect, Barak’s words can be viewed as directives describing what was about to come. In essence he was articulating the War Lords’ instructions. These instructions were to be carried out immediately, without any authentic investigation whatsoever concerning what happened in September of 2001. To this day, the US government has never engaged in a serious and credible investigation of what transpired on 9/11. Why would they? So much is at stake and there is so much to hide.

In the absence of the willingness of countless of officials to do their jobs honestly, much investigation has been carried out by conscientious citizens seeking to stave off the dishonesty of the liars that govern us. We have come up with an extensive body of work supporting conclusions that have influenced hundreds of millions of independent-minded people around the world.

Generally speaking this informal constituency of nay sayers do not support the audacious fakery permeating the official story. There is a very big gap between the existing evidence and the official narrative woven in and around the hugely transformative event in twentieth century history.

Video: Ehud Barak Interview An Hour After 9/11

Even as the events of 9/11 were still unfolding, the US government went into high gear to hide and destroy the evidence chronicling what happened.

Much of this rush to hide the truth of 9/11 was under the executive command of Michael Chertoff. Chertoff is a Zionist Jew with huge heft in the federal government. On 9/11 he was the official in charge of the US Justice Department’s criminal division, including the FBI.

The officials under Chertoff were especially anxious to get rid of evidence contained in the remnants of the structural steel at ground zero. A careful analysis of the undisturbed steel left in place, could have explained much about the completely unprecedented free fall of three, steel-framed skyscrapers in Manhattan.

Most of the material content of these massive structures, the pride of American structural engineering, literally vanished into thin air due to intense vaporization and pulverization. The resulting spectacle offered a high-end display of technological wizardry the likes of which have never been seen before or since 9/11. Where did the enormous amount of energy come from in order to dramatize this stunning enactment of terrorism in action?

What kind of military technology was made available to the 9/11 culprits who pulled off the Hollywoodized extravaganza was set and largely prepared in the Wall Street district of Manhattan.

Certainly the bogus study that was done by NIST stands as a monument to the deeply fraudulent character of the government’s pretend investigation of 9/11. The vaporization and pulverization of the World Trade Center towers simply could not have happened in the way the National Institute of Standards and Technology reported it did.

NIST’s failure to tell the truth presents a telling illustration of the role of 9/11 in helping to collapse the stature and functionality of the once-dominant superpower. As the following video attests, NIST’s perjury in sticking to the fraudulent script of the 9/11 fantasy, epitomizes the treasonous trashing of a crucial agency at the very nexus of American science, technology and industry. The best interests of the United States and its people were sacrificed to advance the interests of a foreign power.

Video: “Stand for the Truth”. Peter Michael Ketcham

In August 2016, Peter Michael Ketcham, a former employee of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), began looking into the reports his agency had released years earlier on the collapse of the World Trade Center. What he found shook him to the core. In this poignant half-hour interview, Peter Michael Ketcham tells his story of discovering that the organization where he had worked for 14 years had deliberately suppressed the truth about the most pivotal event of the 21st century.

Large amounts of the twisted WTC steel that escaped being vaporized and pulverized were quickly hauled off to China to be transformed into battle ships and such. The lies and crimes were covered over in the post-9/11 era in countless ways. Decisions large and small were made in order to put obstacles in the way of those seeking to answer the question: What really happened on 9/11?

Video: “Twin Tower Vaporization”

The flurry of coordinated erasure under the oversight of the Justice Department and FBI extended to the destruction Air Traffic Controllers tapes and to the imposition of Soviet-style “minders” to prevent federal officials involved in the matter from going on record with their own testimony. Moreover, many types of video records documenting both the events of 9/11 and the related interrogations, have been made to disappear.

The same is true of paper transcripts and other incriminating evidence dumped by the triumphant conspirators into the 9/11 memory hole. At the same time the US national security state went into high gear to use excruciating torture of human beings as a means of extracting false evidence to back up the bogus official narrative.

See this and this.

Like many officials involved in the crackdown on truth and government accountability, Michael Chertoff was rewarded in 2005 by being made head of the then-new Homeland Security Dept., an agency created on the basis of the supposed “lessons learned” from 9/11. In this position Chertoff accused those who questioned his leading role in facilitating and misrepresenting the 9/11 debacle as being very similar to “Holocaust Deniers.”

The terrorist entrepreneur exploited his influence on government policy by selling airport security equipment developed by the Chertoff Group. In other words, he cynically cashed in on the transformation of rights-bearing citizens into terrorist suspects subject to the arbitrary rule of our invisible and unaccountable governors.

Video: Homeland Security Michael Chertoff

Along with the specious interpretation of the events of 9/11 came a new stage in pulverizing our remaining freedoms and civil liberties as well as the remnants of our hollowed out democracies. A permanent State of Emergency was declared, one that continues to this day with added layers of toxic Covidian pseudo-law.

This retreat away from the checks and balances of constitutional governance secured even tighter Zionist control over the operations of the Anglo-American war machine and its propaganda branches. The misrepresentation of the 9/11 false flag initiated a period of US-led wars for Israel. These Zionist wars were mostly directed at Muslim-majority countries like Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Syria and Somalia.

The War on Terror and the War on Truth

There is much scanty evidence of a large elaborate Israeli spy ring operating invasively throughout the United States prior to 9/11. There is also evidence of Mossad agents put in place to record the hits on the Twin Towers. These agents were employees of Israeli-run trucking companies in the New York/New Jersey area, companies that were well placed to transport goods required to wire the Twin Towers for controlled demolition.

Surprisingly Rupert Murdoch’s FOX news began to break the story of the Israeli spy rings involved in 9/11. Then the network backtracked but not without doing enough reporting to make it clear that the Jewish, Israeli and neocon facet of the 9/11 debacle is undeniable and deep.

There is a very large literature debunking the obscenely stupid and outright insulting official explanation of what happened on 9/11. Who really believes the ridiculous fable any more of Osama bin Laden as “the mastermind of 9/11”? Bernard Lewis must be having a good laugh in his grave.

Much of this skeptical literature evades any direct reckoning with the Zionist role in the debacle. The people behind the 9/11 crime have lots of means at their disposal to intimidate, damage and deplatform those that do the necessary investigations. The citizen investigations became necessary because of the treasonous avoidance by those whose job it is to enforce the law and defend the United States from foreign subversion.

Laurent Guyénot is one of those who have stepped up to the the plate where those possessed of profession responsibility and scholarly integrity do their stuff. I conclude with a link to Guyénot’s essay, “9/11 Was an Israeli Job.”

See this.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack.

Dr. Anthony Hall is editor in chief of the American Herald Tribune. He is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

As I have noted in the past, the western world came within a knife’s edge of being completely subjugated and placed under perpetual medical tyranny by a coalition of government officials, globalist interests and corporate partners. Liberty movement analysts have talked often of “open conspiracy,” but it was not until the pandemic response that we truly witnessed the mask come off and the greater agenda revealed.

Not more than five years ago the most common retort from skeptics was that such a conspiracy was “impossible” because it was “too elaborate to organize.” Today these people look rather foolish. It is undeniable – There is a cabal of power elites, they are highly organized around the globalist ideology and they want total centralized control of society. It is an immutable fact supported by endless proof. The debate is over. The covid response ended it.

The list of crimes against civil liberties is long. The establishment and the political left (with the help of a handful of Neocons) tried to implement unprecedented authoritarian measures from business and church shutdowns to forced masking (studies show the masks are useless) to forced vaccination using experimental mRNA products with no long term safety testing. In some countries (including New Zealand and Australia) covid camps were actually built to imprison not just citizens traveling overseas, but non-traveling citizens as well. Legislation to build such camps was pushed in the US.

A large percentage of Democrats in polls supported even more extreme policies, including:

  • 55% of Democrats wanted fines for unvaxxed Americans.
  • 59% of Democrats wanted the unvaccinated forcefully confined to their homes.
  • 48% of Democrats wanted prison time for anyone that questioned the vaccines.
  • 47% of Democrats were in favor of government tracking of the unvaxxed.
  • 29% of Democrats were in favor or taking children away from the unvaxxed.

So, if someone tells you there “are no sides” and that the conflict is an illusion created by the “false left/right paradigm,” you know they are full of manure. There are definitely sides and the globalists are not our only concern. And though there are always nuances to take into consideration, exceptions to the rule do not change the rule.

As many leftists openly admitted during the mandates, the goal was to make life so miserable for the unvaccinated that they would eventually comply in order to survive. In this way, establishment elites and leftists could claim that people “volunteered” for the vaccines and no one was forced. What they really meant was, no one was forced at gunpoint, but we all knew that threat was coming next.

Keep in mind that all of these measures were rationalized in the name of “saving lives.” No lives were saved by the mandates. The official median infection fatality rate of covid is a mere 0.23%. In other words, all of these constitutional violations were attempted over a virus that 99.8% of people would inevitably catch and easily survive. I continue to suspect that the establishment expected covid to kill far more people than it did – When lab created diseases get out into the wild they change rapidly, usually evolving to be more infectious but less deadly.

The cabal is not all powerful and certainly not infallible. They make mistakes often. The covid agenda relied on multiple disjointed factors that were difficult to predict and most of them had to work in tandem. One of those factors was the dependency on the political left (a group of weaklings) to act as useful idiots and mob enforcers. Frankly, leftists just aren’t frightening enough to inspire compliance.

Another factor was the assumption that the response of conservative and independent free thinkers would be limited and easy to control. Finally, most if not all state governments in the US had to enforce the mandates for the duration.

Globalists seem to have greatly underestimated the potential resistance to their agenda, specifically in the US where 50 million+ armed citizens were ready to go to war over the draconian restrictions. I think the vaccine passports were the KEY to the scheme; vax passports would have given the establishment full spectrum dominance of the economy with people unable to get jobs or purchase necessities without submitting to the mandates.

It was here that many conservatives, independents and dozens of red states (to my surprise) made their stand, and suddenly, like magic, the covid hysteria vanished. The media propaganda campaign went quiet (compared to the previous two years), and the mandates were abandoned in most places around the world. The globalists were not ready to risk a fight against a massive insurgency.

It has been suggested that the covid agenda is about to make a comeback with a new hyped up strain of the virus. If this is the case, then the attempt will hit a wall. With even more Americans aware of the pointlessness of the mandates and the masks it is unlikely to gain much traction. Of course, as long as the people behind these schemes remain unpunished, they will be free to try again and again until something sticks.

Government agencies and officials like Anthony Fauci remain unpunished for their numerous covid lies. Joe Biden remains unpunished for his attempts to supplant the Bill of Rights. The mainstream media and Big Tech companies remain unpunished for their collusion in propaganda and censorship efforts.

And, let’s not gloss over the fact that Donald Trump promoted the fast-tracked mRNA vaccine programs (I will admit that as far as I know he never called for people to be forced to comply).

He also placed many technocrats and globalists within his own cabinet who would later go on to help institute authoritarian policies. How much these people influenced him or lied to him is up for debate, but his current prosecution does not negate his role leading up to the lockdowns. If there is an election in 2024 and Trump re-enters the White House, remember that no president is going to save us from this fight, we must save ourselves.

The goal of the globalists will be to move swiftly into other crisis events, whether real or fabricated, to bring the population to heel. Enter today’s climate change hysteria…

The covid agenda and the climate change agenda are very similar in that they rely on a core fallacy. The lie is that these events are actually dictated by human behavior, and thus human behavior must be controlled in the name of the “greater good.” The idea goes beyond this, though, into the realm of collectivism; for the globalists and leftists assert that each individual action affects the lives of the rest of the population in a great and unending hive. Therefore, every single person must have their lives micromanaged by the state to prevent some kind of chain reaction that leads to catastrophe for the precious bug colony.

This was the claim during the covid farce, and it’s also the claim for climate change and carbon restrictions. They have fabricated yet another excuse for eliminating personal freedoms. For covid it was the air we each breath out that would supposedly destroy public health, and for climate change it is once again the air we breath out that will supposedly destroy the world. Coincidence? I think not.

During the lockdowns, numerous globalists and globalist connected climate researchers publicly expressed joy at the suggestion that covid lockdowns could be useful for reducing carbon emissions. The phrase “climate lockdowns” started circulating around major conferences and in various globalist funded studies.

These studies obviously show a precipitous drop in human based carbon emissions during the lockdowns, but still do not provide any evidence that man-made emissions actually cause climate changes. This remains the underlying con game of the climate narrative – Climate researchers with access to billions in government funds and think-tank funds happily operate on the ASSUMPTION that emissions cause warming, when in fact they have zero evidence to support this position. Correlation is not causation.

This summer, the media has been relentlessly pounding the climate propaganda drum to a degree that mimics the covid propaganda of a couple years ago.  The nihilistic reports of impending “global boiling” are built upon a house of cards.  Almost all climate crisis claims are based on records of a little over 100 years old. The Earth’s climate history is vast and there have been numerous warming periods much hotter than today. All of these warming events occurred during periods of ample animal and plant life and without human industry to blame.

The climate bogeyman is nothing more than another covid-like fraud, a vehicle for grabbing power and erasing our freedoms. There is no threat, and even if there was there is nothing that human beings could do about it since we have no bearing whatsoever on the course of the Earth’s temperatures. The world’s climate has been changing for millions of years, and there is no difference between the changes of today vs the changes of the past.

The globalists know that to achieve the “new world order” or the “great reset” they desire, a large percentage of the population has to be onboard. And since most people have a measure of conscience as well as self interest, their enslavement has to be presented as a positive.  Tthey must be made to believe that by embracing slavery they are saving the planet and the lives of others.

None of this is true of course, but as long as the populace thinks they are doing good they can often be manipulated into supporting immense evil.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

On 17 August 2023, Former French President Sarkozy made a test balloon for accept Russian objectives.

1. Accept Russian territorial gains
2. Ukraine must remain neutral
3. Ukraine cannot become member of NATO.
4. Ukraine cannot even become member of the EU.

Probably, Macron, Scholz, and others have silently agreed to let Sarkozy put up this perspective, in order to test the reaction. Sarkozy is unpopular anyway, so Sarkozy is the perfect persona to send up this “test-balloon” to see if it gets shot down or if it floats. And it floats.

Sarkozy made his statements 10 days ago which is already a long time in politics. And nothing happened. Apart from the programmatic outcries from Kiev, no major politicians in the EU pushed back on Sarkozy’s points. Not even from Germany’s chancellor Scholz or France’s president Macron. This signals that Sarkozy’s views have silent and wide support in the EU. EU leaders who still publicly support the hopeless Ukraine war have silently had more than enough of it. 

For the past 10 days since Sarkozy made his comments, the US has tried to ignore Sarkozy and those many he speaks for in the EU. But as Sarkozy’s views keep hanging unopposed in Europe, the US deep state cannot ignore it anymore. Only now, very late, a pushback comes against Sarkozy’s comments – not from Europe, but from one of the US deep state media, the New York Times (NYT).

It is revealing to notice the tone of the NYT piece. The US neocons speaking through the NYT are hurt, angered, defenseless – and scared. As war fatigue grips the EU political environment both left and right, the tone in the NYT shows that US neocons feel betrayed that the Europeans are losing appetite on sacrificing themselves for the US imperial project in Ukraine. And we are already talking about very important political voices speaking for broad European populations both left and right, who go against the Ukraine war.

Voices like the French Socialist Ségolène Royal, a former presidential candidate.

Voices like former German chancellor Gerhard Schröder, who is a heavyweight in chancellor Scholz’ own Social Democratic party SPD. Voices like the party “Alternative for Germany”, which due its outspoken resistance to the Ukraine war has become a broad popular party of no less than 21%.

The war-happy mainstream media still try to outcast “Alternative for Germany” as a “far right party”, but the fact is, that “Alternative for Germany” has become mainstream – not because Germans have become “fascist”, but on the contrary, because Germans have become fed up with sacrificing their own country for a war which destroys Ukraine and goes against German interests in prosperity and peace in Europe. See this. 

A big political change regarding the war in Ukraine is forming below the surface tightly censored by US media control. In the end, USA, NATO, and the EU will abandon Ukraine, let it sink to the bottom of the ocean, and let Russia take care of the economic disaster and human mess which Ukraine has become due to US control. What remains of Ukraine will become a new Belarus under a leadership sympathetic to Moscow and depend economically on China’s Belt & Road Initiative for its reconstruction and as foundation for its future economy.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Karsten Riise is a Master of Science (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School and has a university degree in Spanish Culture and Languages from Copenhagen University. He is the former Senior Vice President Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Mercedes-Benz in Denmark and Sweden.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

The Mask Cult Is Back! The Pandemic Propaganda Has Been Unleashed

By Dr. William Makis, August 28, 2023

Big Pharma compromised corrupt doctors, and virtue signaling far left activist doctors (medical students & residents who think they are smarter than they actually are) are the worst of the worst.

CDC Now Refusing New COVID Vaccine Adverse Event Reports in Its “V-Safe Program”

By Dr. David Gortler, August 28, 2023

The V-safe website simply states: “Thank you for your participation. Data collection for COVID-19 vaccines concluded on June 30, 2023.” If you go there today, V-safe directs users to the FDA’s VAERS website for adverse event reporting, even though officials continually derided VAERS as “passive” and “unverified.” 

U.S. Doubles Uranium Imports from Russia. Where Are the Sanctions?

By Mac Slavo, August 28, 2023

The United States’ uranium purchases from Russia have doubled since last year. The U.S. bought 416 tons of uranium from Russia in the first half of the year, more than double the amount for the same period in 2022 and the highest level since 2005.

Potential Accountability for British Intelligence’s Involvement in CIA Torture

By Jennifer Hicks, August 28, 2023

Recent developments suggest that British intelligence agents might finally face legal consequences for their lesser-known involvement in the CIA’s global torture program. A tribunal responsible for intelligence oversight is turning its focus on scrutinizing Britain’s foreign and domestic intelligence activities.

Torture Comes Home to Roost

By Judge Andrew P. Napolitano, August 28, 2023

Last week, at the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, torture came home to roost when the government suffered serious setbacks in two cases. In one, a military judge suppressed the confessions of Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri — the alleged mastermind of the bombing of the USS Cole in 2000, which killed 17 American sailors — because he found that the confessions were obtained under torture.

Federal Agency Responds to Rumors of Coming COVID-19 Lockdown

By Jack Phillips, August 28, 2023

The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) on Friday responded to social media-driven claims the federal government is looking to re-impose mask mandates, vaccine mandates, and lockdowns.

Anger and Fear Follow Japan’s Release of Radioactive Water

By Cho Jung-Woo, August 28, 2023

Civic groups and politicians in Korea on Thursday expressed fierce opposition to Japan’s decision to begin releasing treated radioactive water from the defunct Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant.

“Israel commits massive ethnic cleansing in Palestine, while building more illegal settlements.” Interview with Fra Hughes

By Fra Hughes and Steven Sahiounie, August 28, 2023

The current government ruling Israel is the most far-right Jewish extremist in history. Senior members in power have been asking for the forced deportation of Palestinians, in a frightening echo of the Nakba of 1948, when three-fourths of the Palestinian population was expelled in a massive ethnic cleansing while the US and western nations stood by in silent complicity.

The Demolition of the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. “The Devil’s Trick”

By Mark H. Gaffney, August 27, 2023

As we approach the 22nd anniversary of the September 11, 2001 attacks, more than enough evidence exists to draw reasonable conclusions about what happened that day and who was responsible. Most of the basic facts have been known for years, though unfortunately have not been readily available to the general public.

World War III Has Already Begun, but the Truth Is Being Withheld from the Public Until the Very Last Moment

By Mike Adams, August 27, 2023

World War III has already begun. You simply aren’t being told this because your government and dishonest media outlets are dedicated to keeping you in the dark. After all, they want to use the remaining time to stockpile food, ammunition, medical supplies and precious metals for themselves, and this can only be accomplished by withholding the truth about the situation for as long as possible.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) V-safe website quietly stopped collecting adverse event reports with no reason or explanation.

The V-safe website simply states: “Thank you for your participation. Data collection for COVID-19 vaccines concluded on June 30, 2023.” If you go there today, V-safe directs users to the FDA’s VAERS website for adverse event reporting, even though officials continually derided VAERS as “passive” and “unverified.” 

VAERS and V-safe are mutually exclusive safety collection databases operated by the FDA and CDC, respectively. VAERS is an older way of collecting safety data where one can fill out a form online, or manually, or by calling a toll-free number, whereas V-safe is a device “app” which requires online registration. Both VAERS and V-safe collect personal information, lot numbers, dates and associated information, but V-safe was an active collection system geared towards a younger app-using demographic. 

Here is the last report before deletion.

Does this mean that the CDC believes that the mRNA Covid-19 injections are so safe, there is no need to monitor adverse event reports any longer? What is the argument against continued monitoring, especially since the V-safe website was already up and paid for? 

While CDC’s V-safe was stealthily and abruptly turned off, refusing to accept new safety reports, to this very day the CDC continues to urge everyone ages 6 months and older to stay up to date with COVID-19 vaccines and boosters. 

As a drug safety expert, I personally can’t cite another example of any agency or manufacturer halting collection of safety data. It seems even worse because mRNA technology is relatively new with long-term manifestations unknown. On top of this, both manufacturers and the FDA refuse to share the list of ingredients, such as lipid nanoparticles, which could affect individuals differently and take a long time to manifest clinically. 

Safety Data Collection Should Never Stop

Now, contrast that with the fact that the National Highway Traffic and Safety Administration (NHTSA) will still accept a safety report for a 30-year-old Ford Bronco II. Indeed, this is an oddly specific example, but only because I drove this exact vehicle as a family hand-me-down as a student, through my residency, fellowship, for my tenure as a Yale professor on the mean streets of New Haven and even during my years at the FDA as a medical officer /senior medical analyst. 

Like mRNA shots, Bronco IIs are still available on the market and people are still using them up to this very day. My Bronco became an intermittent topic of conversation with friends and FDA colleagues. One day, I was informed by a patrolling security guard at the FDA that it was the oldest car on campus.

I didn’t know much about cars (or mRNA technology) back then, but when a fellow FDA-er informed me that my Bronco II had noteworthy safety problems and that the NHTSA still had their eye on this vehicle (rollover accidents were more common and more fatal) I addressed the problem: I got rid of the reliable relic, even though I really liked it. 

NHTSA is still accepting safety reports on things like my 30-year-old Ford Bronco II, but the CDC isn’t accepting new safety reports on 2-year old novel mRNA vaccines.

CDC No longer accepting safety reports despite rapidly increasing safety findings:

Unlike my old Bronco, mRNA injections have only been on the market for about twoyears, and according to the FDA Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) database, mRNA “vaccines” have been named the primary suspect in over 1.5 million adverse event reports, of which there are >20,000 heart attacks and >27,000 cases of myocarditis and pericarditis just in the USA alone. Worldwide numbers would be greater. According to many references, including an FDA-funded study out of Harvard, VAERS reports represent fewer than 1 percent of vaccine adverse events that actually occur

Interestingly, the NHTSA link above on my Ford Bronco II only shows: one parts recall, one investigation and 23 complaints, and still features a button in the upper right hand corner for submitting new complaints. 

Wikipedia defines an humanitarian crisis or humanitarian disaster as a: “singular event or a series of events that are threatening in terms of health, safety or well-being of a community or large group of people.” Based on VAERS and previous V-safe findings, adverse events from mRNA shots in the USA alone could be considered a humanitarian crisis. 

Despite those alarming clinical findings, the CDC has concluded that collecting new safety reports is somehow no longer in the interest of America’s public health. Existing data from the V-safe site showed around 6.5 million adverse events/health impacts out of 10.1 million users, with around 2 million of those people unable to conduct normal activities of daily living or needing medical care, according to a third-party rendering of its findings. In other words, despite mRNA shots still being widely available and the CDC promoting its continued use, it’s “case closed” with regards to collecting new safety reports, under today’s federal public health administration. 

Will the CDC opine on the existing data or justify its halting of collecting new safety data? To the best of my knowledge, stopping the collection of public health information doesn’t have a clinical justification or scientific precedence — especially when it comes to an actively marketed product. 

In George Orwell’s 1984, characters were told by The Party to “reject the evidence of your eyes and ears.” Now, the CDC isn’t even allowing that evidence to be collected for viewing (and prospective rejecting). It’s a terrible idea for any product, let alone novel mRNA technologies. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. David Gortler, a 2023 Brownstone Fellow, is a pharmacologist, pharmacist, research scientist and a former member of the FDA Senior Executive Leadership Team who served as senior advisor to the FDA Commissioner on matters of: FDA regulatory affairs, drug safety and FDA science policy. He is a former Yale University and Georgetown University didactic professor of pharmacology and biotechnology, with over a decade of academic pedagogy and bench research, as part of his nearly two decades of experience in drug development. He also serves as a scholar at the Ethics and Public Policy Center.

Featured image is from Shutterstock


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The United States’ uranium purchases from Russia have doubled since last year. The U.S. bought 416 tons of uranium from Russia in the first half of the year, more than double the amount for the same period in 2022 and the highest level since 2005.

Considering the U.S. rulers’ continual demonization of Russia, this seems strange to say the least. RIA Novosti reported on the uranium purchases Thursday, citing data from the U.S. statistical service. Russia is supplying the U.S. only with enriched uranium, a critical component for civil nuclear power generation, according to a report by RT. 

RIA calculations show that Washington’s rulers paid $696.5 million for uranium deliveries from Russia, marking the highest value since 2002. Over the first half of the year, the cost of supplies increased by 2.5 times, and Russia’s share of American imports increased by 13 percentage points to 32%.

Germany and Canada were also in the top five uranium suppliers to the U.S. market, accounting for 13% and 11% of imports respectively. According to a recent New York Times report, roughly a third of enriched uranium used in the US is imported from Russia. GHS Climate, a clean-energy consulting company, states that one out of every 20 American homes and businesses was powered by Russian uranium last year.

Nearly half of the world’s enriched uranium is produced in Russia, and U.S. efforts to reduce its reliance on imports from the country have so far failed. American enrichment plants were shut down after the Cold War as it was significantly cheaper for importers to buy Russian uranium. Currently, only two US facilities – one in Ohio and the other in New Mexico – are licensed to produce high-grade nuclear fuel. -RT

Back in January, The Washington Post reported that if sanctions are imposed on Rosatom, Russia’s civilian nuclear firm, it could cut off exports of uranium to the U.S. and European nuclear industry.  U.S. reliance on Russian nuclear fuel is substantial, but American companies have some options if Rosatom is hit with sanctions.

It looks like the U.S. is always trying to work around the rules it creates.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from energy.gov

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Recent developments suggest that British intelligence agents might finally face legal consequences for their lesser-known involvement in the CIA’s global torture program. A tribunal responsible for intelligence oversight is turning its focus on scrutinizing Britain’s foreign and domestic intelligence activities. A significant ruling from London’s Investigatory Powers Tribunal (IPT) on May 26 has allowed complaints from two Saudis who were tortured at CIA black sites and imprisoned at Guantanamo Bay to be heard, albeit behind closed doors.

Despite the British government’s claims that the IPT, which examines misconduct by London’s security and intelligence agencies, lacked jurisdiction in the cases of Mustafa al-Hawsawi and Abd al-Rahim Nashiri, the tribunal disagreed. The IPT recognized the gravity of the allegations, emphasizing the importance of establishing the truth if the claims are valid and asserting that it’s in the public’s interest to address these matters.

As a result of the ruling, the tribunal is now likely to review the complaint filed by Mustafa al-Hawsawi. He has remained in US custody since his capture in 2003, experiencing brutal treatment and subject to “enhanced interrogation” techniques, which have left him with severe injuries and ongoing health problems. Lawyers representing al-Hawsawi assert that British intelligence agents played a role in supporting and facilitating his torture.

Al-Hawsawi is among the small number of Guantanamo detainees charged in connection with the 9/11 attacks. The declassified summary of the U.S. Senate report on CIA torture revealed that he was held and abused despite doubts about his connection to terrorist threats. Lawyers contend that British intelligence contributed to the abuse, providing questions for interrogations and being privy to information obtained during these sessions.

Another detainee, Abd al-Rahim Nashiri, detained in 2002 due to his alleged involvement in an al-Qaeda attack on the USS Cole in Yemen, was also subjected to torture and mistreatment. The UK’s Rendition Project detailed the harrowing techniques inflicted upon him, including threats of sexual abuse, brandishing a pistol, and holding a cordless drill to his body. Nashiri’s lawyers suggest that British intelligence had a specific interest in him, potentially explaining why the CIA’s rendition flight refueled at Luton Airport during his transfer.

The British government’s efforts to prevent legal action against MI5 and MI6 by Abu Zubaydah, a Guantanamo detainee subjected to extensive torture, add another layer to the controversy. British authorities argue that domestic laws don’t apply to Zubaydah, and he should file his claim against the countries where torture occurred.

The 2018 report by the UK Parliament’s Intelligence and Security Committee confirmed British intelligence’s awareness of the mistreatment of Zubaydah at the hands of the CIA. Despite this knowledge, MI5 and MI6 continued to provide questions for his interrogators. The report also exposed that British agencies cooperated extensively with foreign liaison agencies in facilitating detainee capture, often turning a blind eye to the potential for torture.

The IPT’s willingness to examine the complaints of al-Hawsawi and Nashiri provides an opportunity for the public to gain insight into the potential role of British intelligence in facilitating the CIA’s torture program. The circumstances surrounding these cases raise concerns about the ethics and accountability of intelligence agencies, especially when cooperation with foreign partners results in human rights abuses.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jennifer Hicks is a columnist and political commentator writing on a large range of topics.

Featured image is from Evening Standard

Torture Comes Home to Roost

August 28th, 2023 by Judge Andrew P. Napolitano

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

“Maybe there is a beast. Maybe it’s only us.” — William Golding (1911-1993), “Lord of the Flies”

Hidden within some folks are the souls of saints. Hidden within others are the souls of beasts. Torture unleashes the beasts.

Nothing is more destructive of human decency, nothing is less fruitful in seeking truth, nothing is more totalitarian and nothing so undermines the government’s own cases as its use of torture.

Yet, torture is universally condoned by the government.

Last week, at the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, torture came home to roost when the government suffered serious setbacks in two cases.

In one, a military judge suppressed the confessions of Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri — the alleged mastermind of the bombing of the USS Cole in 2000, which killed 17 American sailors — because he found that the confessions were obtained under torture. In the other, government lawyers reluctantly agreed to enter into a plea agreement with Khalid Sheikh Mohammed — whom the government says planned the 3,000 murders of 9/11 — in order to avoid defending the tortures that the CIA inflicted upon him.

In the former, the government is unlikely to appeal and is now stuck with the most adverse ruling it has received in 21 years at Gitmo. In the latter, President Joe Biden has apparently authorized Mohammed’s plea deal and the government is now trying to explain it to surviving family members.

In both cases, the evidence of guilt discoverable without torture was substantial. Yet, the sickening lust for government-inflicted pain fomented by the morally challenged and ethically obtuse President George W. Bush materially weakened the government’s cases. The government effectively tortured its own prosecutions.

Here is the backstory.

At Nashiri’s pretrial hearing at Gitmo last year, the psychologist in charge of interrogating him described in vivid detail both the modern and the medieval techniques of torture used upon him.

The psychologist was called as a defense witness in order to demonstrate to the court that a good deal of the evidence that prosecutors plan to introduce against Nashiri was obtained directly or indirectly through, or was tainted by, his torture and thus cannot lawfully be used at his trial.

Torture committed by government officials and their collaborators upon a person restrained by the government is a felony punishable by up to 20 years in a federal prison, and its fruits are inadmissible in all courts.

For many years, the CIA documented torture through videos of its masked agents and contractors torturing its captives so it would have a record of the events without the need for revealing the participants’ identity. But the tapes of Nashiri’s torture were destroyed either by the chief CIA official in the United States in charge of torture or his then-chief of staff. That chief of staff, Gina Haspel, nicknamed by her colleagues “Bloody Gina,” would go on to become the director of the CIA.

Image is from Strategic Culture Foundation

What caught the eyes of those of us who monitor these events was the mention of the name of the CIA official under whose watch Nashiri’s torture occurred and who wrote detailed, graphic descriptions of it to her bosses. That official is the same Gina Haspel. She was the head of the CIA station at Thailand in 2002, at which Nashiri was tortured, and she was the senior member of the torture team.

After nearly drowning and severely beating him repeatedly, locking him in a coffin and raping him for months, Bloody Gina’s team suspended Nashiri by his wrists secured behind his back until his arms were nearly pulled out of their shoulder sockets.

Nashiri’s torture went on in Afghanistan, Thailand, Poland and at Gitmo. Afterward, the interrogation team concluded that Nashiri was being truthful and essentially said the same things under torture as he told interrogators after the torture. Thus, his torture was fruitless except to undermine the government’s case. Why? If a defendant says under torture “I did it,” and then says the same not under torture, neither statement may legally be used against him.

Bush and his lawyers and torturers did not know Criminal Procedure 101.

Nashiri, who has the same speedy trial rights as anyone being prosecuted by the government, has been waiting for his trial for 16 years. He is on his second team of military and civilian defense lawyers. His first team quit when they discovered that their communications with their client had been secretly recorded by federal agents — an unprosecuted felony.

Civilian judges would have dismissed the charges against Nashiri because of the torture. But at Gitmo, where the judge and the prosecutors have the same boss — the Secretary of Defense — the niceties of due process are sometimes overlooked.

Thus, the significance of the ruling preventing prosecutors from using anything that Nashiri told them is profound. This is the first time in Gitmo’s gruesome, 21-year history that the feds have suffered such a setback and due process has enjoyed such a triumph.

In Mohammed’s case, his defense team has told the judge and the prosecutors that it will call his torturers as witnesses. They will be forced to describe under oath the crimes that they committed upon Mohammed. Fearing the public response to torture, and unable ethically to defend it, the military and civilian prosecutors earlier this month entered into a preliminary plea agreement that will avoid a trial, eliminate the death penalty and avoid government embarrassment.

Torture — no matter the goal — is the most tyrannical government overreach imaginable. It presumes that there are no natural rights or moral standards; it utterly negates the personhood of the victim; it reveals that there is no end to what the government can do and get away with. It is expressly prohibited by the Constitution and federal law.

Torture is government by beasts. A government that unleashes beasts — the American government — recognizes no limits on its powers.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Who Is Barry Duffield? 

Barry Duffield is an Australian actor, producer, scriptwriter, born in Feb.28, 1962 in Billingham, UK and living in Auckland, New Zealand.

He is mostly known for his portrayal of “Lugo” in the Starz television series Spartacus.

Barry Duffield’s COVID-19 Vaccine Injury Story 

Barry had no issues with his 1st COVID-19 vaccine, he is a competitive bodybuilder who continued training daily after his 1st jab.

His COVID-19 vaccine injury started with the 2nd COVID-19 vaccine.

The following is an interview with Liz Gunn (31 min total, vaccine injury is from 5:00 to 23:00).

Click here to view the video

His Pfizer mRNA injuries, which started within 12-24 hours of 2nd jab include:

  • Cardiac – leg swelling, myocarditis, cardiomyopathy, heart palpitations
  • neurological – chronic fatigue, arm and hand tremors, crawling skin, headaches
  • psychiatric – depression, panic attacks, suicide attempt

Although he was initially put on medications for Parkinson’s Disease (Sinemet), his side effects were so severe, Barry describes it as “I didn’t know who I was” and had to stop taking them.

This led to a suicide attempt by hanging that he doesn’t remember.

He is currently trying some alternative treatments (in addition to working out every day):

  • Ivermectin
  • Ozone therapy
  • he is seeing a kinesiologist

My Take… 

Actor Barry Duffield describes everything that is wrong with medicine today.

To this day, not a single doctor will acknowledge his Pfizer mRNA vaccine injuries and he is constantly being misdiagnosed and gaslit.

I found it interesting that his cardiologist was angry and frustrated but cannot bring himself to see the Pfizer mRNA vaccine for the fraud and the harmful product that it is.

Barry has a vaccine injury syndrome, that in Europe is diagnosed as “Post COVID-19 Vaccine Syndrome”.

This is a cluster of injuries that often involve cardiac issues and neurological issuesand is extremely difficult to treat.

He had heart inflammation and injury (myocarditis, heart failure), which led to his leg swelling, palpitations, and interestingly this is apparently improving.

He also had neurological injuries the most obvious being his uncontrollable left hand and arm tremor, skin crawling sensations, chronic fatigue and panic attacks.

UK Triathlete Roz McGinty has an almost identical cluster of cardiac and neurological injuries, which makes me think there is a common underlying mechanism. I documented Roz McGinty’s injuries here.

I don’t know if Barry has tried any COVID-19 vaccine spike detox nutraceuticals such as Nattokinase, Bromelain, Quercetin, Olive Leaf, Black Seed (Nigella Sativa), NAC, Curcumin, etc.

I hope Barry continues to share his Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine injury journey, as he will undoubtedly help thousands who are suffering from similar injuries.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications. 

Featured image is from Pixabay


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) on Friday responded to social media-driven claims the federal government is looking to re-impose mask mandates, vaccine mandates, and lockdowns.

Earlier this week, InfoWars host Alex Jones claimed that a TSA manager informed him that COVID-19 lockdowns and mandates would be returning. The worker said that on Aug. 15, TSA managers were told that by mid-September, mask mandates would return at airports, and by December, lockdown measures would return.

“BREAKING: Alex Jones says a TSA whistleblower has told him TSA employees were instructed on Tue that masks are coming back by October for travelers & full Covid restrictions/lockdowns by December due to a new ‘dangerous variant’ out of Canada,” said a post on X, with the video of Mr. Jones earlier this week.

The TSA told The Epoch Times the claims are not true and that the agency “does not have any new requirements and there has not been any meeting on the topic.” It further noted that the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is the federal agency that makes public health determinations, including whether masking is needed.

Meanwhile, the “TSA has authority to impose mask-related requirements to implement mask orders from the CDC related to transportation systems. TSA is not imposing mask-related requirements at this time,” the agency said. It later pointed to CDC recommendations that people get “up to date” on COVID-19 vaccinations and “consider wearing a mask in crowded or poorly ventilated indoor areas, including on public transportation and in transportation hubs.”

Benjamin Haynes, a spokesperson for the CDC, told The Associated Press that any reports of upcoming lockdowns are “utterly false.” The Epoch Times has contacted the agency for comment on Friday.

Mr. Jones, of InfoWars, has not responded to a request for comment.

Last week, COVID-19 hospitalizations rose across the country, according to data from the CDC. Hospitalizations rose by 21.6 percent, to 12,612 new admissions from 10,370, according to the data ending Aug. 12.

Despite the increase, it’s among the lowest levels of hospitalization recorded since the start of the pandemic in early 2020.

“An upswing is not a surge; it’s not even a wave,” Dr. Shira Doron, the chief infection control officer for Tufts Medicine, told ABC News this week. “What we’re seeing is a very gradual and small upward trajectory of cases and hospitalizations, without deaths really going along, which is great news.”

On Jan. 29, 2021, the CDC issued an order requiring people to wear masks on public transportation, including airplanes, and in transportation hubs, that was implemented and enforced by the TSA. A federal judge in Florida struck down the mandate on April 18, 2022, finding that the CDC failed to justify the order and that it did not follow proper rulemaking procedures.

Mandates Returning Elsewhere?

It comes as Sen. Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) sounded the alarm that a small number of offices, hospitals, and schools reinstated mask mandates in recent days. A college in Atlanta, Lionsgate’s office in Santa Monica, and a handful of hospitals in San Francisco and New York have reimposed mandates.

Describing the mandates as “alarming,” Mr. Johnson told the Moms for Liberty group on Aug. 23 that they are ineffective and said he would keep fighting them.

“It’s alarming that the mandates are kicking in again,” he told the group. “It’s like, OK, we noticed masks didn’t work, particularly for children. We always knew they didn’t work for kids.”

As for Lionsgate, a Hollywood film studio, a manager released a memo to employees saying that employees on certain floors will have to wear masks. The memo, however, did not explain why other floors don’t have the mask mandate.

“Employees must wear a medical grade face covering (surgical mask, KN95 or N95) when indoors except when alone in an office with the door closed, actively eating, actively drinking at their desk or workstation, or if they are the only individual present in a large open workspace,” a Lionsgate manager said in a memo, reported by Deadline Hollywood.

In Santa Rosa, California, a Kaiser Permanente Hospital location brought back the mask rule for visitors, patients, nurses, and doctors this week. And Upstate Community Hospital in Syracuse, New York, did the same.

“To ensure that we are helping protect the health and safety of our patients, our workforce, and our community, we have reintroduced a mask mandate for physicians, staff, patients, members, and visitors in the hospital and medical offices in the Santa Rosa Service Area,” Kaiser Permanente said in a statement.

At the same time, there appears to be an uptick in alarmist media coverage of the increase in COVID-19 cases as well as several new variants. For example, multiple doctors appeared on CNN this week to issue warnings about wearing masks.

“It’s riskier that you will get infected now than it was a month or two ago, without question, probably twice as risky,” Dr. Bob Wachter, chair of medicine at the University of San Francisco, told CNN. “If you’re trying to be careful, it’s time to whip out the mask again.”

In response, some Republicans and conservative social media influencers called on their supporters not to comply.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jack Phillips is a senior reporter for The Epoch Times based in New York. He covers breaking news.

The Associated Press contributed to this report.

Featured image is from Pixabay

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Civic groups and politicians in Korea on Thursday expressed fierce opposition to Japan’s decision to begin releasing treated radioactive water from the defunct Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant.

On Thursday afternoon, police took 16 university students into custody after they attempted to break into the Japanese Embassy in central Seoul to protest the discharge of the Fukushima water into the Pacific Ocean.

The students, members of civic groups opposed to the water’s release, shouted slogans denouncing the discharge and the Yoon Suk Yeol government as they tried entering the Japanese Embassy in Seoul.

Tokyo Electric Power Company (Tepco), the operator of the plant, said it began releasing radioactive water from the crippled Fukushima nuclear power plant at 1 p.m. Thursday as planned.

A total of 7,800 tons of radioactive water, generated in the process of cooling reactor fuel at the plant after it experienced a meltdown due to an earthquake and tsunami in 2011, will be dumped into the Pacific over 17 days during the first release.

Environmental activists in Korea denounced the decision, calling it a “terror against humanity.”

A union of environmental civic groups, including the Korea Federation for Environmental Movements, held a press conference at Gwanghwamun in central Seoul on Thursday morning to criticize the Japanese government, saying that the discharge will be historically recorded as “an act of nuclear terrorism against humanity.”

The environmental activists argued that diluting the radioactive water with seawater would still “damage the environment as the total amount of radioactive material in the water will still be the same.”

“The Japanese government should promptly halt the dumping of Fukushima wastewater into the ocean,” a member of the environmental group said.

The members also criticized the Yoon Suk Yeol government for not standing up against the decision.

“The Korean government has never supported nor opposed the plan,” an environmental activist who attended Thursday’s rally said.

Democratic Party (DP) chief Lee Jae-myung, front left, and DP lawmakers hold a picket sign protesting Japan’s discharge of treated radioactive water from the defunct Fukushima nuclear power plant during the party’s emergency meeting held at the National Assembly in Yeouido, western Seoul. [NEWS1]

“We hope the government will express opposition against dumping the wastewater and demonstrate at least a minimum of responsibility to the public.”

The Korean government has not taken a clear stance regarding the discharge so far, although it had said the discharge would pose no “scientific or technical issue” if conducted according to Tepco’s plan.

In response to the discharge, the liberal Democratic Party (DP), which strongly condemned the release of treated contaminated water from Fukushima, said it would legislate measures to ban imports of seafood at risk of exposure to radioactive water.

The DP convened a parliamentary assembly Thursday and decided to push forward with a bill that stipulates banning imports of seafood exposed to wastewater.

The bill also offers compensation to people in the fishing industry who experience harm from the seawater’s radioactivity.

“The fishing industry is expected to see serious damage from the wastewater release,” DP chief Lee Jae-myung said during his party’s general assembly Thursday, adding that the party will promptly push forward a budget and bills for those affected by the discharge.

During the meeting, Lee criticized the Yoon government, urging it to no longer support “Japan’s environmental crime.”

The DP chief a day earlier strongly condemned the release, referring to the plan as an “act of terror.”

Local governments also began drawing up measures as Japan’s release of the treated wastewater sparked fears among citizens.

Eighty-four percent of Korean citizens opposed the release of wastewater in a survey conducted by local newspaper Hankook Ilbo and the Yomiuri Shinbun in Japan between May 26 and 28.

According to Busan Development Institute’s survey from January to February, around 80 percent of respondents responded they believed the Fukushima wastewater discharge would be dangerous, even though it would not affect the radioactivity in the waters of Busan.

The Busan Metropolitan Government held an emergency meeting a day earlier to draw up responses to manage and protect the safety of seafood in the port city.

The city will conduct monitoring of the seawater by operating tools that promptly analyze the radioactivity of the water.

It also plans to establish a communication system with related institutes, such as university labs, to keep track of the radioactivity level of the city’s waters.

The Seoul Metropolitan Government also announced its measures to secure safe seafood, which includes conducting sampling tests every day to check the radioactivity of seafood.

Safety tests that were only conducted on imported seafood will now be expanded to domestic seafood.

The city government will also begin a special inspection of 3,000 restaurants and stores that use seafood imported from Japan.

“We will try to make sure that people consume safe food by conducting tests as much as possible to check contamination and promptly releasing the result,” Seoul Mayor Oh Se-hoon said during his visit to Seoul Public Health and Environment Research Institute under the metropolitan government after Japan began releasing the treated radioactive water on Thursday.

The institute conducts close radioactivity analysis on seafood and processed seafood foods distributed in the city.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image: Police on Thursday apprehend a university student who attempted to break into the Japanese Embassy in central Seoul to protest Japan’s discharge of the treated radioactive water from the ruined Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant. [YONHAP]

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The current government ruling Israel is the most far-right Jewish extremist in history. Senior members in power have been asking for the forced deportation of Palestinians, in a frightening echo of the Nakba of 1948, when three-fourths of the Palestinian population was expelled in a massive ethnic cleansing while the US and western nations stood by in silent complicity.

The Israeli Defense Forces have repeatedly attacked refugee camps in the West Bank, especially Jenin. Meanwhile, the Jewish citizens of Israel have been in the street protesting their own issues, which have nothing to do with the apartheid state of Israel, and the human rights abuses and war crimes committed almost daily by the Israeli government against the Palestinians held without any form of human rights or justice.

The UN and many members of the international community have voiced their support of the Palestinian cause and the right to resist occupation, and yet there is no end in sight, or even a peace plan to discuss.

In an effort to gain some insight into the present situation in the Occupied Territories of Palestine, Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Fra Hughes.

Hughes’ book, ‘My Walk With Palestine’ catalogues the Palestinian solidarity work that he and others have been involved in since 2010, when he took a trip to Gaza.  Hughes, is a Belfast native, and felt similarities between Northern Ireland and Palestine. The siege-busting convoy to Gaza in 2010 is only really the beginning of Fra’s story, and his work has seen him visit Egypt, Jordan and Syria. 

Steven Sahiounie (SS): The Saudi envoy to Jordan, Nayef Al-Sudairi, has been appointed to serve as the nonresident ambassador to the State of Palestine. In your view, what is the significance of the Crown Prince Mohammed bin-Salman’s choosing to make this important appointment at the time?

Fra Hughes (FH): It’s difficult to know for sure. while obviously a very important step, is it too little too late? What power does he have, what influence can he bring to bear on the continued illegal occupation of the West Bank Jerusalem?  The ongoing ethnic cleansing of the indigenous Palestinian population with the continued, indeed accelerated construction of more illegal Jewish settlements, and the ongoing siege of Gaza and the apparent shoot to kill policy carried out on behalf of the Israeli government and by extension Israeli society who elected it. At this stage it is a symbolic appointment, but taken together with the Saudi-Iran rapprochement, the potential ending of the war in Yemen and Syria’s inclusion into the Arab league, it certainly has America the EU and Israel concerned.

SS: President Sisi of Egypt hosted King Abdullah, II of Jordan and President Abbas of Palestine yesterday in a meeting to discuss the need to end the Israeli occupation of Palestine. In your opinion, is there international consensus on getting back to peace negotiations?

FH: There will never be real peace negotiations. The Israeli apartheid government talks peace as a stalling tactic to buy time while it attempts to absorbs all of Palestine under its racist control.

If Sisi is real, he should open the Gazan border fully, and allow fuel, building equipment and medicine into Gaza.

Egypt must end the pivotal role it plays in forcing Palestinians to live under a blanket of fear disease and poverty.

Abbas is unelected and in my opinion he is a collaborator with the occupation.

Egypt and Saudi Arabia wish to join BRICS and as they move away from the influence and control of the western hegemonic powers perhaps we are witnessing a renaissance of rapport with Russia, and by extension China, via the belt and road initiative, and a new energy cartel to rival OPEC.

SS: The Palestinian resistance groups in Jenin have been repeatedly attacked by Israeli Defense Forces.  After the massive destruction in Jenin, can you explain the status of Jenin now, and is there any help being offered?

FH: The Israelis achieved their short term goals: not the extermination of the Resistance fighters, but the devastation of homes, centres of employment, and the destruction of the infrastructure leaving those living in Jenin in dire need of support from the international community. Help which I believe will not be forthcoming unless there are political strings attached.

SS: There are Israeli citizens who publically complain that Israel is an apartheid state.  Are there enough Jews in Israel who recognize the occupation and apartheid to make a deference in the government’s policy? 

FH  We have witnessed the internal contradictions within Israeli society when it comes to the new far right government elected by Israeli voters.

There’s an old saying: you get the government you deserve.

They complain about judicial reforms and hundreds of thousands have come onto the streets, yet they attacked some activists who had the temerity to fly Palestinian flags at these protests.

Israeli society cares nothing for dead, injured, maimed, and imprisoned Palestinians.

They are beneath contempt as quasi fascist ideological fundamentalists.

SS: There are serious differences among the various political factions in Palestine.  In your view, is there any compromise among the groups, and can it help to find a solution for the Palestinian people?

FH: Scrap the Palestinian Authority; they are nothing short of corrupt politicians collaborating on the demise of their own people, their culture, and their future for money, power, prestige, and the illusion of government.

All groups must embrace the choice of resistance. End division in the interests of self-preservation and strike out against the occupation before it’s too late.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Big Pharma compromised corrupt doctors, and virtue signaling far left activist doctors (medical students & residents who think they are smarter than they actually are) are the worst of the worst.

Some doctors are “mini-celebrities” who need to feed their narcissism and need for attention. Don’t know who they are? Well, they’re famous and you’re not.

Some doctors are “true believers”. They are professionals. They are highly educated. They don’t understand why everyone laughs at them. But they are brilliant and you’re not. And brilliant people mask up.

It wouldn’t be leftist virtue-signaling propaganda without the presence of some form of child abuse. “It seems tolerable?” – An abusive leftist mother ponders. Virtue. Signaled.

Some take the propaganda all the way to the maximum (and in their mind, logical) endpoint. They are maximally safe and you’re not. They even measure their CO2 levels, because it’s the biggest poison known to mankind.

You’re not truly safe if you’re not wearing safety goggles! “Well, don’t laugh” Eryn says. Believe me Eryn, I’m trying very hard not to. But I keep hearing a voice saying “winter is coming…”

You better be masked up if you’re doing any kind of physical activity by yourself like driving, hiking or skiing (especially swimming):

When you’re the only one masked up on the plane but you don’t care because you’re virtuous and you’re saving lives. The one with the toaster on his face, Markham Hislop, writes about Climate Change for a living. There are levels to being a hero. And look at how perfectly that mask fits on that gigantic beard!

Virtue signalers who save lives are creative individuals who beautify their masks, even respirators. This is raw talent, creative genius. They all belong in a museum!

Being masked is not enough to be a true hero, because a true hero performs additional activism WHILE BEING MASKED, like saving the climate, or spreading “love”.

Even heroes need to stay hydrated! There is no way COVID is sneaking in past that climate friendly plastic straw!

You must be well versed in the latest mask propaganda, fortunately, the propaganda is everywhere in easy to understand cartoons, as cutting edge science dictates.

For example, Large Music Concerts have a Coronavirus Risk Level 9, which is the deadliest level there is. No one has ever come back alive from one of these.

Friendly messages to “mask deniers” are important. Like this one: 2 masks + 6 feet apart = 0% COVID transmission, something that even an idiot mask denier can understand.

CONCLUSION: Our pandemic heroes send their greetings: you know them by their masks, and the friendly smiles they carry underneath those masks.

They will be the only masked person on the plane, and they will wear their masks driving alone in their car, because that’s what heroes do.

My Take… 

Masks don’t work.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications. 

Featured image is from Pixabay


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

First published on August 19, 2023

As we approach the 22nd anniversary of the September 11, 2001 attacks, more than enough evidence exists to draw reasonable conclusions about what happened that day and who was responsible.

Most of the basic facts have been known for years, though unfortunately have not been readily available to the general public.

Way back in 2007, a physics professor at Brigham Young University, Dr Steven E. Jones, turned up critical evidence while investigating samples of World Trade Center (WTC) dust. The samples had been collected immediately after September 11, 2001 from the thick deposit of dust that blanketed the WTC site and much of lower Manhattan. Jones found tiny bits of an exotic incendiary known as thermate that can cut through steel like a hot knife through butter. Thermate burns at ~5,000°F. The main product of the reaction is molten iron.

Thermate differs from its better known cousin thermite in that it contains sulfur which lowers the melting point of iron, speeding up the reaction. The presence of both sulfur and aluminum was diagnostic for thermate. Jones called this “the last nail in the coffin.” (Dr. Steven E. Jones, Revisiting 9/11/2001. Applying the Scientific Method, 2007, posted here)

Jones also found an abundance of tiny iron microspheres in the dust (up to .05% by volume), proof that large amounts of WTC steel had melted. The diameter of the spheres ranged from one micron to 1.5 mm. When Jones obtained some thermate, which is commercially available, and used it to cut through a steel plate, the reaction produced an intense spray of molten droplets which cooled into iron microspheres identical to the spheres in the dust.

Other studies of the WTC dust also reported the iron microspheres. (Heather A. Lowers and Gregory P. Meeker, Particle Atlas of World Trade Center Dust, posted here; also see Damage Assessment: 130 Liberty Street Property. WTC Dust Signature Report: Composition and Morphology. December 2003, posted here)

Jones and his colleagues learned that thermite/thermate can be made more explosive by reducing the particle size of the ingredients. This more reactive variety is known as super thermate or nano-thermate. (Niels H. Harrit, et al, Active Thermitic Material Discovered in Dust from the 9/11 World Trade Center Catastrophe, 2009, posted here)

And there were other revelations. It is indeed shocking how far the development of thermate had “progressed” by the late 1990s. Jones & Co, learned that a liquid sol-gel form of nano-thermate can be applied to steel simply by spraying or painting it on. This means insiders could have prepped the twin towers for demolition undetected during an elevator retrofit, a fireproofing upgrade, or even during routine maintenance. Nor was it necessary to wire the entire building. Ignition can be accomplished remotely using a specially designed thermitic match triggered by a radio signal. Once thermate is ignited, the reaction is self perpetuating. (Kevin R. Ryan, The Top Ten Connections between NIST and Nano-thermites, July 2, 2008, posted here)

All of this is consistent with the many eyewitness accounts of explosions on 9/11. And it is consistent with the testimony of New York City firemen, first responders and clean-up crews who reported seeing copious amounts of molten steel on site. As one fireman put it: “molten steel was flowing down the channel rails like in a foundry…”

(David Ray Griffin, The New Pearl Harbor revisited, 2008, pp. 31-37; Mark H. Gaffney, The 9/11 Mystery Plane, 2008, pp.132-139; Graeme MacQueen, 118 Witnesses: The Firefighters’ Testimony to Explosions in the Twin Towers, posted here)

Office and building fires do not reach temperatures anywhere near hot enough to melt steel which has a melting point of 2,500°F. Nor were there any combustible materials in the WTC, nor any combination thereof, capable of approaching this temperature. Although burning jet fuel has been frequently (and incorrectly) cited as the reason for the WTC collapse, the reality is otherwise. Jet fuel is essentially kerosene and will not burn in air in excess of 1,832°F, far below the melting point of steel.

Not long after the towers collapsed, a hard rain storm drenched Manhattan. Firemen also sprayed millions of gallons of water onto the smoking ruin of the WTC in an attempt to extinguish the fires, all to no effect. This is consistent with burning thermate, which includes its own chemically bound oxygen. This is why a thermate fire cannot be smothered by dowsing and will even burn underwater.

The WTC site was so hot it melted the workmen’s rubber boots. Search-and-rescue dogs brought in to help locate survivors suffered severe burns, and three of the dogs died. Just how hot was the pile? We got an idea on September 16, 2001 when NASA conducted a flyover using an infrared spectrometer (AVIRIS) and detected surface temperatures as high as 1,376° F. Temperatures beneath the pile were undoubtedly much higher. (See this)

The site remained intensely hot for five months. Molten steel was reported as late as February 2002 when clean-up crews finally reached the bottom of the WTC bathtub. (Jennifer Lin, “Recovery Worker Reflects on Months Spent at Ground Zero”, Knight-Ridder Newspapers, May 29, 2002, posted here)

The discovery of thermate in the WTC dust should have been front-page headline news across America, and indeed, around the world. Yet, as we know, the US media went deaf and dumb on the issue. Why? If Muslim jihadists were behind the 9/11 attacks, why would the media censor this breaking story? The only plausible reason for suppressing it was to prevent the truth from emerging about what actually happened. Blanket censorship has been the rule, ever since.

Nor was the cover up limited to the media. After many months of stalling, the G.W. Bush White House reluctantly appointed a government agency, the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), to investigate and explain the WTC collapse.

The agency released its findings in 2005. In its final report NIST unequivocally states that it found no evidence the WTC was demolished. The multi-volume 10,000-page report gives the appearance of a thorough investigation. But a close reading (I spent many weeks digging into it) shows that NIST worked backwards looking for facts to support a predetermined conclusion that plane impacts and office fires caused the WTC collapse. In the process, NIST dismissed an abundance of evidence to the contrary.

No doubt, this is why many concerned citizens flooded NIST with critical comments and questions about its report. The public wanted to know: Did your scientists actually look for explosives? If so, where is the beef?

In 2006, the agency posted a clarification on its website. NIST acknowledged that it failed to look for explosive residues. (See question #29 here)

The admission was fatal to the agency’s credibility, and exposed the NIST report for what it is, a pile of stinking manure. Testing for thermitic incendiaries and explosives is standard practice in fire investigations. The national standard calls for it. (NFPA 921)

All of which means that the familiar narrative about Osama bin Laden and nineteen fanatic A-rabs is nothing but a cover story: a tapestry of lies. There is no way foreign jihadists could have gained access to the WTC to pre-position explosives. Nor in any event could Al Qaeda have manufactured thermate in a cave in Afghanistan. The incendiary is high-tech and in 2001 only a handful of nations had the capacity to produce it, the US and Israel at the top of the list.

As Sherlock Holmes famously told Watson: My friend, once you rule out the impossible what remains must be the truth. Like it or not.

The Devil’s Trick?

But is thermate the whole truth? Can thermate alone account for everything we witnessed on 9/11? This is the contentious question that some in the 9/11 truth community have been attempting to raise, for years.

According to NIST, the steel in the monster box columns in the core of the towers was up to seven inches thick at the base. Could thermate cut through columns of this size? Doubtful. (NIST NCSTAR 1-3 p. 10).

We know that enormous explosions ripped through the basement of each tower shortly before they fell. A photographer named Rick Siegal actually captured these explosions on film from Hoboken, just across the Hudson River from Manhattan. The quality of Siegal’s video was excellent because his camera was set on a tripod. Moreover, it was also equipped with audio so he was able to record the thunderous noise which carried across the river. The footage is graphic. After each blast a dust cloud is plainly visible rising from around the base of the tower. Collapse ensued within minutes. These huge explosions shook the ground and evidently were intended to weaken the towers by destroying the gigantic core columns. In my opinion they were not caused by thermate.

We also know that during the collapse large segments of the outer perimeter wall were thrown at least 600 feet from the base of the towers. Could thermate do this? Not likely. This points to a much more powerful explosive.

Recently, I also learned about another anomaly. On completion of the clean up at ground zero, two cavernous holes in the bedrock were very much in evidence at the site. They were located near to where the towers stood. The deepest of these was 110-feet below street level, so deep the bottom was below sea level. Obviously, thermate did not excavate these enormous voids in the granite. I was stunned when I learned about this.

Image: The crater in WTC-6 (Source: Mark Gaffney)

The official story is that ice age glaciers carved the “grand canyon of Manhattan” 20,000 years ago. (David W. Dunlap, At Ground Zero, Scenes from the Ice Age, New York Times, September 21, 2008, posted here)

However, a German physicist who thinks outside the box, Heinz Pommer, has a different explanation. In 2018, during a presentation in London, Pommer argued that the twin towers were demolished with a nuclear bomb [e.g. dirty bomb, “type of a “radiological dispersal device” (RDD) that combines a conventional explosive, such as dynamite, with radioactive material”]. He thinks the enormous voids in the granite may have been a collateral effect.

Pommer is not the first to refer to the use of nukes on 9/11. Others who did so before him have faced disbelief and ridicule. The main argument against nukes is the absence of radiation at the WTC site. Although a nuclear isotope, tritium, was definitely detected, allegedly its presence has been otherwise accounted for, ruling out nukes.

But Pommer begs to differ. He argues that the placement of the Uranium charge at the bottom of the WTC elevator shaft explains the seeming absence of radiation. The nuclear reaction in these simple but effective weapons proceeded slowly, at first. As the heat from fission built up, the Uranium charge melted down into the granite.

The result was a pressure chamber in the bedrock below each tower where fission ultimately fizzled and was contained. The fusion component, however, formed a rising plasma needle that eventually broke containment. At a critical point, super-heated gas and gamma radiation vented vertically through the core of each tower, analogous to a volcanic gas jet eruption. All of this was hidden from view until the moment the tower visibly exhaled dust and gas from the upper levels. Then came the symmetric top-down collapse.

Pommer argues (yet to be confirmed) that only the vast energy of a nuke can explain the conversion of hundreds of thousands of tons of concrete and steel into dust. And only a nuke can account for the sudden disintegration of the upper portion of the South Tower (WTC-2) which had tipped at a weird angle and was falling as a unit. And only a nuke can explain the near total absence of ceramic sinks and toilets, filing cabinets, furniture, and human bodies in the wreckage. Almost everything in the towers was vaporized by gamma radiation.

According to Pommer, the nuclear reaction progressed over at least an hour, and this would explain a number of anomalies. These include electromagnetic interference of radio and tv transmissions, spontaneous fires in surrounding buildings and in nearby vehicles, the pyroclastic cloud that enveloped lower Manhattan, conspicuous venting of steam from underground sewers, strange rainbow effects and silverfish flashes in video footage, and the like.

Recently, important new evidence has also come to light. In 2019, doctors at Mt. Sinai Medical Center reported “an increased incidence of thyroid cancer among 9/11 rescue workers….the etiology of which remains unclear.” I only learned about this, a few days ago. (See this)

Ever since Hiroshima and Nagasaki, thyroid cancer has been recognized as the tell-tale signature of exposure to nuclear radiation. A spike of thyroid cancers also occurred after the Chernobyl disaster. (See this)

I believe the thyroid cancers are the true smoking gun of 9/11, and a wake up call. Pommer’s thesis deserves thoughtful consideration. He calls it the devil’s trick. (Part one below, part two here, part three here)

Read part two of this essay

 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark H. Gaffney is the author of Dimona the Third Temple (1989), The 9/11 Mystery Plane and the Vanishing of America (2008), Black 9/11. Money, Motive and Technology (2016), and Deep History and the Ages of Man (2022). Mark can be reached for comment at [email protected]

In the next few weeks, Global Research will be publishing on a daily basis important articles and documents pertaining to the 9/11 attacks. 

The following 1997 document of the US Congress was posted on the Global Research website 22 years ago, barely two weeks after the 9/11 attacks.

This 1997 document reveals accusations by the Republican Party to the effect that the Clinton administration had supported operatives of  “The Military Islamic Network” in Bosnia.

What this document reveals from the Horse’s Mouth is

1. The US Administration did not cease its support of Al Qaeda in the wake of the Cold War.
2. Both Democratic and Republican administrations consistently supported the alleged architects of 9/11.

***
The document is no longer available in the Archives of the US Senate, office of (former) Senator Larry Craig

MILITANT ISLAMIC BASE Congressional Press Releases January 16, 1997, Thursday

Copyright 1997 FDCHeMedia, Inc. All Rights Reserved.  
Congressional Press Releases

January 16, 1997, Thursday

SECTION: PRESS RELEASE

HEADLINE: MILITANT ISLAMIC BASE

BYLINE: LARRY CRAIG , SENATOR , SENATE , CLINTON-APPROVED IRANIAN ARMS TRANSFERS HELP TURN BOSNIA INTO

BODY:
January 16, 1997

Extended Bosnia Mission Endangers U.S. Troops

Clinton-Approved Iranian Arms Transfers

The original Global Research article can be consulted at http://globalresearch.ca/articles/DCH109A.html

Clinton Administration supported the “Militant Islamic Base”

Editorial note

Posted at globalresearch.ca 21 September 2001

Since the Soviet-Afghan war, recruiting Mujahideen (“holy warriors”) to fight covert wars on Washington’s behest has become an integral part of US foreign policy. A 1997 document of the US Congress reveals how the Clinton administration –under advice from the National Security Council headed by Anthony Lake– had “helped turn Bosnia into a militant Islamic base” leading to the recruitment through the so-called “Militant Islamic Network,” of thousands of Mujahedin from the Muslim world.

The “Bosnian pattern” has since been replicated in Kosovo, Southern Serbia and Macedonia. Among the foreign mercenaries now fighting with the Kosovo Liberation Army(KLA) in Macedonia are Mujahideen from the Middle East and the Central Asian republics of the former Soviet Union. Also within the ranks of the Kosovo Liberation Army are senior US military advisers from a private mercenary outfit on contract to the Pentagon as well as “soldiers of fortune” from Britain, Holland and Germany.

“Americans have many questions tonight. Americans are asking, ‘Who attacked our country?'” said George W. Bush in his address to the US Congress on 20 September. “This group and its leader, a person named Osama bin Laden are linked to many other organizations in different countries.”

What the President fails to mention in his speech is the complicity of agencies of the US government in supporting and abetting Osama bin Laden.

The Bush Administration has misled the American people. What is the hidden agenda? The largest military operation since the Vietnam War is being launched against Osama bin Laden and the al Qaeda network, when the evidence amply confirms that Osama has been “harbored” since the Soviet-Afghan war by agencies of the US government.

We are reproducing below the 1997 Congressional Press release, which provides detailed evidence from official sources of the links between the Islamic Jihad and the US government during the Clinton Adminstration.

The CRG does not necessarily share or endorse the conclusions of the document which emanates from the Republican Party.

Michel Chossudovsky, 21 September 2001, August 27, 2023

Clinton-Approved Iranian Arms Transfers Help Turn Bosnia into Militant Islamic Base

Congressional Press Release, US Congress, 16 January 1997 Posted at globalresearch.ca 21 September 2001
 

Help Turn Bosnia into Militant Islamic Base

“‘There is no question that the policy of getting arms into Bosnia was of great assistance in allowing the Iranians to dig in and create good relations with the Bosnian government,’ a senior CIA officer told Congress in a classified deposition. ‘And it is a thing we will live to regret because when they blow up some Americans, as they no doubt will before this … thing is over, it will be in part because the Iranians were able to have the time and contacts to establish themselves well in Bosnia.”‘  “Iran Gave Bosnia Leader $ [“Iran Gave Bosnia Leader $ 500,000, CIA Alleges: Classified Report Says Izetbegovic Has Been ‘Co-Opted,’ Contradicting U.S. Public Assertion of Rift,” Los Angeles Times, 12/31/96. Ellipses in original. Alija Izetbegovic is the Muslim president of Bosnia.]

“‘If you read President Izetbegovk’s writings, as I have, there is no doubt that he is an Islamic fundamentalist,’ said a senior Western diplomat with long experience in the region. ‘He is a very nice fundamentalist, but he is still a fundamentalist. This has not changed. His goal is to establish a Muslim state in Bosnia, and the Serbs and Croats understand this better than the rest of us.”‘ [“Bosnian Leader Hails Islam at Election Rallies,” New York Times, 9/2/96]

Introduction and Summary

In late 1995, President Bill Clinton dispatched some 20,000 U.S. troops to Bosnia-Hercegovina as part of a NATO-led “implementation force” (IFOR) to ensure that the warning Muslim, Serbian, and Croatian factions complied with provisions of the Dayton peace plan. [NOTE: This paper assumes the reader is acquainted with the basic facts of the Bosnian war leading to the IFOR deployment. For background, see RPC’s “Clinton Administration Ready to Send U.S. Troops to Bosnia, “9/28/95,” and Legislative Notice No. 60, “Senate to Consider Several Resolutions on Bosnia,” 12/12/95] Through statements by Administration spokesmen, notably Defense Secretary Perry and Joint Chiefs Chairman General Shalikashvili, the president firmly assured Congress and the American people that U S. personnel would be out of Bosnia at the end of one year. Predictably, as soon as the November 1996 election was safely behind him, President Clinton announced that approximately 8,5 00 U.S. troops would be remaining for another 18 months as part of a restructured and scaled down contingent, the “stabilization force” (SFOR), officially established on December 20, 1996.

SFOR begins its mission in Bosnia under a serious cloud both as to the nature of its mission and the dangers it will face. While IFOR had successfully accomplished its basic military task – separating the factions’ armed forces – there has been very little progress toward other stated goals of the Dayton agreement, including political and economic reintegration of Bosnia, return of refugees to their homes, and apprehension and prosecution of accused war criminals. It is far from certain that the cease-fire that has held through the past year will continue for much longer, in light of such unresolved issues as the status of the cities of Brcko (claimed by Muslims but held by the Serbs) and Mostar (divided between nominal Muslim and Croat allies, both of which are currently being armed by the Clinton Administration). Moreover, at a strength approximately one-third that of its predecessor, SFOR may not be in as strong a position to deter attacks by one or another of the Bosnian factions or to avoid attempts to involve it in renewed fighting: “IFOR forces, despite having suffered few casualties, have been vulnerable to attacks from all of the contending sides over the year of the Dayton mandate. As a second mandate [Dayton mandate. As a second mandate [i.e., SFOR] evolves, presumably maintaining a smaller force on the ground, the deterrent effect which has existed may well become less compelling and vulnerabilities of the troops will increase.” [“Military Security in Bosnia-Herzegovina: Present and Future,” Bulletin of the Atlantic Council of the United States, 12/18/96]

The Iranian Connection

Perhaps most threatening to the SFOR mission – and more importantly, to the safety of the American personnel serving in Bosnia – is the unwillingness of the Clinton Administration to come clean with the Congress and with the American people about its complicity in the delivery of weapons from Iran to the Muslim government in Sarajevo. That policy, personally approved by Bill Clinton in April 1994 at the urging of CIA Director-designate (and then-NSC chief) Anthony Lake and the U.S. ambassador to Croatia Peter Galbraith, has, according to the Los Angeles Times (citing classified intelligence community sources), “played a central role in the dramatic increase in Iranian influence in Bosnia.” Further, according to the Times, in September 1995 National Security Agency analysts contradicted Clinton Administration claims of declining Iranian influence, insisting instead that “Iranian Revolutionary Guard personnel remain active throughout Bosnia.” Likewise, “CIA analysts noted that the Iranian presence was expanding last fall,” with some ostensible cultural and humanitarian activities “known to be fronts” for the Revolutionary Guard and Iran’s intelligence service, known as VEVAK, the Islamic revolutionary successor to the Shah’s SAVAK. [[LAT, 12/31/96] At a time when there is evidence of increased willingness by pro-Iranian Islamic militants to target American assets abroad – as illustrated by the June 1996 car-bombing at the Khobar Towers in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, that killed 19 American airmen, in which the Iranian government or pro-Iranian terrorist organizations are suspected [“U.S. Focuses Bomb Probe on Iran, Saudi Dissident,” Chicago Tribune, 11/4/96] – it is irresponsible in the extreme for the Clinton Administration to gloss over the extent to which its policies have put American personnel in an increasingly vulnerable position while performing an increasingly questionable mission.

Three Key Issues for Examination

This paper will examine the Clinton policy of giving the green light to Iranian arms shipments to the Bosnian Muslims, with serious implications for the safety of U.S. troops deployed there. (In addition, RPC will release a general analysis of the SFOR mission and the Clinton Administration’s request for supplemental appropriations to fund it in the near future.) Specifically, the balance of this paper will examine in detail the three issues summarized below:

  1. The Clinton Green Light to Iranian Arms Shipments (page 3): In April 1995, President Clinton gave the government of Croatia what has been described by Congressional committees as a “green light” for shipments of weapons from Iran and other Muslim countries to the Muslim-led government of Bosnia. The policy was approved at the urging of NSC chief Anthony Lake and the U.S. ambassador to Croatia Peter Galbraith. The CIA and the Departments of State and Defense were kept in the dark until after the decision was made.
  2. The Militant Islamic Network (page 5): Along with the weapons, Iranian Revolutionary Guards and VEVAK intelligence operatives entered Bosnia in large numbers, along with thousands of mujahedin (“holy warriors”) from across the Muslim world. Also engaged in the effort were several other Muslim countries (including Brunei, Malaysia, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, and Turkey) and a number of radical Muslim organizations. For example, the role of one Sudan-based “humanitarian organization,” called the Third World Relief Agency, has been well documented. The Clinton Administration’s “hands-on” involvement with the Islamic network’s arms pipeline included inspections of missiles from Iran by U.S. government officials.
  3. The Radical Islamic Character of the Sarajevo Regime (page 8): Underlying the Clinton Administration’s misguided green light policy is a complete misreading of its main beneficiary, the Bosnian Muslim government of Alija Izetbegovic. Rather than being the tolerant, multiethnic democratic government it pretends to be, there is clear evidence that the ruling circle of Izetbegovic’s party, the Party of Democratic Action (SDA), has long been guided by the principles of radical Islam. This Islamist orientation is illustrated by profiles of three important officials, including President Izetbegovic himself; the progressive Islamization of the Bosnian army, including creation of native Bosnian mujahedin units; credible claims that major atrocities against civilians in Sarajevo were staged for propaganda purposes by operatives of the Izetbegovic government; and suppression of enemies, both non-Muslim and Muslim.

The Clinton Green Light to Iranian Arms Shipments

Both the Senate Intelligence Committee and the House Select Subcommittee to Investigate the United States Role in Iranian Arms Transfers to Croatia and Bosnia issued reports late last year. (The Senate report, dated November 1996, is unclassified. The House report is classified, with the exception of the final section of conclusions, which was released on October 8, 1996; a declassified version of the full report is expected to be released soon.) The reports, consistent with numerous press accounts, confirm that on April 27, 1994, President Clinton directed Ambassador Galbraith to inform the government of Croatia that he had “no instructions” regarding Croatia’s decision whether or not to permit weapons, primarily from Iran, to be transshipped to Bosnia through Croatia. (The purpose was to facilitate the acquisition of arms by the Muslim-led government in Sarajevo despite the arms embargo imposed on Yugoslavia by the U.N. Security Council.) Clinton Administration officials took that course despite their awareness of the source of the weapons and despite the fact that the Croats (who were themselves divided on whether to permit arms deliveries to the Muslims) would take anything short of a U.S. statement that they should not facilitate the flow of Iranian arms to Bosnia as a “green light.”

The green light policy was decided upon and implemented with unusual secrecy, with the CIA and the Departments of State and Defense only informed after the fact. [“U.S. Had Options to Let Bosnia Get Arms, Avoid Iran,” Los Angeles Times, 7/14/96] Among the key conclusions of the House Subcommittee were the following (taken from the unclassified section released on October 8):

  • “The President and the American people were poorly served by the Administration officials who rushed the green light decision without due deliberation. full information and an adequate consideration of the consequences.” (page 202)
  • “The Administration’s efforts to keep even senior US officials from seeing its ‘fingerprints’ on the green light policy led to confusion and disarray within the government.” (page 203)
  • “The Administration repeatedly deceived the American people about its Iranian green light policy.” (page 204)

Clinton, Lake, and Galbraith Responsible

Who is ultimately accountable for the results of his decision – two Clinton Administration officials bear particular responsibility: Ambassador Galbraith and then-NSC Director Anthony Lake, against both of whom the House of Representatives has referred criminal charges to the Justice Department. Mr. Lake, who personally presented the proposal to Bill Clinton for approval, played a central role in preventing the responsible congressional committees from knowing about the Administration’s fateful decision to acquiesce in radical Islamic Iran’s effort to penetrate the European continent through arms shipments and military cooperation with the Bosnian government.” [“‘In Lake We Trust’? Confirmation Make-Over Exacerbates Senate Concerns About D.C.I.-Desipate’s Candor, Reliability,” Center for Security Policy, Washington, D.C., 1/8/97] His responsibility for the operation is certain to be a major hurdle in his effort to be confirmed as CIA Director: “The fact that Lake was one of the authors of the duplicitous policy in Bosnia, which is very controversial and which has probably helped strengthen the hand of the Iranians, doesn’t play well,” stated Senate Intelligence Chairman Richard Shelby. [“Lake to be asked about donation,” Washington Times, 1/2/97]

For his part, Ambassador Galbraith was the key person both in conceiving the policy and in serving as the link between the Clinton Administration and the Croatian government; he also met with Imam Sevko Omerbasic, the top Muslim cleric in Croatia, “who the CIA says was an intermediary for Iran.” [“Fingerprints: Arms to Bosnia, the real story,” The New Republic, 10/28/96; see also LAT 12/23/96] As the House Subcommittee concluded (page 206):

“There is evidence that Ambassador Galbraith may have engaged in activities that could be characterized as unauthorized covert action.” The Senate Committee (pages 19 and 20 of the report) was unable to agree on the specific legal issue of whether Galbraith’s actions constituted a “covert action” within the definition of section 503(e) of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. Sec. 413(e)), as amended, defined as “an activity or activities … to influence political, economic, or military conditions abroad, where it is intended that the role of the United States Government will not be apparent or acknowledged publicly.”

The Militant Islamic Network

The House Subcommittee report also concluded (page 2):

“The Administration’s Iranian green light policy gave Iran an unprecedented foothold in Europe and has recklessly endangered American lives and US strategic interests.” Further – ” … The Iranian presence and influence [” … The Iranian presence and influence [in Bosnia] jumped radically in the months following the green light. Iranian elements infiltrated the Bosnian government and established close ties with the current leadership in Bosnia and the next generation of leaders. Iranian Revolutionary Guards accompanied Iranian weapons into Bosnia and soon were integrated in the Bosnian military structure from top to bottom as well as operating in independent units throughout Bosnia.

The Iranian intelligence service [intelligence service [VEVAK] ran wild through the area developing intelligence networks, setting up terrorist support systems, recruiting terrorist ‘sleeper’ agents and agents of influence, and insinuating itself with the Bosnian political leadership to a remarkable degree. The Iranians effectively annexed large portions of the Bosnian security apparatus [known as the Agency for Information and Documentation (AID)] to act as their intelligence and terrorist surrogates. This extended to the point of jointly planning terrorist activities. The Iranian embassy became the largest in Bosnia and its officers were given unparalleled privileges and access at every level of the Bosnian government.” (page 201)

Not Just the Iranians

To understand how the Clinton green light would lead to this degree of Iranian influence, it is necessary to remember that the policy was adopted in the context of extensive and growing radical Islamic activity in Bosnia. That is, the Iranians and other Muslim militants had long been active in Bosnia; the American green light was an important political signal to both Sarajevo and the militants that the United States was unable or unwilling to present an obstacle to those activities – and, to a certain extent, was willing to cooperate with them. In short, the Clinton Administration’s policy of facilitating the delivery of arms to the Bosnian Muslims made it the de facto partner of an ongoing international network of governments and organizations pursuing their own agenda in Bosnia: the promotion of Islamic revolution in Europe. That network involves not only Iran but Brunei, Malaysia, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Sudan (a key ally of Iran), and Turkey, together with front groups supposedly pursuing humanitarian and cultural activities.

For example, one such group about which details have come to light is the Third World Relief Agency (TWRA), a Sudan-based, phoney humanitarian organization which has been a major link in the arms pipeline to Bosnia. [“How Bosnia’s Muslims Dodged Arms Embargo: Relief Agency Brokered Aid From Nations, Radical Groups,” Washington Post, 9/22/96; see also “Saudis Funded Weapons For Bosnia, Official Says: $ 300 Million Program Had U.S. ‘Stealth Cooperation’,” Washington Post, 2/2/96] TWA is believed to be connected with such fixtures of the Islamic terror network as Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman (the convicted mastermind behind the 1993 World Trade Center bombing) and Osama Binladen, a wealthy Saudi emigre believed to bankroll numerous militant groups. [WP, 9/22/96] (Sheik Rahman, a native of Egypt, is currently in prison in the United States; letter bombs addressed to targets in Washington and London, apparently from Alexandria, Egypt, are believed connected with his case. Binladen was a resident in Khartoum, Sudan, until last year; he is now believed to be in Afghanistan, “where he has issued statements calling for attacks on U.S. forces in the Persian Gulf.” [on U.S. forces in the Persian Gulf.” [WP, 9/22/96])

The Clinton Administration ‘s “Hands-On ” Help

The extent to which Clinton Administration officials, notably Ambassador Galbraith, knowingly or negligently, cooperated with the efforts of such front organizations is unclear. For example, according to one intelligence account seen by an unnamed U.S. official in the Balkans, “Galbraith ‘talked with representatives of Muslim countries on payment for arms that would be sent to Bosnia,’ … [would be sent to Bosnia,’ … [T]he dollar amount mentioned in the report was $ 500 million-$ 800 million. The U.S. official said he also saw subsequent ‘operational reports’ in 1995 on almost weekly arms shipments of automatic weapons, rocket-propelled grenade launchers, anti-armor rockets and TOW missiles.” [TNR, 10/28/96] The United States played a disturbingly “hands-on” role, with, according to the Senate report (page 19), U.S. government personnel twice conducting inspections in Croatia of missiles en route to Bosnia. Further — “The U.S. decision to send personnel to Croatia to inspect rockets bound for Bosnia is … subject to varying interpretations. It may have been simply a straightforward effort to determine whether chemical weapons were being shipped into Bosnia. It was certainly, at least in part, an opportunity to examine a rocket in which the United States had some interest. But it may also have been designed to ensure that Croatia would not shut down the pipeline.” (page 21)

The account in The New Republic points sharply to the latter explanation: “Enraged at Iran’s apparent attempt to slip super weapons past Croat monitors, the Croatian defense minister nonetheless sent the missiles on to Bosnia ‘just as Peter [i.e., Ambassador Galbraith] told us to do,’ sources familiar with the episode said.” [episode said.” [TNR, 10/28/96] In short, the Clinton Administration’s connection with the various players that made up the arms network seems to have been direct and intimate.

The Mujahedin Threat

In addition to (and working closely with) the Iranian Revolutionary Guards and VEVAK intelligence are members of numerous radical groups known for their anti-Western orientation, along with thousands of volunteer mujahedin (“holy warriors”) from across the Islamic world. From the beginning of the NATO- led deployment, the Clinton Administration has given insufficient weight to military concerns regarding the mujahedin presence in Bosnia as well as the danger they pose to American personnel. Many of the fighters are concentrated in the so-called “green triangle” (the color green symbolizes Islam) centered on the town of Zenica in the American IFOR/SFOR zone but are also found throughout the country.

The Clinton Administration has been willing to accept Sarajevo’s transparently false assurances of the departure of the foreign fighters based on the contention that they have married Bosnian women and have acquired Bosnian citizenship — and thus are no longer “foreign”! or, having left overt military units to join “humanitarian,” “cultural,” or “charitable” organizations, are no longer “fighters.” [See “Foreign Muslims Fighting in Bosnia Considered ‘Threat’ to U.S. Troops,” Washington Post, 11/30/95; “Outsiders Bring Islamic Fervor To the Balkans,” New York Times, 9/23/96; “Islamic Alien Fighters Settle in Bosnia,” Pittsburgh PostGazette, 9/23/96; “Mujahideen rule Bosnian villages: Threaten NATO forces, non-Muslims,” Washington Times, 9/23/96; and Yossef Bodansky, Offensive in the Balkans (November 1995) and Some Call It Peace (August 1996), International Media Corporation, Ltd., London. Bodansky, an analyst with the House Republican Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, is an internationally recognized authority on Islamic terrorism.] The methods employed to qualify for Bosnian citizenship are themselves problematic: “Islamic militants from Iran and other foreign countries are employing techniques such as forced marriages, kidnappings and the occupation of apartments and houses to remain in Bosnia in violation of the Dayton peace accord and may be a threat to U.S. forces.” [“Mujaheddin Remaining in Bosnia: Islamic Militants Strongarm Civilians, Defy Dayton Plan,” Washington Post, 7/8/96]

The threat presented by the mujahedin to IFOR (and now, to SFOR) – contingent only upon the precise time their commanders in Tehran or Sarajevo should choose to activate them has been evident from the beginning of the NATO-led deployment. For example, in February 1996 NATO forces raided a terrorist training camp near the town of Fojnica, taking into custody 11 men (8 Bosnian citizens – two of whom may have been naturalized foreign mujahedin and three Iranian instructors); also seized were explosives “built into small children’s plastic toys, including a car, a helicopter and an ice cream cone,” plus other weapons such as handguns, sniper rifles, grenade launchers, etc. The Sarajevo government denounced the raid, claiming the facility was an “intelligence service school”; the detainees were released promptly after NATO turned them over to local authorities. [“NATO Captures Terrorist Training Camp, Claims Iranian Involvement,” Associated Press, 2/16/96; “Bosnian government denies camp was for terrorists,” Reuters, 2/16/96; Bodansky Some Call It Peace, page 56] In May 1996, a previously unknown group called “Bosnian Islamic Jihad” (Jihad means “holy war”,) threatened attacks on NATO troops by suicide bombers, similar to those that had recently been launched in Israel. [“Jihad Threat in Bosnia Alarms NATO,” The European, 5/9/96]

Stepping-Stone to Europe

The intended targets of the mujahedin network in Bosnia are not limited to that country but extend to Western Europe. For example, in August 1995, the conservative Paris daily Le Figaro reported that French security services believe that ,Islamic fundamentalists from Algeria have set up a security network across Europe with fighters trained in Afghan gerrilla camps and [[in] southern France while some have been tested in Bosnia.” [[(London) Daily Telegraph, 8/17/95] Also, in April 1996, Beligan security arrested a number of Islamic militants, including two native Bosnians, smuggling weapons to Algerian guerrillas active in France. [in France. [Intelligence Newsletter, Paris, 5/9/96 (No. 287)] Finally, also in April 1996, a meeting of radicals aligned with HizbAllah (“Party of God”), a pro-Iran group based in Lebanon, set plans for stepping up attacks on U.S. assets on all continents; among those participating was an Egyptian, Ayman al- Zawahiri, who “runs the Islamist terrorist operations in Bosnia- Herzegovina from a special headquarters in Sofa, Bulgaria. His forces are already deployed throughout Bosnia, ready to attack US and other I-FOR (NATO Implementation Force) targets.” [“States- Sponsored Terrorism and The Rise of the HizbAllah International,” Defense and Foreign Affairs and Strategic Policy, London, 8/31/96 Finally, in December 1996, French and Belgain security arrested several would-be terrorists trained at Iranian-run camps in Bosnia.[“Terrorism: The Bosnian Connection,” (Paris) L’Express, 12/26/96]

The Radical Islamic Character of the Sarajevo Regime

Underlying the Clinton Administration’s misguided policy toward Iranian influence in Bosnia is a fundamental misreading of the true nature of the Muslim regime that benefited from the Iran/Bosnia arms policy. “The most dubious of all Bosniac [i.e., Bosnian Muslim] claims pertains to the self-serving commercial that the government hopes to eventually establish a multiethnic liberal democratic society. Such ideals may appeal to a few members of Bosnia’s ruling circles as well as to a generally secular populace, but President Izethbegovic and his cabal appear to harbor much different private intentions and goals.” [“Selling the Bosnia Myth to America: Buyer Beware,” Lieutenant Colonel John E. Sray, USA, U.S. Army Foreign Military Studies Office, Fort Leavenworth, KS, October 1995]

The evidence that the leadership of the ruling Party of Democratic Action (SDA), and consequently, the Sarajevo-based government, has long been motivated by the principles of radical Islam is inescapable. The following three profiles are instructive:

Alija Izetbegovic: Alija Izetbegovic, current Bosnian president and head of the SDA, in 1970 authored the radical “Islamic Declaration,” which calls for “the Islamic movement” to start to take power as soon as it can Overturn “the existing non- Muslim government…[Muslim government…[and] build up a new Islamic one,” to destroy non-Islamic institutions (“There can be neither peace nor coexistence between the Islamic religion and non-Islamic social institutions’), and to create an international federation of Islamic states. [The Islamic Declaration: A Programme for the Islamization of Muslims and the Muslim Peoples, Sarajevo, in English, 19901 Izetbegovic’s radical pro-Iran associations go back decades: “At the center of the Iranian system in Europe is Bosnia-Hercegovina.” President, Alija Izetbegovic, . . . who is committed to the establishment Of an Islamic Republic in Bosnia- Hercegovina.” [“Iran’s European Springboard?”, House Republican Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, 9/1/92 The Task Force report further describes Izetbegovic’s contacts with Iran and Libya in 1991, before the Bosnian war began; he is also noted as a “fundamentalist Muslim” and a member of the “Fedayeen of Islam” organization, an Iran-based radical group dating to the 1930s and which by the late 1960s had recognized the leadership of the Ayatollah Khomeini (then in exile from the Shah). Following Khomeini’s accession to power in 1979, Izetbegovic stepped-up his efforts to establish Islamic power in Bosnia and was jailed by the communists in 1983. Today, he is open and unapologetic about his links to Iran: “Perhaps the most telling detail of the [detail of the [SDA’s September 1, 1996] campaign rally … was the presence of the Iranian Ambassador and his Bosnian and Iranian bodyguards, who sat in the shadow of the huge birchwood platform…. As the only foreign diplomat [platform…. As the only foreign diplomat [present], indeed the only foreigner traveling in the President’s [only foreigner traveling in the President’s [i.e., Izetbegovic’s] heavily guarded motorcade of bulky four-wheel drive jeeps, he lent a silent Islamic imprimatur to the event, one that many American and European supporters of the Bosnian Government are trying hard to ignore or dismiss.” [trying hard to ignore or dismiss.” [NYT, 9/2/96] During the summer 1996 election campaign, the Iranians delivered to him, in two suitcases, $ 500,000 in cash; Izetbegovic “is now ‘literally on their [on their [i.e., the Iranians’] payroll,’ according to a classified report based on the CIA’s analysis of the issue.” LAT, 12/31/96. See also “Iran Contributed $ [LAT, 12/31/96. See also “Iran Contributed $ 500,000 to Bosnian President’s Election Effort, U.S. Says,” New York Times, 1/l/97, and Washington Times, 1/2/97] Adil Zulfikarpasic, a Muslim co- founder of the SDA, broke with Izetbegovic in late 1990 due to the increasingly overt fundamentalist and pro-Iranian direction of the party. [See Milovan Djilas, Bosnjak: Adil Zulfikarpasic, Zurich, 1994]

Hassan (or Hasan) Cengic: Until recently, deputy defense minister (and now cosmetically reassigned to a potentially even more dangerous job in refugee resettlement at the behest of the Clinton Administration), Cengic, a member of a powerful clan headed by his father, Halid Cengic, is an Islamic cleric who has traveled frequently to Tehran and is deeply involved in the arms pipeline. [“Bosnian Officials Involved in Arms Trade Tied to Radical States,” Washington Post, 9/22/96] Cengic was identified by Austrian police as a member of TWRA’s supervisory board, “a fact confirmed by its Sudanese director, Elfatih Hassanein, in a 1994 interview with (lazi Husrev Beg, an Islamic affairs magazine. Cengic later became the key Bosnian official involved in setting up a weapons pipeline from Iran…. Cengic … is a longtime associate of Izetbegovic’s. He was one of the co- defendants in Izetbegovic’s 1983 trial for fomenting Muslim nationalism in what was then Yugoslavia. Cengic was given a 10- year prison term, most of which he did not serve. In trial testimony Cengic was said to have been traveling to Iran since 1983. Cengic lived in Tehran and Istanbul during much of the war, arranging for weapons to be smuggled into Bosnia.” [WP, 9/22/961 According to a Bosnian Croat radio profile: “Hasan’s father, Halid Cengic … is the main logistic expert in the Muslim army. All petrodollar donations from the Islamic world and the procurement of arms and military technology for Muslim units went through him. He made so much money out of this business that he is one of the richest Muslims today. Halid Cengic and his two sons, of whom Hasan has been more in the public spotlight, also control the Islamic wing of the intelligence agency AID [Agency for Information and Documentation]. Well informed sources in Sarajevo claim that only Hasan addresses Izetbegovic with ‘ti’ [second person singular, used as an informal form of address] while all the others address him as ‘Mr. President,”‘ a sign of his extraordinary degree of intimacy with the president. [BBC Summary of World Broadcasts, 10/28/96, “Radio elaborates on Iranian connection of Bosnian deputy defense minister,” from Croat Radio Herceg-Bosna, Mostar, in Serbo-Croatian, 10/25/96, bracketed text in original] In late 1996, at the insistence of the Clinton Administration, Hassan Cengic was reassigned to refugee affairs. However, in his new capacity he may present an even greater hazard to NATO forces in Bosnia, in light of past incidents such as the one that took place near the village of Celic in November 1996. At that time, in what NATO officers called part of a pattern of “military operations in disguise,” American and Russian IFOR troops were caught between Muslims and Serbs as the Muslims, some of them armed, attempted to encroach on the cease-fire line established by Dayton; commented a NATO spokesman: “We believe this to be a deliberate, orchestrated and provocative move to circumvent established procedures for the return of refugees.” [“Gunfire Erupts as Muslims Return Home,” Washington Post, 11/13/96]

Dzemal Merdan: “The office of Brig. Gen. Dzemal Merdan is an ornate affair, equipped with an elaborately carved wooden gazebo ringed with red velvet couches and slippers for his guests. A sheepskin prayer mat lies in the comer, pointing toward Mecca. The most striking thing in the chamber is a large flag. It is not the flag of Bosnia, but of Iran. Pinned with a button of the Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, Iran’s late Islamic leader, the flag occupies pride of place in Merdan’s digs — displayed in the middle of the gazebo for every visitor to see. Next to it hangs another pennant that of the Democratic Action Party, the increasingly nationalist Islamic organization of President Alija Izetbegovic that dominates Bosnia’s Muslim region…. Merdan’s position highlights the American dilemma. As head of the office of training and development of the Bosnian army, he is a key liaison figure in the U.S. [liaison figure in the U.S. [arm and train] program…. But Merdan, Western sources say, also has another job — as liaison with foreign Islamic fighters here since 1992 and promoter of the Islamic faith among Bosnia’s recruits. Sources identified Merdan as being instrumental in the creation of a brigade of Bosnian soldiers, called the 7th Muslim Brigade, that is heavily influenced by Islam and trained by fighters from Iran’s Revolutionary Guards. He has also launched a program, these sources say, to build mosques on military training grounds to teach Islam to Bosnian recruits. In addition, he helped establish training camps in Bosnia where Revolutionary Guards carried out their work.” [“Arming the Bosnians: U.S. Program Would Aid Force Increasingly Linked to Iran,” Washington Post, 1/26/96, emphasis added] General Merdan is a close associate of both Izetbegovic and Cengic; the central region around Zenica, which was “completely militarized in the first two years of the war” under the control of Merdan’s mujahedin, is “under total control of the Cengic family.” [“Who Rules Bosnia and Which Way,” (Sarajevo) Slobodna Bosna, 11/17/96, FBIS translation; Slobodna Bosna is one of the few publications in Muslim-held areas that dares to criticize the policies and personal corruption of the ruling SDA clique.] Merdan’s mujahedin were accused by their erstwhile Croat allies of massacring more than 100 Croats near Zenica in late 1993. [“Bosnian Croats vow to probe war crimes by Moslems,” Agence France Presse, 5/12/95]

The Islamization of the Bosnian Army

In cooperation with the foreign Islamic presence, the Izetbegovic regime has revamped its security and military apparatus to reflect its Islamic revolutionary outlook, including the creation of mujahedin units throughout the army; some members of these units have assumed the guise of a shaheed (a “martyr,” the Arabic term commonly used to describe suicide bombers), marked by their white garb, representing a shroud. While these units include foreign fighters naturalized in Bosnia, most of the personnel are now Bosnian Muslims trained and indoctrinated by Iranian and other foreign militants – which also makes it easier for the Clinton Administration to minimize the mujahedin threat, because few of them are “foreigners.”

Prior to 1996, there were three principal mujahedin units in the Bosnian army, the first two of which are headquartered in the American IFOR/SFOR zone: (1) the 7th Muslim Liberation Brigade of the 3rd Corps, headquartered in Zenica; (2) the 9th Muslim Liberation Brigade of the 2nd Corps, headquartered in Travnik (the 2nd Corps is based in Tuzla); and (3) the 4th Muslim Liberation Brigade of the 4th Corps, headquartered in Konjic (in the French zone). [Bodansky, Some Call It Peace, page 401 Particularly ominous, many members of these units have donned the guise of martyrs, indicating their willingness to sacrifice themselves in the cause of Islam. Commenting on an appearance of soldiers from the 7th Liberation Brigade, in Zenica in December 1995, Bodansky writes: “Many of the fighters … were dressed in white coveralls over their uniforms. Officially, these were ‘white winter camouflage,’ but the green headbands [bearing Koranic verses] these warriors were wearing left no doubt that these were actually Shaheeds’ shrouds.” [Some Call It Peace, page 12] The same demonstration was staged before the admiring Iranian ambassador and President Izethbegovic in September 1996, when white winter garb could only be symbolic, not functional. [[NYT, 9/2/96] By June 1996, ten more mujahedin brigades had been established, along with numerous smaller “special units’ dedicated to covert and terrorist operations; while foreigners are present in all of these units, most of the soldiers are now native Bosnian Muslims. [native Bosnian Muslims. [Some Call It Peace, pages 42-46]

In addition to these units, there exists another group known as the Handzar (“dagger” or 94 scimitar”) Division, described by Bodansky as a “praetorian guard” for President Izetbegovic. “Up to 6000-strong, the Handzar division glories in a fascist culture. They see themselves as the heirs of the SS Handzar division, formed by Bosnian Muslims in 1943 to fight for the Nazis. Their spiritual model was Mohammed Amin al-Husseini, the Grand Mufti of Jerusalem who sided with Hitler. According to LJN officers, surprisingly few of those in charge of the Handzars … seem to speak good Serbo-Croatian. ‘Many of them are Albanian, whether from Kosovo [the Serb province where Albanians are the majority] or from Albania itself.’ They are trained and led by veterans from Afghanistan and Pakistan, say LTN sources.” [“Albanians and Afghans fight for the heirs to Bosnia’s SS past,” (London) Daily Telegraph, 12/29/93, bracketed text in original]

Self-Inflicted Atrocities

Almost since the beginning of the Bosnian war in the spring of 1992, there have been persistent reports — readily found in the European media but little reported in the United States — that civilian deaths in Muslim-held Sarajevo attributed to the Bosnian Serb Army were in some cases actually inflicted by operatives of the Izetbegovic regime in an (ultimately successful) effort to secure American intervention on Sarajevo’s behalf. These allegations include instances of sniping at civilians as well as three major explosions, attributed to Serbian mortar fire, that claimed the lives of dozens of people and, in each case, resulted in the international community’s taking measures against the Muslims’ Serb enemies. (The three explosions were: (1) the May 27, 1992, “breadline massacre.” which was reported to have killed 16 people and which resulted in economic sanctions on the Bosnian Serbs and rump Yugoslavia; (2) the February 5, 1994, Markale “market massacre,” killing 68 and resulting in selective NATO air strikes and an ultimatum to the Serbs to withdraw their heavy weapons from the area near Sarajevo; and (3) the August 28, 1995 “second market massacre,” killing 37 and resulting in large-scale NATO air strikes, eventually leading to the Dayton agreement and the deployment of IFOR.) When she was asked about such allegations (with respect to the February 1994 explosion) then-U.N. Ambassador and current Secretary of State-designate Madeleine Albright, in a stunning non sequitur, said: “It’s very hard to believe any country would do this to their own people, and therefore, although we do not exactly know what the facts are, it would seem to us that the Serbs are the ones that probably have a great deal of responsibility.” [“Senior official admits to secret U.N. report on Sarajevo massacre,” Deutsch Presse-Agentur, 6/6/96, emphasis added]

The fact that such a contention is difficult to believe does not mean it is not true. Not only did the incidents lead to the result desired by Sarajevo (Western action against the Bosnian Serbs), their staging by the Muslims would be entirely in keeping with the moral outlook of Islamic radicalism, which has long accepted the deaths of innocent (including Muslim) bystanders killed in terrorist actions. According to a noted analyst: “The dictum that the end justifies the means is adopted by all fundamentalist organizations in their strategies for achieving political power and imposing on society their own view of Islam. What is important in every action is its niy ‘yah, its motive. No means need be spared in the service of Islam as long as one takes action with a pure niy’ Yah.” [Amir Taheri, Holy Terror, Bethesda, MD, 1987] With the evidence that the Sarajevo leadership does in fact have a fundamentalist outlook, it is unwarranted to dismiss cavaliery the possibility of Muslim responsibility. Among some of the reports:

Sniping: “French peacekeeping troops in the United Nations unit trying to curtail Bosnian Serb sniping at civilians in Sarajevo have concluded that until mid-June some gunfire also came from Government soldiers deliberately shooting at their own civilians. After what it called a ‘definitive’ investigation, a French marine unit that patrols against snipers said it traced sniper fire to a building normally occupied by Bosnian [i.e., Muslim] soldiers and other security forces. A senior French officer said, ‘We find it almost impossible to believe, but we are sure that it is true.”‘ [“Investigation Concludes Bosnian Government Snipers Shot at Civilians,” New York Times, 8/l/951

The 1992 “Breadline Massacre”: “United Nations officials and senior Western military officers believe some of the worst killings in Sarajevo, including the massacre of at least 16 people in a bread queue, were carried out by the city’s mainly Muslim defenders — not Serb besiegers — as a propaganda ploy to win world sympathy and military intervention…. Classified reports to the UN force commander, General Satish Nambiar, concluded … that Bosnian forces loyal to President Alija Izetbegovic may have detonated a bomb. ‘We believe it was a command-detonated explosion, probably in a can,’ a UN official said then. ‘The large impact which is there now is not necessarily similar or anywhere near as large as we came to expect with a mortar round landing on a paved surface.” [“Muslims ‘slaughter their own people’,” (London) The Independent, 8/22/92] “Our people tell us there were a number of things that didn’t fit. The street had been blocked off just before the incident. Once the crowd was let in and had lined up, the media appeared but kept their distance. The attack took place, and the media were immediately on the scene.” [Major General Lewis MacKenzie, Peacekeeper: The Road to Sarajevo, Vancouver, BC, 1993, pages 193-4; Gen. MacKenzie, a Canadian, had been commander of the U.N. peacekeeping force in Sarajevo.]

The 1994 Markale “Market Massacre”: “French television reported last night that the United Nations investigation into the market-place bombing in Sarajevo two weeks ago had established beyond doubt that the mortar shell that killed 68 people was fired from inside Bosnian [Muslim lines.” [people was fired from inside Bosnian [Muslim] lines.” [“UN tracks source of fatal shell,” (London) The Times, 2/19/94] “For the first time, a senior U.N. official has admitted the existence of a secret U.N. report that blames the Bosnian Moslems for the February 1994 massacre of Moslems at a Sarajevo market…. After studying the crater left by the mortar shell and the distribution of shrapnel, the report concluded that the shell was fired from behind Moslem lines.” The report, however, was kept secret; the context of the wire story implies that U.S. Ambasador Albright may have been involved in its suppression. [DPA, 6/6/961 For a fuller discussion of the conflicting claims, see “Anatomy of a massacre,” Foreign Policy, 12/22/94, by David Binder; Binder, a veteran New York Times reporter in Yugoslavia, had access to the suppressed report. Bodansky categorically states that the bomb “was actually a special charge designed and built with help from HizbAllah [“Party of God,” a Beirut-based pro-Iranian terror group] experts and then most likely dropped from a nearby rooftop onto the crowd of shoppers. Video cameras at the ready recorded this expertly-staged spectacle of gore, while dozens of corpses of Bosnian Muslim troops killed in action (exchanged the day before in a ‘body swap’ with the Serbs) were paraded in front of cameras to raise the casualty counts.” [Offensive in the Balkans, page 62]

The 1995 “Second Market Massacre”: “British ammunition experts serving with the United Nations in Sarajevo have challenged key ‘evidence’ of the Serbian atrocity that triggered the devastating Nato bombing campaign which turned the tide of the Bosnian war.” The Britons’ analysis was confirmed by French analysts but their findings were “dismissed” by “a senior American officer” at U.N. headquarters in Sarajevo. [“Serbs ‘not guilty’ of massacre: Experts warned US that mortar was Bosnian,” (London) The Times, 10/i/95 A “crucial U.N. report [(London) The Times, 10/i/95] A “crucial U.N. report [stating Serb responsibility for] the market massacre is a classified secret, but four specialists – a Russian, a Canadian and two Americans – have raised serious doubts about its conclusion, suggesting instead that the mortar was fired not by the Serbs but by Bosnian government forces.” A Canadian officer “added that he and fellow Canadian officers in Bosnia were ‘convinced that the Muslim government dropped both the February 5, 1994, and the August 28, 1995, mortar shells on the Sarajevo markets.”‘ An unidentified U.S. official “contends that the available evidence suggests either ‘the shell was fired at a very low trajectory, which means a range of a few hundred yards – therefore under [a range of a few hundred yards – therefore under [Sarajevo] government control,’ or ‘a mortar shell converted into a bomb was dropped from a nearby roof into the crowd.”‘ [“Bosnia’s bombers,” The Nation, 10/2/95 ]. At least some high-ranking French and perhaps other Western officials believed the Muslims responsible; after having received that account from government ministers and two generals, French magazine editor Jean Daniel put the question directly to Prime Minister Edouard Balladur: “‘They [i.e., the Muslims] have committed this carnage on their own people?’ I exclaimed in consternation. ‘Yes,’ confirmed the Prime Minister without hesitation, ‘but at least they have forced NATO to intervene. “‘ [“No more lies about Bosnia,” Le Nouvel Observateur, 8/31/95, translated in Chronicles – A Magazine of American Culture, January 1997]

Suppression of Enemies

As might be expected, one manifestation of the radical Islamic orientation of the Izetbegovic government is increasing curtailment of the freedoms of the remaining non-Muslims (Croats and Serbs) in the Muslim-held zone. While there are similar pressures on minorities in the Serb- and Croat-held parts of Bosnia, in the Muslim zone they have a distinct Islamic flavor. For example, during the 1996-1997 Christmas and New Year holiday season, Muslim militants attempted to intimidate not only Muslims but Christians from engaging in what had become common holiday practices, such as gift-giving, putting up Christmas or New Year’s trees, and playing the local Santa Claus figure, Grandfather Frost (Deda Mraz). [“The Holiday, All Wrapped Up; Bosnian Muslims Take Sides Over Santa,” Washington Post, 12/26/96] hi general: “Even in Sarajevo itself, always portrayed as the most prominent multi-national community in Bosnia, pressure, both psychological and real, is impelling non-Bosniaks [i.e., non- Muslims] to leave. Some measures are indirect, such as attempts to ban the sale of pork and the growing predominance of [to ban the sale of pork and the growing predominance of [Bosniak] street names. Other measures are deliberate efforts to apply pressure. Examples include various means to make nonBosniaks leave the city. Similar pressures, often with more violent expression and occasionally with overt official participation, are being used throughout Bosnia.” [“Bosnia’s Security and U.S. Policy in the Next Phase A Policy Paper, International Research and Exchanges Board, November 1996]

In addition, President Izetbegovic’s party, the SDA, has launched politically-motivated attacks on moderate Muslims both within the SDA and in rival parties. For example, in the summer of 1996 former Prime Minister Haris Silajdzic. (a Muslim, and son of the former imam at the main Sarajevo mosque) was set upon and beaten by SDA militants. Silajdzic claimed Izetbegovic himself was behind the attacks. [was behind the attacks. [NYT, 9/2/96] h-fan Mustafic, a Muslim who cofounded the SDA, is a member of the Bosnian parliament and was president of the SDA’s executive council in Srebrenica when it fell to Bosnian Serb forces; he was taken prisoner but later released. Because of several policy disagreements with Izetbegovic and his close associates, Mustafic was shot and seriously wounded in Srebrenica by Izetbegovic loyalists. [[(Sarajevo) Slobodna Bosna, 7/14/96] Finally, one incident sums up both the ruthlessness of the Sarajevo establishment in dealing with their enemies as well as their international radical links: “A special Bosnian army unit headed by Bakir Izetbegovic, the Bosnian president’s son, murdered a Bosnian general found shot to death in Belgium last week, a Croatian newspaper reported … citing well-informed sources. The Vjesnik newspaper, controlled by the government, said the assassination of Yusuf Prazina was carried out by five members of a commando unit called ‘Delta’ and headed by Ismet Bajramovic also known as Celo. The paper said that three members of the Syrian-backed Palestinian movement Saika had Prazina under surveillance for three weeks before one of them, acting as an arms dealer, lured him into a trap in a car park along the main highway between Liege in eastern Belgium and the German border town of Aachen. Prazina, 30, nicknamed Yuka, went missing early last month. He was found Saturday with two bullet holes to the head. ‘The necessary logistical means to carry out the operation were provided by Bakir Izetbegovic, son of Alija Izetbegovic,, who left Sarajevo more than six months ago,’ Vjesnik said. It added that Bakir Izetbegovic ‘often travels between Brussels, Paris, Frankfurt, Baghdad, Tehran and Ankara, by using Iraqi and Pakistani passports,’ and was in Belgium at the time of the assassination. Hasan Cengic, head of logistics for the army in Bosnia- Hercegovina, was ‘personally involved in the assassination of Yuka Prazina,’ the paper said.” [Yuka Prazina,’ the paper said.” [Agence France Presse, 1/5/94]

Conclusion

The Clinton Administration’s blunder in giving the green light to the Iranian arms pipeline was based, among other errors, on a gross misreading of the true nature and goals of the Izetbegovic regime in Sarajevo. It calls to mind the similar mistake of the Carter Administration, which in 1979 began lavish aid to the new Sandinista government in Nicaragua in the hopes that (if the United States were friendly enough) the nine comandantes would turn out to be democrats, not communists, despite abundant evidence to the contrary. By the time the Reagan Administration finally cut off the dollar spigot in 198 1, the comandantes — or the “nine little Castros,” as they were known locally — had fully entrenched themselves in power.

To state that the Clinton Administration erred in facilitating the penetration of the Iranians and other radical elements into Europe would be a breathtaking understatement. A thorough reexamination of U.S. policy and goals in the region is essential. In particular, addressing the immediate threat to U.S. troops in Bosnia, exacerbated by the extention of the IFOR/SFOR mission, should be a major priority of the of the 105th Congress.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on September 7, 2022

***

Many holes are busting through the thick mental wall of media-generated obstructions meant to block wide public understanding of the COVID-19 power grab. The fake fight to vanquish the celebrity coronavirus is being widely exposed as a multi-faceted deception.

As delusions are shattering, more and more people are starting to open their minds to the profound nature of the actual dangers engulfing us.  In the process the dons directing the COVID Mafioso are losing control of the dominant COVID narrative. The narrative’s embattled defenders are becoming increasingly desperate to divert public attention away from the scene of the COVID crimes.      

In spite of the diversionary tactics, a growing constituency is coming to see that human predators, not the surprise invasion of some new type of germ, are the primary culprits driving the malaise that has been overtaking us. Our economy, our rights, our freedoms, our institutions, and increasingly our very lives and wellbeing are under attack as the COVID-19 power grab moves into new frontiers of subversive infiltration.

Some of those engaged in the grab for power have exposed their true agenda by celebrating the crash of existing forms of political economy. They have lauded the destruction of our life support systems as a necessary expedient to clear decks for massive structural transformation sometimes described as the Great Reset. See this.

This slogan is best understood as a cynical PR phrase whose propagandistic purpose is to disguise the lawless ruthlessness of the COVID-19 power grab. In their internally contradictory fantasies the Davos devotees pushing the idea of a Great Reset, picture a woke and green utopia under the digitally-enabled iron fist of corporatist dictatorship.

To anticipate where this power grab is taking us, we need only evaluate the trajectory of developments delivered to us since 2020. The weight of evidence has become overwhelming that the COVID measures imposed in the name of safeguarding human health are doing precisely the opposite. The COVID lockdowns accelerated a well-advanced economic calamity and the injections have set in motion a massive global public health catastrophe still in its infancy.

 See this.

COVID jabs, the primary supposed remedy for the misnamed pandemic, have so far been shot into the arms of well over half of the world’s 8 billion inhabitants.  As imperfect and incomplete as it is, the evidence points to the now-inescapable conclusion that these injections are making a very high proportion of jab recipients sicker rather than better. The jabs are truncating lifespans, not prolonged them.

Moreover all those who have taken the shots are made more vulnerable to the full array of infectious diseases including COVID-19. The COVID jabs are surreptitiously destroying human immunity, a process of biological sabotage that becomes more and more severe with repeated injections.

The aim of this assault on natural immunity is to advance the conditions for a permanent and universally mandated regime of cradle-to-grave injections. The wonders of natural immunity are being stripped from humans as part of a broader assault design to render most people more dependent on our overlords for our very survival.

Promoting the Industrial Re-engineering of Human Biology

The World Health Organization played a significant role in this coordinated attack on innate immunity through its strategic redefinition of “herd immunity.” Before October of 2020 the WHO acknowledged that populations can reach collective immunity—herd immunity– by widespread “natural immunity developed through previous infection.” Then the WHO proclaimed that herd immunity can only be attained only when a “threshold of vaccination is reached.” See this.

This WHO pronouncement promoted the inaccurate claim that vaccine-induced immunity is more effective than natural immunity. The main health division of the United Nations thereby sanctioned what amounted to an industrial takeover of the core mechanisms governing human interactions with disease.

This change helped to clear the way for the global push to universalize COVID-19 injections, an unprecedented campaign that we can now see in retrospect as the thin edge of the wedge in the technocratic takeover of bodily autonomy. So far there has been almost no space afforded by governments or the media for open public discussion and democratic due process on the corporate implementation of this transhumanist agenda.

We the human guinea pigs inducted into unregulated bouts of nonconsensual medical experimentation have not been dealt in to the decision-making process on how our own bodies are to be invaded, reconstituted, and controlled. If it has already been decided by our masters that even our very persons no longer belong to us, what else can we expect from the next stages of the “Great Reset”?

The COVID injections have provided the main point of entry enabling the surveillance state to penetrate under people’s skin as part of the industrial re-engineering of human biology. This ongoing engineering project extends to the continuation of the imperial quest for total information awareness and control, including over the digital flow of cashless money. Many of our upper echelon governors want to further empower themselves by making cashless money systems tied to social credit scoring the basis for AI control of all financial transactions.     

Accordingly, the imposition of the biggest injection campaign in history aimed at inoculating the entire population of the world is anything but safe and humanitarian. Rather, this campaign is a key element in a determined grab for power pressed forward on the basis of an enormous fraud. Instead of offering protection, the toxic jabs are ruining and snuffing out lives in what is proving to be by far the biggest medical scandal of all times.

See this.

In the face of these developments, the guardians of the COVID myths continue to try to expunge and hide as much of the evidence as they can of injection deaths and injuries. The determination continues that nothing must be allowed to call into question the sunny ways fairy tale that the COVID injections are safe and effective.

Honest Mistakes or Malicious Intent?  

The rapid exposure suggesting the immense scale of the COVID fraud is happening in clear view of the many millions of people who have learned to steer around the lockstep deceptions of the now-discredited regime media. The truth seekers have been feeding and absorbing this rush of disclosure. They have developed skills in critical and independent thinking, sufficient to recognize sources of generally reliable COVID-related information.

Those capable of making the necessary distinctions between credible and fraudulent sources, however, still remain a minority.  Will this minority group now grow into a majority as more and more people lose loved ones or look on as the medical system denies proper recognition, empathy and treatment to family members who well understand they have been severely injured by the jabs?

How much more lying and severe abuse, including acts of premeditated murder, can members of the public withstand before they become outraged enough to demand some measure of accountability from COVID Officialdom?  

What will happen to those who until now have trusted authorities in government and the media to guide them through the supposed remedies promoted as if they have the capacity to ease and end the claimed COVID inflictions? Will the scale and intensity of new revelations about the grave harm being done in the name of fighting COVID, continue to push global public opinion in a positive direction? 

Will those who have so far trusted in the guidance of authority figures overseeing the COVID fiasco find the gumption to put their gullibility aside and start asking some pertinent skeptical questions?

Can majority opinion be stretched enough to embrace the realization that we are in the midst of a monumental power grab misrepresented as an evidence-based response to a medical emergency? Will public awareness develop to the point where a vigilant, aroused and well-informed citizenry can bring forward demands backed by the weight of solid public opinion?

The heart of these demands must call on public officials to put together credible teams of objective investigators with the background to knowledgeably explore many unanswered questions. A number of these most vital questions have been brought to light by conscientious whistleblowers who often have faced severe recriminations for pointing out the lies and crimes of COVID Officialdom.

As with the case of the “medical jails” set up for COVID patients at, for instance, the Amita Health Resurrection Center in Chicago, the leads uncovered by whistle blowers like Dr. Elizabeth Vliet are often extremely significant. They must be followed up by the work of professional investigators armed with extensive subpoena powers. If properly done, many of the investigations will have to give way to criminal charges pressed against some of the worst COVID culprits.

Before society as a whole begins to come to terms with major revelations of COVID wrongdoing now captured on the public record, many more people will have to critically examine their own assumptions about what went wrong. It is natural to first assume, for instance, that any failure to respond appropriately to the vagaries of the COVID debacle must be inadvertent— an outcome of say honest mistakes, simple misunderstandings, or maybe even unfortunate incompetence.

There can be no doubt that incompetence, stupidity and the naïve complicity of some officials have played a role in the genesis of the COVID debacle. Any assumption, however, that this explanation is sufficient in itself to explain the depth of our current dilemma is simply wrong.

So too is the tendency to explain away the genuinely criminal nature of the COVID operation with the view that all the professional people involved were simply doing their best to respond to a daunting set of uncharted and unprecedented circumstances. Many of these “unprecedented circumstances,” however, can now be shown to be carefully planned and implemented.

Such shallow and incomplete assessments about the nature of the COVID-19 power grab will only leave society more vulnerable to even more audacious crimes to come. The ongoing hunt by multi-billionaires and their accomplices for added spoils is best achieved by implementing methods of more complete control.

Dr. Michael Yeadon has reflected on the difficulty now and in the past that people have had in taking action to block the rise of ruthless regimes whose leaders seem intent on causing great harm. He has written,

“Many have asked why people didn’t resist tyrants in the past. Partly it is fear. But it’s more than that. It’s that normal people, like you and me, simply cannot imagine being so evil. We trust in humanity. And so we should. Most people are good. Few are truly terrifyingly horrible. But some are. It’s the inability to believe it’s happening that really stopped people objecting when they should, when the evidence was unmistakable but had not yet quite reached their door, their family.”

 A good way to move towards more proactive engagement with menacing developments is to avoid overdependence on assumptions. To transcend the realm of assumption one must ask questions, plenty of questions, directed especially at those claiming special imperatives to educate the public from positions of well-rewarded authority. 

Those who fall into the danger zones where unsupported assumptions prevail are often the victims of groupthink. In this COVID-19 power grab, groupthink is often promoted by the lockstep decisions of those directing many media venues.

Since the debacle began in 2020, media people have been leading human lambs to receive their jabs on the sacrificial altars of the TV religion preaching redemption from COVID infection. Medical practitioners have performed their assigned role in the ritualized killing, injury and obliteration of the natural immunity of those put under the needle of invasive spike protein replication.

Breaking Social Cohesion by Pushing the Idea We Are All Biohazards to One Another  

How is it that the governments of the vast majority of the world’s 195 countries have all made essentially the same set of errors in reacting to the same set of circumstances? The replication of the same set of wrong responses to the manufactured COVID crisis began almost immediately.

The decisive move came with the unprecedented decision to follow China’s lead in shutting down global society’s life’s blood of free movement and circulation. The new obstructions put in place extended in many directions, including to the strangulation of targeted aspects of commerce and work.

The lockdowns were constructed with an eye to putting up particularly high obstacles to transactions supporting small business, the middle class, and the independence of working people. The lockdowns enormously accelerated the suck up of assets from the largest mass of humanity to a tiny contingent of wealthy people far above the top 1 %.

Especially hard hit were about a billion and a half workers in low-income countries where informal employment is most common.

See this.

The lockdowns promoted the view that even healthy people are potential biohazards to one another; that everyone has cause to picture everyone else as suspects to be spurned, distrusted and subjected to many forms of distancing. This shattering of social cohesion helped along imperial strategies of divide-and-conquer.

The quick and uniform implementation of such an invasive assertion of state power indicates that some global authority was the common source of the directives to national governments. What global authority would be in a position to impose through compulsion a conformist policy on most national systems of public health throughout the world?

Certainly the WEF played an important role. But the WEF takes its orders ultimately from those in charge of global corporations and the bankers that facilitate their operations. Only international banking institutions and their corporate proxies, including BlackRock and Vanguard, would be in a position to compel such uniform and consistent responses from almost all national governments.

The terrible implications of this formidable display of geopolitical muscle-flexing must be resolutely faced. More than that, the existing kleptocracy that forms the dominant financial system must be remade to effectively serve all of humanity, not just a minute minority within it.  The required changes point in a very different direction than the Great Reset advocated by the WEF and its most annoying mascot and flunky, Justin Trudeau.


Trudeau’s dilettantish quest to extend “post-nationalist” governance is representative of larger forces pointing humanity towards mass enslavement. Trudeau personifies an emerging class of hucksters trying to replicate the example of the “philanthropic” crime boss, Bill Gates.

Only by building up financial expressions of national self-governance can we the peoples of the world escape further entrapment in the COVID-19 power grab and in all the other manufactured crises being made to flow from it.

The stimulation of fear and confusion over everything from moneypox to widespread famine is helping to hold back some careful investigation of who and what is behind COVID-19 power grab. Rather than allowing ourselves to be distracted by more rounds of manufactured fear, we need to stand our ground. We must demand formal means of investigating the evidence of organized criminality facilitating the manufactured COVID crisis whose devastating outcomes continue to unfold. See this.

From Cutting Carbon Footprints to the Eliminating Masses of People

The Paris agreement on climate change transacted in 2015 can be pictured as a prelude to the adoption of near-identical policies by nearly all national governments in responding to the supposedly new coronavirus.

Within hours of being sworn into office in January of 2021, US President Joe Biden authorized the US adhesion to the Paris agreement.

The World Economic Forum was a major player drawing the governments of all the world’s countries into the Paris agreement. For those who imbibe the Kool-Aid of the WEF, the goal of reducing and even eliminating the “carbon footprint” of people starts with the quest to decarbonize all energy production.

From there it goes to conceiving of people as cancers to be eliminated. In the minds of the world’s most highly entitled virtue signalers, the global population is composed of human herds to be culled and reduced in making a greener and more healthy world.

The COVID-19 power grab and its expression in the Great Reset are meant to reduce humanity’s overall carbon footprint. In fact the injection program seems well calculated to cancel out every type of footprint of those humans eliminated in the waging of a secular yet holy war to conquer sickness, overpopulation, and global warming.

The anti-carbon, anti-human preoccupations of the puppet regimes dominating the Western governments are taking the form of unprecedented interventions to slow the pace and shrink the scale of economic activity. The key means of making this contraction happen are to make food and fossil fuels more scarce and expensive. See this.

The goal of imposing brakes on economic activity constitutes a virtual death sentence whose first victims are millions of poor people. This initiative is being pushed by the same people who are putting pressure on Zioamerican-led NATO to engage in military conflict with Russia and China.

The promotion of simultaneous acts of war, one targeting those on the home front and the other aimed at provoking the hostility of nuclear-armed superpowers, is both bizarre and reckless to say the least. One could interpret this convergence of unfolding scenarios as one well calculated to accelerate the mass elimination of people.  

Operational and Conceptual Deceits in the COVID Lies

Dr. Michael Yeadon originally perceived the medical mess being made of misnamed pandemic as the result of a series of serious mistakes. Gradually he moved away from this view. Dr. Yeadon has put on the public record a very rich account of his changing perceptions of COVID Officialdom. See this.

As the futility of his quest to help out the cause of medical sanity became increasingly clear to him, Dr. Yeadon gradually embraced the view that the COVID-19 debacle is no accident that happened randomly. Rather it is his professional conclusion that the whole fiasco is the outcome of a sinister plan to purposely inflict harm.

In going through this analytic transition, Dr. Yeadon has rendered explicit the views of many who are making similar shifts of understanding. Dr. Yeadon is speaking for a wider circle of participants and witnesses in concluding that it is maliciousness, not incompetence, that is the primary driving force of the COVID fiasco.

Dr. Yeadon brings to his interpretation a wealth of experience and achievement in the process of Research and Development in the creation of commercial drugs. He is a former VP of Pfizer where he was the worldwide head of research in the fields of allergy and respiratory diseases.

When he left Pfizer in 2011 Dr. Yeadon founded and led a biotech firm, Ziarco. Novartis acquired Ziaroco in 2017. See this.

An independent consultant to 30 biotech companies, Dr. Yeadon is currently Chief Scientific Adviser to America’s Frontline Doctors.

As the manufactured COVID crisis gathered momentum, Dr. Yeadon responded by engaging in constructive collaboration with professional colleagues. In February of 2021 Dr. Yeadon was part of a response made by Doctors for Covid Ethics. See this.

The D4CE initiative addressed the European Medicines Agency. The interveners charged that the agency was “premature and reckless” in granting the makers of COVID injections the European equivalent of Emergency Use Authorization.

Among the major issues that Dr. Yeadon and his colleagues raised was that the new medical products would almost certainly create major health deficits by stimulating “blood clots, profuse bleedings and haemorrhagic stroke.” See this.

The assertion by D4CE that these experimental injection products should be withdrawn from public distribution has been repeated many times by a wide variety of top-level scientific and professional groups. In the case of the COVD-19 power grab, however, the precautionary principle like so many other axiomatic rules of public health and public safety has simply been thrown to the wind in the warp speed rush to inflict widespread harm.

In the months that followed the intervention with the European Medicines Agency, Dr. Yeadon became increasingly convinced of the uselessness of appealing to corrupt regulatory agencies in the quest to protect the public from the dangerous medical products. The rot and corruption of these industry-captured regulatory bodies was simply too far advanced. The real project, he concluded, was to inflict massive medical harms with the intention of concentrating control over humanity in fewer and fewer hands.

His essays and interviews became more and more rooted in the well-backed thesis that the whole COVID drama was a high-level scam devoid of all honesty and benign intentions. In the course of developing this line of analysis, Dr. Yeadon authored a concise overview entitled “The Covid Lies.” See this.

In outlining his approach, Dr. Yeadon explained he had in 2020 “tried to find benign explanations” for the health care disaster underway but “failed to do so.” He determined that “the overall picture is one of extreme deception and highly organized fraud.” As he sees the COVID saga, “the entire event is based on lies.”

From Dr. Yeadon’s perspective, these lies are the outcome of “long-tern planning” meant to bring about “deliberately injurious acts” with “lethal consequences.” The whole methodology “gives a cloak of invisibility to those who want to commit mass murder, quite literally,” in an environment “where so many people are willing to imagine that it is not happening.”

Clearly Dr. Yeadon is not mincing his words in raising an alarm with enormous implications.

Dr. Yeadon sees at the end of this process the creation of a system of “vaccine passports” that are the gateway to a massive global system of mandatory digital IDs under the private proprietorship of a corporate leviathan. He continues,

“Add to this [power grab] a ‘financial great reset’ with the withdrawal of cash and introduction of central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) and we have a wholly controlled population, controlled automatically without human intervention on the ground. All that is needed is to require the population to show their health passport or else they will not be allowed to cross a regulated threshold, like accessing a food store, or make a transaction using digital money unless the AI algorithms permit it.”

The largest part of Dr. Yeadon’s essay is composed of 12 subsections that identify and explain the nature of 12 COVID lies. Two of these lies involve what he calls “the central conceptual deceit” and the “central operational deceit.”

The operational deceit is the inaccurate system of PCR testing. This diagnostic procedure produces great abundances of false positive results that are deployed to inflate fear and justify the building up of a huge infrastructure of COVID operations.

For a time most of the world’s newspapers ran daily headlines calculated to push the public into panic because of “increased confirmed cases.” This fraudulent news was based on nothing more than the meaningless outcomes of a test whose inventor made it very clear that it was not made to diagnose disease. See this.

The chief conceptual deceit was the lie that COVID-19 was an elusive pathogen that could be prolifically spread by people not showing any symptoms of sickness. The lie of asymptomatic transmission of COVID-19 opened the floodgates of fake PCR testing. It also opened the way to the global lockdowns that savaged the global economy and subjected humans to plagues of ailments like suicide, depression, domestic violence and substance abuse.

The Governments of Canada, the Netherlands and the WEF Team Up to Diminish Food Supplies and Promote Digital IDs as Conditions for Air Travel 

The digital IDs and so-called vaccine passports that Dr. Yeadon warned against are being pushed forward in a wide variety of ways. For instance the World Bank has contributed $1 billion to fund “new cross-country vaccine passport frameworks.” See this.

The US approach to vaccine passports involves “a complex web of Big Tech partnerships.” See this.

One of the initiatives involves a collaborative project between the World Economic Forum (WEF), the Trudeau government in Canada and the Mark Ruffe government in the Netherlands. The trilateral cooperation between these parties is devoted to getting off the ground a pilot project named Known Traveller Digital Identity, KTDI. See this.

Many of those people who lined up to take the COVID jabs voluntarily did so in order to travel. This same constituency is being targeted again in the push to extend the COVID power grab into globalized Digital IDs.

The joint KTDI/WEF web site describes the initiative as “the first global collaboration of its kind,” one that “enables more secure and seamless travel.” It will do so by “enabling consortium partners to access verifiable claims of a traveller’s identity.”

One of the ways that the KTID partners say they will meet the objective of “cross-border data sharing and collaboration” is by embracing biometrics. Biometrics enable computerized systems of facial recognition that allow authorities “to link digital identity with the physical person.” See this.

The same trilateral partnership backing the KTDI initiative is also being put on international display in the growing resistance to the Dutch-Canadian-WEF plan to cut the use of nitrogen-emitting fertilizer by 30%. Those behind this cut justify the resulting diminishment of available food to adherence to the UN’s Agenda 2030 plan.

The concerted resistance of Dutch farmers to this attack on their economic viability has often been compared to the response of the Canadian Truckers’ Freedom Convoy to the repressive actions of the Trudeau government. Now the resistance movements of farmers in both the Netherlands and Canada are joining forces against similar attacks on food production being waged by their own WEF-indoctrinated governments.

See this.

Half of Justin Trudeau’s cabinet are political neophytes that have graduated from the WEF’s Young Leaders program. A document entitled “Introducing the Government of Canada’s Digital Ambition 2022” is very much in sync with the Great Reset agenda of the WEF. In it the Trudeau government lays out its ambitious plan for the next stages of the COVID-19 power grab into more sophisticated forms of spyware monitoring enabled by universalized standards in Digital IDs. See this.

The lengthy web post opens with the assertion, “Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, Canadians have increasingly worked, shopped, learned, and engaged with government online.” The statement goes on to boast, “During the pandemic, the government quickly deployed new and innovative programs to support Canadians.”

This assertion veers away from much of what really happened. In fact the one-way stream of COVID communications from the Canadian government had little to do with “engagement” or “innovative programs.” Rather the top official in the Canadian government used the Internet to publicize his bitter personal attacks aimed at defaming, demonizing, segregating, threatening, and stripping from employment many Canadians who opted against taking the pathogenic clot shots.

The promised “consultation” on “Canada’s Digital Ambitions” will probably continue to marginalize and dismiss the views of any Canadians who do not share the same agendas as Canada’s WEF-indoctrinated government.

See this and this.

The KTID Digital ID scheme will no doubt be promoted as a way out of the chaos that has taken hold of the aviation industry. One of the most notorious international examples of this breakdown in the air travel business is Toronto’s Pearson International Airport. It operates within the federal jurisdiction of the Justin Trudeau government.

In the spring and summer of 2022 the Pearson Airport made many international headlines by being named “worst in the world” for flight delays and cancellations. The breakdown of the aviation system is closely connected to the imposition of injection mandates that caused thousands of aviation staff to exit their jobs.

The voluntary or coercive exit of masses of experienced airline employees fleeing their employers’ federally-empowered jab police, form the core element in the aviation industry’s very public breakdown. See this and this.

Those injection-compliant aviation workers who followed the mandates include fully-jabbed pilots. As recipients of the clot shots, the high-altitude working environment of the remaining pilots puts them at heightened risks of heart attacks, strokes, and such. See this.

Accordingly, those travellers who are able to make it into the air are being subjected to the added menace of aviation disasters caused by medical emergencies in the cockpit. See this and this.

The notorious mess at the Toronto Airport can be pictured as a reflection of Justin Trudeau’s incompetence. Trudeau manages to monkeypox practically every federal responsibility he touches.

Trudeau has been treating Canada’s busiest airport as a real life video game for his experiments in, for instance, random COVID testing, quarantining, and the mandatory imposition on all passengers of the QR coded ArriveCan Travel App. See this.

This ArriveCan app has been described as “a piece of glorified tracking technology with a record of what COVID vaccines you have received.” Basically it is a disguised vaccine passport ready to be folded into the infrastructure of the KTID project. See this.

Can We Restore a Rule of Law Together with a Decent and Reasonable Way of Living?

Christine Anderson, a Member of the European Parliament, recently chaired a meeting in Brussels on the chaos in air travel. In the assembly the contention was raised that “vaccinated pilots may no longer be fit to fly.”

The deteriorating state of the traumatized aviation industry is increasingly being regarded as a telling example of the deep malaise arising from the mass implementation of the COVID lies. Only now are the implications of putting aside precautionary principles in order to act on these misrepresentations, starting to be faced by a brave few in many discredited professions, institutions, and industries. See this and this.

The early stages of this stirring of self-reckoning within the airline business points the way to similar processes that must take place throughout society. We shall` not be able to restore anything like a viable rule of law, let alone decent and reasonable living conditions, without our coming to grips with the role of the COVID lies and COVID crimes in the ongoing COVID power grab.

In part 2 of this essay we shall explore more of the factors that caused Ms. Anderson to put the aviation fiasco in context. This fiasco is unfolding, she reflected, as one aspect in “the biggest crime ever committed in history on humanity.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Anthony Hall is editor in chief of the American Herald Tribune. He is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 

Purchase directly from the Global Research Online Store

You may also purchase directly at DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page(NOTE: User-friendly)

Il 15° Summit dei BRICS, svoltosi a Johannesburg in Sudafrica,  ha preso una serie di decisioni che gettano le basi di un nuovo ordine internazionale, alternativo a quello imposto dall’Occidente.

L’associazione BRICS – formata da Brasile, Russia, India, Cina, Sudafrica – si allarga ad altri 6 Paesi, che dal 1° gennaio 2024 diventeranno membri a pieno titolo:  la Repubblica Argentina, la Repubblica Araba d’Egitto, la Repubblica Federale Democratica di Etiopia, la Repubblica Islamica dell’Iran, il Regno dell’Arabia Saudita e gli Emirati Arabi Uniti.

Attualmente 44 Paesi vogliono  entrare nei BRICS: 22 hanno già fatto richiesta ufficiale, altri 22 hanno espresso l’intenzione di farlo. Per questo il Summit ha incaricato i ministri degli Esteri di preparare un elenco di Paesi partner quale base di ulteriori allargamenti.

I cinque attuali membri rappresentano complessivamente oltre il 42% della popolazione mondiale, il 30% del territorio mondiale, il 23% del PIL e il 18% del commercio globale. Tra i candidati che potrebbero aggiungersi ai 6 già ammessi quali membri a pieno titolo vi sono: Afghanistan, Indonesia,  Thailandia, Algeria, Nigeria, Senegal, Nicaragua. Un BRICS allargato a questi 13 paesi avrebbe più di 4 miliardi di abitanti, ossia oltre la metà della popolazione mondiale, possiederebbe il 45% delle riserve mondiali di petrolio e oltre il 60% delle riserve mondiali di gas. Il suo PIL complessivo ammonterebbe a circa 30 mila miliardi di dollari, più del PIL degli Stati Uniti, il doppio di quello dell’Unione Europea.

La realizzazione di un nuovo ordine internazionale, alternativo a quello imposto dall’Occidente, è dunque possibile: valore fondante dei BRICS è infatti l’impegno condiviso a ristrutturare l’architettura politica, economica e finanziaria globale in modo che sia equa, equilibrata e rappresentativa. In tale quadro i BRICS hanno lanciato un piano di de-dollarizzazione degli scambi commerciali, che sta già riducendo l’egemonia del dollaro, e hanno  creato la Nuova Banca di Sviluppo, alternativa alla Banca Mondiale. Ulteriori passi in questa direzione si attendono dal 16° Summit BRICS, che si svolgerà nel 2024 in Russia.

Manlio Dinucci

VIDEO :

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

According to Prof. Angus Dalgleish, “We must stop all the boosters immediately.”

Click here to view the video

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Albert Bourla, the notorious snake oil salesman and horse doctor who serves as the CEO of Pfizer, is now the highest paid executive in the entire Pharma industry.

In Vivo has published the total compensation package for Bourla, which last year reached an astronomical $33 million dollars. He has earned just short of $100 million in salary since 2019. On top of that, Bourla has earned tens of millions through the sale of Pfizer stock. At the end of last year, he sold 222,328 shares of Pfizer stock, cashing out over $6 million. He retains about a quarter million shares in the company.

Credit: In Vivo

Under his “leadership” while serving as CEO of Pfizer since 2019, Bourla worked with both the Trump Administration and Biden Administration (along with countless additional nations) to loot billions of dollars from the treasuries of dozens of nations, striking deals in which Pfizer provided a “free vaccine” that redirected all of their costs on to taxpayers instead of Pfizer. On top of that, all of the profits generated from the shots went directly to Pfizer, allowing for the Pharma giant to publish record profits year after year.

Almost all of Pfizer’s profits since the beginning of the covid hysteria era have come from its mRNA shot and horse pills that are branded Paxlovid. Without Covid-19, Pfizer would not have made any net income since 2019.

In exchange for the billions of dollars in taxpayer funds, Pfizer was supposed to provide an immunizing and effective agent that worked to stop the Wuhan sniffles. Pfizer succeeded in bamboozling the masses by committing statistical malpractice and outright scamming. In further hyping the Pfizer shots, Bourla often engaged in fraudulent marketing practices, routinely falsely claiming the Pfizer mRNA shot was akin to a cure to the coronavirus.

Not only did their “vaccine” fail to achieve any upside whatsoever or any demonstrated capability to stop the sniffles, it has shown to display an unprecedented side effect portfolio.

Sadly, Bourla is far from the only Pharma exec to make tons of money through the sale of snake oil products.

Stephane Bancel, the CEO of Moderna, turned into a billionaire during the Covid-19 era, thanks to his large equity stake in the company.

Via Forbes

Bancel also rakes in almost $20 million a year in compensation, per In Vivo.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Kanekoa the Great

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on August 23, 2023

*** 

1. Sun Tzu said: In the practical art of war, the best thing of all is to take the enemy’s country whole and intact; to shatter and destroy it is not so good. So, too, it is better to recapture an army entire than to destroy it, to capture a regiment, a detachment or a company entire than to destroy them.

2. Hence to fight and conquer in all your battles is not supreme excellence; supreme excellence consists in breaking the enemy’s resistance without fighting.

— Sunzi, “Chapter 3: Attack by Stratagem,” The Art of War

Chinese wisdom from 6th century BCE explains why China, barring the crossing of a redline by separatists in Taiwan, has no inclination to attack. Why would China want to destroy a part of itself? Under the leadership of the Communist Party of China, the country has navigated bumps in the road while pursuing a path of supreme excellence.

In the late 1940s, in the latter stages of the Chinese civil war, after the Communists had defeated the Guomindang (KMT) on the mainland, the KMT escaped across the Taiwan Strait. Because the US 7th fleet was patrolling the waters and protecting the KMT, and because the Communists lacked a formidable navy, an aquatic pursuit was ruled out for the Communists.

The US interjecting itself into a far flung conflict was not unusual. Author William Blum wrote about this, remarking about American untrustworthiness toward erstwhile allies in his book Killing Hope: U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II (pdf available online).

The communists in China had worked closely with the American military during the war, providing important intelligence about the Japanese occupiers, rescuing and caring for downed US airmen.1 But no matter. Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek [of the KMT] would be Washington’s man. (p 20)

Fervent anti-communism in Washington and Langley, saw the CIA aiding the KMT against the mainland. But the US would have to address “One China”:

The Generalissimo, his cohorts and soldiers fled to the offshore island of Taiwan (Formosa). They had prepared their entry two years earlier by terrorizing the islanders into submission—a massacre which took the lives of as many as 28,000 people.15 Prior to the Nationalists’ escape to the island, the US government entertained no doubts that Taiwan was a part of China. Afterward, uncertainty began to creep into the minds of Washington officials. The crisis was resolved in a remarkably simple manner: the US agreed with Chiang that the proper way to view the situation was not that Taiwan belonged to China, but that Taiwan was China. And so it was called. (p 22)

Thus it was that the anti-Communist US had a dog in this fight, and that dog was (and still is) Taiwan. The US backed Jiang Jieshi (aka Chiang Kai-shek), and the CIA trained, organized, and conducted military incursions across the Taiwan Strait against the mainland. (p 23)

Manifestly, the big fish for the imperialist hegemon to try and fry is the One-China policy, to which the US is a signatory, which acknowledges there being only one China and that Taiwan is a province of the People’s Republic of China (PRC). Such is the fervor of the diminishing imperial US that it unabashedly is in violation of an agreement it signed by de facto treating Taiwan as a separate country by selling arms to it and sending political representatives and military personnel without seeking the approval of the government in Beijing.

How would the US feel if China sent political representatives to meet with the Hawaiian sovereignty movement? If China sold or gave arms to this movement? After all, the Apology Resolution — passed in 1993 by a Joint Resolution of the US Congress 100 years after the overthrow of the Hawaiian monarchy — “acknowledges that the Native Hawaiian people never directly relinquished to the United States their claims to their inherent sovereignty as a people over their national lands.”

Canadian and American media reported on 4 June “that a Chinese warship came within 150 yards of colliding with an American destroyer in the Taiwan Strait during a joint U.S.-Canada exercise.” Of note: the US media report mentions that the US-Canadian warships were “allegedly in international waters.” If not allegedly in international waters, then presumably they were in Chinese waters.

Of concern to US militarists is the realization that China’s navy is larger than the US navy and the gap is widening. More foreboding for any potential attacker are China’s hypersonic anti-ship missiles.

Even if the warships were enforcing freedom of navigation (FON), an analysis, published on 15 May by the South China Sea Strategic Situation Probing Initiative (SCSPI) at Peking University, questions what exactly FON means for the Taiwan Strait.

SCSPI argues that the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea “ultimately aims to maintain a balance between the interests of maritime powers and coastal states. There has never been an unrestricted right of navigation in the Convention or in general international law.”

Although foreign ships enjoy the right of innocent passage in the territorial sea, Article 25 of the Convention provides that the coastal state may take the necessary steps to prevent passage which is not innocent. That is, the coastal States have the right to decide whether the passage of a foreign ship is consistent with the “right of innocent passage” under Article 19. The Convention also provides that the coastal State may adopt domestic law on innocent passage and may require a foreign warship that disregards any request for compliance with domestic law to leave the territorial sea immediately…. U.S. warships may exercise the right of innocent passage, but at the same time must respect the coastal state’s determination of whether the passage is innocent and comply with the laws and regulations of the coastal State concerning passage through the territorial sea.

If China was a militaristic country, then people ought to consider when would be the most opportunistic time for China to militarily reincorporate Taiwan back into the motherland. How about when the US is on the verge of an embarrassing defeat in Ukraine, having sunk almost a $115 billion into losing a proxy war and having depleted much of its weapons stores, having its missile defense batteries destroyed, HIMARS defended against, Nati-tank Javelins brushed aside, Bradley tanks rendered nugatory, etc?

What conclusion then can one draw from the fact that militarily powerful China has not launched any attack against Taiwan during this period of time?

The US seeks to keep Taiwan separate from the mainland, as a reincorporated Taiwan would open strategic access to the Pacific for the PRC. Thus, president Joe Biden has doubled down on his pledge to intervene in any fighting between China and its province Taiwan. Two problems with Biden’s tough-guy posturing: 1) words are cheap; and 2) aside from making clear its redlines, the talk of China attacking its province of Taiwan is all from the US side. It is clearly not in the mainland’s interest to kill its own citizens or cause damage to the island. China has pledged itself to peace.

I asked Wei Ling Chua, the author of Democracy: What the West can learn from China and Tiananmen Square “Massacre”? The Power of Words vs. Silent Evidence, his analysis of what US interventions hold for the One-China policy.

*

Kim Petersen: Taiwan became part of the Chinese Qing dynasty in 1683. That is almost a century before European natives destroyed several Indigenous nations and dispossessed them of their land, resources, culture, language — i.e., genocide — and established the ill-begotten United States of America in 1776.

Yet the US encourages the separatist movement in Taiwan led by the Democratic Progressive Party. Importantly, the Republic of China (ROC, Taiwan) also claims that there is one China and that the mainland, Tibet, and, until 2002, even outer Mongolia constituted the ROC.

Why is Taiwan outside the direct control of the PRC? This is because despite being aided by the US, Jiang Jieshi and the Guomindang (KMT) were defeated by the Communist forces led by Mao Zedong. The US 7th Fleet, however, protected the escape of the KMT to Taiwan, as China at that time had a minuscule navy. If not for that, the Communists might well have brought Taiwan fully back into the motherland’s fold long ago.

The US and western-aligned media serially warn that the PRC is poised to invade Taiwan. The US says it stands poised to blow up Taiwan’s critical chip producer TSMC in case of a Chinese attack. Why would the PRC militarily attack a valuable part of the motherland, especially given that the vast majority of the planet’s 190 or so countries recognize the one-China policy whereby Taiwan is a province of the PRC?

Wei Ling Chua: To explain clearly a series of essential facts (including not widely noticed facts) about the relations between Taiwan Province, China, and the USA, I need to breakdown the information as follows:

Ignorance of Taiwan Youth About Their Own Constitution

Recently, a number of street interviews were conducted in Taiwan province asking young Taiwanese “Do you know the relationship between the Republic of China and Taiwan?”, the reply shocked the interviewer as the majority of the youth in Taiwan didn’t even know their political entity’s official name is the Republic of China (ROC), and that the ROC’s constitution regards the mainland of China and Taiwan being parts of the ROC sovereign territory. For example:

  • A street interview in June 2023 asked: “What is the relationship between Taiwan and the ROC?” The reply: “…Enemy…”;  The interviewer then asked: “Have you heard of ROC? Do you know where is ROC?” The reply: “The other side of the Taiwan Straits? … I don’t know, I don’t know…” During the interview, almost all interviewees didn’t know the ROC, some later replied: “Taiwan” (with a guessing element after observing the interviewer’s tone);
  • A street interview in May 2023 asked: “What is the relationship between Taiwan and the ROC?” The reply: “… looks like the relationship is not too good…”; The interviewer then asked: “According to the ROC constitution, Taiwan sovereignty includes the mainland of China, do you know that?” The reply: “No”.

The above interviews demonstrated the success of the ongoing brainwashing tactics used by the current ruling party (the DPP) in Taiwan province by modifying historical facts in school textbooks in the past 2 decades. One needs just to search under “DDP modify Taiwan history textbook” to learn about the issues. If one uses simplified Chinese or traditional Chinese to search the subject, one will get even more examples and news on the topic of young Taiwanese being heavily brainwashed into believing that they are not a part of the Chinese civilization despite their shared history, culture, tradition, values, food habits, ethnicity, religions, and languages (spoken and written). This reflects the scary effect of what fake news and propaganda could do to divide society and create conflict across the world.

The One-China Wording in the ROC Constitution

It is important to note that the content of the ROC Constitution is still the same today as before the Nationalist government lost the internal war to the Communist Party and escaped to Taiwan Province in 1949. It is also important to note that all the incoming Taiwan Presidents and MPs have to be sworn in under the Constitution of The ROC before taking office. So, what does the ROC Constitution say about the relation between the mainland of China and Taiwan island? The full text of the ROC’s Constitution is on the current Taiwan (Province) government’s official website. The following points shown that the ROC Constitution includes the entire mainland of China as it sovereign territory:

  • Point 4 of the Constitution: The territory of ROC based on its inherent boundaries, cannot be changed without a resolution of the National Assembly;
  • Point 6 refers to the design of the ROC flag used since 1928 (which is still in use today across Taiwan Province by whoever is in power);
  • Point 26: Outline the number of Representatives based on the population in an area/region for the National Assembly (with special mention of the Mongolia and Tibet regional representatives);
  • Point 64: About the makeup of representatives for law-making: this point also mentioned the .minority population representative with special mention of Mongolia and Tibet regions.
  • Point 91: About the makeup of representatives in the Government Supervisory Body: again Mongolia and Tibet regions are mentioned.

If we search for a map of the ROC, one will notice that the ROC territory in the map includes the entire People’s Republic of China (PRC) territory. That means the territory outlined in the Constitution of both the PRC and ROC includes Taiwan province and the Mainland of China. Both documents are the legal foundation of one-China. So:

  • Any Western media wording that suggests Taiwan province is not a part of China is without any legal foundation under both the ROC and the PRC Constitutions.
  • The Western media and politicians’ ongoing warning that “China is going to invade Taiwan” is preposterous because what they are warning is that China is about to invade itself.
  • America named the war between the South and the North (12 April 1861 to 26 May 1865) as the American Civil War revealing the double standard regarding the use of the term “invasion” to describe a possible future China reunification process through military action.

Therefore, the dispute between the PRC and ROC is a yet-to-settled historical event. It is purely a domestic issue between the 2 governments. Former Singapore Foreign Minister George Yao is right to point out in a recent interview that “China sees the Taiwan issue as a matter of historical justice”; he warns the Western powers about the danger of interfering in the reunification process.

The Territory Still Under ROC Control Includes Islands Only 2 km Away from the PRC-governed Mainland

Many people did not notice that the territory under the control of today’s ROC includes not only Taiwan Island itself but a number of islands right next to the mainland of the PRC. See the following screenshot map of the ROC (the purple territory in the bottom right-hand corner below is still under the control of the ROC):

One should note from the above map of the ROC-controlled (purple) territory that there are islands located right next to the mainland of China:

  • Kinmen Islands: The nearest part of the Kinmen group of Islands is just 1.8 km from the PRC (mainland China); it is 210 km from Taiwan Island. Former Chinese World Bank Chief Economist Justin YiFu Lin was a ROC army official stationed in Kinmen Islands. He is the man who in 1979, swam 2130 meters to mainland China to call the PRC home;
  • Matsu Islands: The nearest part of this group of islands is 18.5 km away from the Mainland of China and 203 km away from Taiwan Island;
  • As for Taiwan Island itself, the nearest part to the mainland is 126 km away.

The above distance information between the ROC-controlled territory and the PRC-controlled mainland tells us a lot about the intention of the PRC government working towards a peaceful reunification:

  • If China (PRC) wanted to take those islands right next to the mainland by force, they would have done it a long time ago. There is no reason to doubt the PRC military capability to do so given their ability to force the US-led military coalition back more than 500 km from the China-DPRK border to the 38th parallel and stop the US-led military coalition’s further aggression in the 1950-1953 Korean War;
  • Even Taiwan Island (province) itself is so close to the mainland that a modern short-range missile and artillery are good enough to do the job of crippling the island’s economy and forcing a surrender; some contend that the current military technological capability of the PLA may be more advanced than the USA.
  • Therefore, the ongoing Western media articles and news with headings that suggest China’s pending aggression and possible invasion of Taiwan to justify US/Japan/NATO/Australia/Canada militarism on the Chinese doorstep is nothing more than a smear campaign against China.

The History of Taiwan Island’s Relation with the Chinese Dynasties Dates Back to 230AD 

The history of Taiwan being a part of China was far earlier than 1683. This site (English) and this site (Chinese) provide a detailed Timeline of Taiwan’s relations with the Chinese dynasties beginning as early as the year 230AD: During the 3 kingdoms era, a written record of (沈莹) Shen Ying under the title 《临海水土志》 (direct transaction word by word: “surrounding seas water lands record”) already mentioned the Island of Taiwan. And that is almost 1800 years ago.

The trouble for many people who haven’t researched much about Chinese history is that they may be susceptible to Western media propaganda that portrays China as historically backward compared to the West, hence the ongoing smear campaign that China steals Western technology. So, it may be hard for some people to believe that in 230 AD, the Chinese already had the shipping technology to explore islands hundreds of km away in the rough sea. So, it is important for one to note the following facts about the Chinese being far more advanced than the West in shipping technology for thousands of year:

  • One should note that the compass used by Columbus to “discover” America in 1492 AD was a Chinese-invented compass (invented during the Han Dynasty between 202 BC – 220 AD);
  • 2500 years ago, China not only had a great military strategist Sun Zi (The Art of War) for land battles but also had a navy war strategist (伍子胥) Wu Zi Xu for water battles 水战兵法 (direct word by word translation “Water war military strategy”).

One should also take note that before Columbus “discovered” America in 1492 (as if the Indigenous peoples on the continent at that time were not regarded as “human beings” and so, the land has to be “discovered” by a “higher being” from Europe), the Ming Dynasty Navy General Zheng He had already led 7 ocean expeditions traveling the world (1405 to 1433), with “hundreds of huge ships and tens of thousands of sailors and other passengers. More than 60 of the 317 ships on the first voyage were enormous Treasure Ships, sailing vessels over 400 hundred feet long, 160 feet wide, with several decks, 9 masts, 12 sails, and luxurious staterooms complete with balconies.”

It is important to note that, despite such a scale of world voyages, China did not do what Columbus and Captain Cook’s voyages did to the Indigenous population in what would become America, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. The Ming Dynasty Imperial Voyages led by General Zheng He (a Chinese Muslim) were peaceful in nature.

There is also a well-researched book 1421: The Year China Discovered the World (including America) by Gavin Menzies (a former British Royal Navy Submarine Commanding Officer) who spent 15 years tracing the astonishing voyages of the Ming Dynasty’s fleet, visited over 900 museums across the world, engaged in conversations and correspondence with Universities professors specialized in Asia Study, and reading hundreds of titles in European country’s libraries that mentioned the Chinese voyages.

Despite the fact that Gavin’s compelling narrative pulls together ancient maps, precise navigational knowledge, astronomy, and the surviving accounts of Chinese explorers and the later European navigators, and that Gavin’s research also brings to light the artifacts and inscribed stones left behind by the emperor’s fleet, the evidence of the Ming Dynasty’s sunken junks along its route, and ornate votive offerings left by the Chinese sailors wherever they landed, Gavin’s book still discredited by the Western propaganda machine as “fiction” and “controversy”. As a reader of Kevin’s book to the last word, I am convinced by the incontrovertible evidence presented in regard to the Ming Dynasty Imperial Voyages, however, other readers’ opinions are also important. Please read the thousands of reader comments here, here, and here.

So, for those who are interested to know in detail about the 1800 years of history of Taiwan Island’s relation with the Chinese dynasties, please click here (English) and here (Chinese).One should note that, in July 1894, Japan launched a war of aggression against China. In April 1895, the defeated Qing Dynasty government was forced to cede Taiwan, etc, to Japan in an unequal treaty  (Treaty of Shimonoseki in Japanese, also known as Treaty of Maguan in Chinese).

International Treaties by US, UK, China, and Japan recognized Taiwan as China’s territory 

1943 Cairo Declaration (Image of the original document): Signed by President Roosevelt (USA), Generalissimo Chiang Kai-Shek (ROC President), and Prime Minister Churchill (UK) as military allies against the Japanese military aggression. The objective of the Cairo Declaration is to “procure unconditional surrender of Japan,” and that “all the territories Japan has stolen from the Chinese, such as Manchuria, Formosa (known as “Taiwan” in Chinese), and … shall be restored to the Republic of China” (The Chinese government at that time).(Note: It seems that the US government history document website [https://history.state.gov/historicaldocuments] has removed the Cairo Declaration document)

1945 INT Potsdam Declaration (Image of the original document) Point 8 stated: “The terms of the Cairo Declaration shall be carried out and Japanese sovereignty shall be limited to the islands of Honshu, Hokkaido, Kyushu, Shikoku, and such minor islands as we determine.” And again, this international treaty was entered into by the US, China, and UK governments, and agreed upon by the Japanese government after the US dropped the 2 atomic bombs on Japan.

Note: the US government history document website shows the full content of this 13-point document including point 8.

So, the above two international documents entered into by the US, China, UK, and Japan recognized Taiwan as a part of China, and Japan’s territory is limited to the islands of Honshu, Hokkaido, Kyushu, and Shikoku and such minor islands as we determine.” UN Resolution replaced ROC with PRC as the only legitimate government of China

UN Resolution 2758: passed on 25 October 1971: “Recognized the People’s Republic of China (PRC) as “the only legitimate representative of China to the United Nations” and removed “the representatives of Chiang Kai-shek” (referring to the ROC)  from the United Nations.Since then, as of June 2023, out of the 193 UN member nations, only 12 smaller nations recognize the ROC government, and 181 recognize the PRC government. (Including the US and all other Western governments. This is the condition for establishing diplomatic relations with the PRC.)

As a result, the ROC (in Taiwan) needs the PRC’s approval to get access to any international organizations or institutions such as the Olympics, WHO, etc. The PRC’s sovereignty over Taiwan is officially recognized by the UN document and 181 UN member states.

Blood Is Thicker Than Water: The Policy of Peaceful Reunification Since Mao’s Era

If one searches on the Internet for “台湾 血比水浓” (Taiwanese Blood is Thicker than Water), one will notice that there are millions of articles and news headlines over the decades describing the feeling of the Chinese people in the PRC towards the Chinese people in the ROC (Taiwan Province). They regard people in Taiwan as their brothers and sisters and hope for peaceful reunification.

Since the founding of the PRC, the Chinese leadership (from Mao to Xi) has been working hard toward a peaceful reunification with Taiwan Province. Just to name a few examples as follows:

Example 1:

During the Chinese Revolution, the then Nationalist Party government led by ROC President Chiang Kai-shek killed 6 of Chairman Mao’s relatives including Mao’s beloved wife (Yang Kaihui). In 1957, Chairman Mao wrote a touching poem in remembrance of his late wife with a description of his grief when he heard the news of her murder by the Nationalist government: “bursting into tears like rainwater” (泪飞顿作倾盆雨). Despite such personal grief in losing his loved one, Chairman Mao put the interest of the people and the Chinese nation first: For example:

After China and DPRK won the Korean War against the US-led 16-nation military coalition, there was a perception of Western nations trying to break Taiwan away from the motherland to create two Chinas, like the two Koreas (North and South Korea), and the two Germanys (East and West Germany). To prevent that, in 1956, Mao wrote a personal letter to Chiang Kai-shek, telling him the importance of Taiwan’s geographical position in accessing the Pacific Ocean for the Chinese nation, and urged him to safeguard the interest of the Chinese civilization to maintain the principle of a one-China policy. That is Taiwan province and the Mainland as integrated parts of one China. He then raised the idea of negotiation toward a peaceful reunification under the following principles:

  • Foreign Power should be out of Taiwan;
  • Taiwan must recognize the Central People’s Government as the only legitimate government of the PRC.
  • Both the Nationalist Party and the Communist Party have to uphold the principle of a one-China policy;
  • Chiang Kai-Shek will enjoy a special privileged status once Taiwan is unified with the mainland;
  • Once unified, besides Foreign Affairs and Defence, Chiang Kai-Shek will retain the power of administering Taiwan in all other aspects such as the power for the appointment of officials and their removal in Taiwan, the treasury in Taiwan, and Chiang is allowed to keep his arm forces, and the central government will fund the development of Taiwan.
  • Once unified, both sides will stop covert operations and propaganda against each other, and will not do anything to damage the relationship of both political parties.
  • In the letter, Mao also enclosed a photo of Chiang’s ancestor’s grave in China, telling him that they are well maintained. (Photo below):

Unfortunately, for Chiang, it was a hard decision.Chiang died in 1975; to this day, his coffin is still not buried. According to his son Chiang Jing-guo’s Diary: Chiang wished to be buried on the mainland: at Nanjing, Sun Yat-sen Mausoleum in Zijin Mountain, Zhengqi Pavilion. Therefore, they are waiting for the day when the political climate is such that Chiang can be so interred.

Example 2:

In 1981, the PRC spelled out a 9 points policy toward peaceful reunification under a One-China policy (below is a translation from the Chinese text):

  • The Communist Party and the Nationalist Party can negotiate on an equal footing;
  • The two parties reached an agreement on postal, commercial, air, family visits, tourism, and academic, culture, and sports exchanges;
  • After reunification, Taiwan can retain the military and enjoy special autonomy as a special administrative region;
  • Taiwan’s society, economic system, way of life, and economic and cultural relations with other foreign countries remain unchanged; private property, houses, land, business ownership, legal inheritance rights, and foreign investment are inviolable;
  • Political leaders in Taiwan can serve as leaders of the national political institutions and participate in national management;
  • When Taiwan’s local finances are in difficulty, the central government can subsidize them at its discretion;
    • Taiwanese who wish to return to the mainland to live are guaranteed to make proper arrangements, come and go freely, and not be discriminated against;
  • Welcome Taiwanese businesses’ investment in the mainland, their legal rights and profits are guaranteed;
  • People and organizations from all walks of life in Taiwan are welcome to provide unified suggestions and discuss state affairs together.

One should acknowledge that no other nation in world history ever went to such length, patience, inclusiveness, and generosity in pursuing a nation’s peaceful reunification with an offer like this. The PRC government always believes that given time, they will be able to develop China into a better and better society, and will eventually unify every heart and mind in Taiwan.

Has any other nation in world history ever gone to such lengths, patience, inclusiveness, and generosity in pursuing peaceful reunification with an offer like this? The PRC government has always believed that given time, it would be able to develop China into a better and better society, and would eventually unify with the hearts and minds in Taiwan.

Of course, the Western mass media will never tell the world the above generous 9 points offered to Taiwan for peaceful reunification. They will only tell the world China is bullying Taiwan.

Example 3:

After years of negotiations, in 1992, the PRC Communist Party and the ROC Nationalist Party reached an agreement in Singapore to deepen the exchange of people between both sides. Both Parties agree to the principles of One China, and any other issues can be negotiated with flexibility. The term used for such a historic agreement is “1992 Consensus.”

Example 4:

In order to win the hearts and minds of the brothers and sisters in Taiwan province, the PRC has been very generous to Taiwan’s farmers and businesses and allowed Taiwan to enjoy an enormous trade surplus of up to $104.68 billion a year. About 44% of Taiwan’s exports go to mainland China. Without the PRC’s economic support, Taiwan’s economy would likely have fallen into a negative GDP like most parts of the Western world.

Again, the Western mass media is uninterested in reporting the above trade statistics.

Example 5:

The ROC-controlled Kinmen (Jinmen) Islands with a rising population and water shortage problem. Between 2006 and 2022, the population of the Jinmen Islands increased from 76,000 to 141,500.  To help the brothers and sisters in Jinmen solve their water problem, the PRC government invested heavily over a period of 22 years in infrastructure to lay an underground and undersea pipeline to deliver water from the mainland to the islands. And sell the water to the islands at a subsidized price of 9.89 Taiwan dollars per unit of water, which is cheaper than the charges per unit of water supplied by the local authority on the islands.

Again, the Western media won’t report news like this. They will only keep spreading the message to the world: “China bullies Taiwan” and “China is going to invade Taiwan”.

Example 6:

Like the US, after decades of political infighting, corruption, and incompetency in managing the economy and infrastructure upgrade, Taiwan suffered a series of issues including an electricity shortage that requires rationing from area to area. So, power Rationing Information is made available for residents to check when their area power will be cut off and for how long. Such a situation has been the new normal for a number of years already. It has badly affected business activities and damaged foreign investment. As a result, Taiwan’s youth unemployment rate has been consistently above 10%. And nearly 60% of the Taiwanese working overseas went to China. A report in 2017 by TVBS Taiwan showed that: over a period of 35 years, Taiwan startup wages remained almost the same, 70% of Taiwan youth refused to be trapped by low wages and wished to start their own business in order to make more money. Forbes Magazine reported the issue: “Workers in Taiwan are struggling. They took home an average of $1,510 per month in 2016, according to Taiwan’s National Development Council, which is low for an industrialized Asian economy that has developed a lot like Singapore and South Korea over the decades.”

In response to such low wages and employment problems faced by Taiwanese youth, Chairman Xi canceled the work permit requirement for Taiwanese people to seek employment on the mainland.

In fact, as early as 2016, the China People’s Congress had already set up an RMB40 billion fund, to help facilitate Taiwan Youth intent on setting up their own business in China.

Again, the Western mass media is uninterested in this kind of news. They will keep telling the world that China is bullying Taiwan.Example 7:There are too many stories of the PRC government (from Chairman Mao to Chairman Xi) extending goodwill to the Taiwanese people and awaiting eventual peaceful reunification. It is impossible to list them all. So, just to provide a couple more examples below:

  • Whenever an overseas emergency happens, such as an outbreak of war, the Chinese embassies and military will immediately evacuate all Chinese citizens, including any Taiwanese who apply to the PRC with a Taiwan Compatriot ID document. Click here for a few dozen short news and videos.
  • Any Taiwanese who run into trouble while overseas can easily seek help from any of the Chinese embassies in the respective country. A number of Taiwanese friends I met, while I was working in Eastern Europe based in Hungary in the 1990s, told me that the PRC embassy staff are more helpful than the ROC commercial office representative.

In 2022, China released a White Paper titled “The Taiwan Question and China’s Reunification in the New Era” (Here is the full text in English and Chinese).  It is a bit lengthy but worth reading. The policy document outlines the intention to reintegrate Taiwan by all possible peaceful means, and the many benefits  Taiwan people will enjoy in the process, including all the tax revenue collected in Taiwan will be used solely for the social well-being of the Taiwanese people and the economic development of Taiwan.

China: There is no Taiwan problem, only an American-caused problem.

China is a country with a very long history of peace culture. Examples:

  • Malaysia’s former Prime Minister Dr. Mahathir said: “We always say, we have had China as a neighbor for 2000 years, we were never conquered by them. But the Europeans came in 1509, and in two years, they conquered Malaysia.”
  • East Timor President Jose Ramos-Horta defended China’s role as a growing strategic and economic power in Asia-Pacific in the National Press Club of Australia (2022), arguing: “China has hardly ever invaded other countries and was unlikely to do so in the future.”
  • Indonesia’s Defence Minister Prabowo Subianto said in Singapore (2022) during an interview with Aljazeera: “But China has also helped us. China has also defended us and China is now a very close partner with Indonesia. And actually, China has always been the leading civilization in Asia. Many of our sultans, kings, our princes in those days would marry princesses from China. We have hundreds of years of relationship.”

The above 3 positive comments about China are from leaders of three of China’s neighboring countries in Asia. Their country’s experience with China since ancient times tells a lot about the peaceful nature of China. The question here is: will Latin American countries, African countries, other Asian countries, and Middle Eastern countries say the same about their country’s experience with the US and Europe? Or perhaps, will European countries say the same about their own neighboring countries in Europe?

The reality is that: Western imperialism is not dead after the 2 World Wars; in particular, the USA has always been a troublemaker for the rest of the world. The following examples should provide us with a good picture of how the US is threatening peace in Asia, and its main target since 2008 is China:

  • US: Chinese are not allowed to be wealthy

During the 2008 GFC, US Secretary of Finance Henry Paulson visited China almost every month to seek help to stabilize the dollar’s status as a reserve currency. As a result, China bought almost an extra $600b in US Treasury debts in 2008, which accounted for over half the total issued by the US government to bail out the too-big-to-fail banks and the US economy that year.

Once the US economy stabilized, the world stopped dumping the dollar due to China having injected ($600b) confidence in US treasury debts, the only positive thing China received from America in return for its support of the US economy is open praise from Henry Paulson in the New York Times on 22 Oct 2008 “Thanking China’s cooperation in easing the Financial Crisis“.

Since then, in 2010, Obama said in Australia: “If over 1 billion Chinese citizens have the same living patterns as Australians and Americans do right now, then all of us are in for a very miserable time. The planet just can’t sustain it.”

In 2011, an opinion piece in the New York Times suggested that Obama “should enter into closed-door negotiations with Chinese leaders to write off the $1.14 trillion of American debt currently held by China in exchange for a deal to end American military assistance and arms sales to Taiwan and terminate the current United State-Taiwan defense arrangement by 2015.” Years later, a Wikileaks leaked email revealed the then Secretary of States Hillary Clinton wanted to discuss ditching Taiwan in exchange for China to erase US debts.In 2013, a Jimmy Kimmel Live show on ABC asked some kids what to do about the $1.3 trillion of debts the US owes to China, a very young boy suggested that “The US kill everyone in China instead of repaying its debts.”

In 2021, Joe Biden said in a press conference: “China wants to become the most wealthy, powerful country but it’s ‘not gonna happen on my watch’.”

In 2023, under the excuse of an imaginary “China threat” and to “Protect Taiwan from China invasion”, US politicians proposed a series of bipartisan bills aiming to restrict how China can use its money, restricting China’s rights in International Financial Institutions, and a plan to confiscate China’s sovereign fund and Chinese citizens’ overseas bank accounts and assets like the way the US and Europe did to the Russians in 2022.P

lease click the following links for details of their proposed “looting” bills:

  • H.R.554, the “Taiwan Conflict Deterrence Act of 2023”, sponsored by Rep. French Hill;
  • H.R.510, the “Chinese Currency Accountability Act of 2023,” sponsored by Rep. Warren David;
  • H.R.839, the “China Exchange Rate Transparency Act of 2023,” sponsored by Rep. Dan Meuser;
  • H.R.803, the “Protect Taiwan Act,” sponsored by Rep Frank Lucas;

From the above series of behavior and statements made by two US Presidents, a Secretary of State, a very young boy, the US media, and 4 politicians who sponsored anti-China bills, it is hard not to come to the conclusion about the ungrateful nature of Americans. It would appear to me that the robber DNA is deep in the blood and bone of many people in the US society (I hate to generalize my comment unless someone can convince me that the above-named series of behaviors within the US society are merely coincident!).

  • US military threat to China at China’s doorstep

Let’s put aside the various issues from a reported 2012 US plan to deploy 60% of the US Navy fleet to the Asia Pacific by 2020, and the 2011 Obama Pacific Pivot with a secret plan to start a war against China by 2030 with a coalition of nations to militarily control commercial shipment to and from China via the South China seas to limit China freedom to trade with the rest of the world, and should China resist, the US-led military coalition would begin to attack China.

John Pilger is an award-winning journalist who produced a 2 hour documentary with details of US military bases around China and how the US may plan to start a war with China.

In 2017, US Admiral Scott Swift assured everyone he was ready to follow President Trump’s orders to launch a nuclear missile against China.

In 2022, former US National Security Advisor Robert O’Brien suggested destroying Taiwan’s semiconductor factories rather than letting them fall into China’s hands.

In 2023, US talk show host Garland Nixon wrote on Twitter that White House insiders said that US President Joe Biden had warned about a plan for “the destruction of Taiwan” when asked if there could be any greater disaster than the Ukraine crisis.

There are endless US military activities and arrangements targeting China in recent years. Just to list a few more examples below:

  • While the Western media and politicians keep telling the world that the PLA is increasingly aggressive against Western countries’ (military) freedom of navigation in the South and East China Seas, a recent report by the US Department of Defence revealed that “the US has conducted around 120 military exercises a year with allies and partners in the region.” Ironically, such statistics of US military aggression on China’s doorstep failed to attract the interest of the Western Media.
  • In 2021, Australia reached a deal with the US and UK on a $386b nuclear submarine deal with China as their target.
  • In 2022, US Defense Secretary Austin announced that: “The US is at a pivotal point with China and needs military strength to ensure that American values, not Beijing’s, set global norms in the 21st century.” He then talked about the need to align the US budget as never before to the China Challenge. He then mentioned a $1.2 trillion estimated cost as part of a major nuclear triad overhaul underway by the Congressional Budget Office.

One should note that such an additional budget for military expenses is on top of the fact that the US military already spent more than the next 10 countries combined.

  • In July 2023, USS Kentucky, a US nuclear submarine (capable of firing nuclear ballistic missiles) suddenly arrived in Busan, South Korea.
  • Again, in July 2023, Nato head Jens Stoltenberg pushed to increase ties with Asia with the intention to form an Asia NATO alliance. Former Australia PM Paul Keating labeled Stoltenberg a ‘supreme fool’ and ‘an accident on its way to happen’.

To justify NATO’s intention to set up its military presence in Asia, NATO engaged in a series of smear campaigns against imaginary Chinese threats based on NATO’s own past behavior across the world. The latest smear campaign was in the NATO Vilnius Summit Communique. As a result, China’s Permanent Representative to the UN refuted NATO’s false accusations against China, and challenged NATO if it can make the same claims as China on the following 6 points:

  1. China has never invaded other countries;
  2. China has never engaged in proxy wars;
  3. China has never carried out military operations around the world;
  4. China did not threaten other countries with force;
  5. China did not export ideology
  6. China did not interfere in other countries’ internal affairs

The reality is that the US initiated an all-out hostility against China after China helped the US out of the 2008 GFC. Examples:

  1. Obama’s Pacific Pivot;
  2. Obama’s TPP to Exclude China from International Trade;
  3. Trump and Biden all-out trade Wars;
  4. Trump and Biden all-out technological wars;
  5. US military deployments, and military activities surrounding China. Despite the US already having 313 of its 750 worldwide military bases surrounding China, the US continued to expand by another 4 recently via the Philippines with 3 of them close to Taiwan.

The Ukrainization of Taiwan

Despite the past US administrations (1972, 1979, 1982) entering into 3 Joint Communiques with China over the Taiwan question (The One-China agreements), the US politicians have over the years, through their own acts, brutally violated all the written agreements with China re the One-China Policy. The latest developments are the worst:

In July 2023, the US House of Congress passed an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act to ban Pentagon maps from depicting Taiwan and its major outlying islands, Kinmen, Penghu, Mazudao, Wuchudao, and Ludao (etc) as part of China. (Here is the content of the original amendment bill).

Below is just a quick list of examples of US violating all its signed One-China documents with China to provoke a war over Taiwan:

  • In 2021, Taiwan English News reported the news of “Pentagon doubled the number of US troops in Taiwan”,
  • In 2022, VOA (Chinese news) reported that the US has again increased the number of its military personnel in Taiwan. The intention is to help coordinate both militaries in a possible future war with China.
  • In April 2023, US lawmaker, Chairman of the US House Foreign Affairs Committee Michael McCaul pledged to help provide training for Taiwan’s armed forces and to speed up the delivery of weapons.
  • In July 2023, it was widely reported in Taiwan that the U.S. wants Taiwan to set up a P4 Biological Laboratory. Yahoo Chinese News pointed out that Taiwan Chinese newspaper (联合报) is the first to break the detail of the Biological Weapons Lab story. Taiwan CTI TV news reported in detail that the Lab is to test biological weapons using Chinese DNA as “the DNA of the Taiwan population can represent Chinese DNA.” Not surprisingly: the Western media is very much silent on this kind of news despite the fact that the US State Department later deniedthe Taiwanese report that the US asked Taiwan to develop weaponized biological agents.
  • Perhaps to justify a possible preemptive war against China under the Bush Doctrine in the foreseeable future, the US Congress passed a $500m anti-China propaganda bill in February 2022. How much of this $500m goes to brainwashing Taiwanese?

In a recent interview, Jeffrey Sachs describes a series of US actions against China as a “Path to War With China.”

DPP Politicians Prepare for War and an Escape Route While Taiwanese People Reject War

The trouble with Western forms of so-called democracy is that to win an election, one needs to build an election war chest. That is to seek political donations in return for favors when one is in a position of power. It usually involves an under-the-table deal between politicians and their donors. As a result, corporate donors, billionaires, foreign cash, and foreign powers could easily penetrate domestic politics.

Since the beginning of Taiwan having a Western form of election, dark money, corruption, bribery, and scandals have become a part of the social norm within the Taiwanese political circle. If we search for the name of any DPP senior politicians (especially Ministers and Prime Ministers) with the term “Dark-Money”, “corruption”, or “scandals”, one should notice almost no innocent people in the system. Western media usually self-censored negative news linked to the pro-independence party, so, the best way to search for such news is to search in Chinese language. For examples,

  • Search in Chinese for corruption of the Current Taiwan leader Tsai Ing-wen;
  • Search her deputy (the coming DPP presidential candidate) Lai Ching-te;

Corruption and democracy often go hand in hand. Here are some hyperlinks to examples of how the US interferes in foreign elections:

Those who follow the Taiwan issue via the Taiwan media should notice that, while those Taiwan politicians ally with the US foreign policy and campaign for independence, most of their family members (including themselves) already have US or other Western countries’ citizenship, bank accounts, and assets. For examples,

  • A report in Taiwan media in 2015 revealed half of current Taiwan President Tsai Ing-wen family members have foreign citizenship;
  • As for the Vice President (the coming DPP presidential candidate) 赖清德 (Lai Ching-te), his son and grandson are American citizens;

The irony is that, while these pro-independence politicians eagerly ally with the US to provoke war with the PRC by promoting Taiwan independence, their family members have on the other hand migrated overseas during this time. This is a bit like President Zelensky acting in the interest of the USA, and allowing the entire Ukraine to be bombed and destroyed, because, according to OCCRP (Organised Crime and Corruption Reporting Project): “Zelensky and his inner circle have unexplained $ billions overseas.”

In fact, during Taiwan’s military exercises, one of their programs is on how the president could safely escape if a war breaks out. (Of course, whenever the Taiwan media reports such escape details, the Ministry of Defense will deny it.)

The tragedy for the average Taiwanese person is that the island economy is already damaged before such a war would begin. According to a recent Financial Times report: “‘People are nervous’: Taiwan’s wealthy shelter money overseas in fear of China conflict.” The same thing happened to foreign companies in Taiwan with “half of the foreign companies in Taiwan making contingency plans due to evacuations and supply chain disruptions concerns.”  The latest Taiwan GDP is down 3.02%.The reality in Taiwan is that many young people refuse to join the army, and the DPP government is having a problem recruiting new soldiers. As a result:

  • The DPP government decided to extend the serving time of existing soldiers by an additional year;
  • In June 2023, Taiwan amend the military recruitment regulation to include recruits from Hong Kong and Macao people working and living in Taiwan;
  • Again, in June, the DPP government reportedly worked with the Ministry of Education to impose a 3 + 1 university program. That is 3 years of study plus a year of military training.

In February 2023, Jinmen Island local lawmakers voted to declare Jinmen a non-military zone, and Jinmen governor Li Zhufeng (李炷烽) suggests using Jinmen Island as a pilot program for the One Country Two Systems and expanding gradually thereafter. 

Professor John V. Wash in a recent article titled “Arming Taiwan is an Insane Provocation” cited a hyperlink to a 2022 polling that showed that an overwhelming majority (82.1%) of Taiwanese now would like to preserve the status quo with only 5.3% wanting immediate independence.”

How much longer will China tolerate the US’s endless escalating military provocations?

In July 2023, Hungary Prime Minister Orban observed that “Beijing managed to develop as much in 30 years as other countries in 200 years. Therefore, they can claim their ‘place under the sun’. However, Washington does not accept that quick development, the fact that China preceded them in many sectors… As a result, a clash between the two world powers is inevitable…. War is not inevitable, but the USA does not accept that it has become the world’s second most powerful nation, Orbán added.”

An article on Education Monitor News rightly pointed out that “The Greatest Threat to the USA is not China, but Peace.”

In 2014, the New York Times put up an article titled ‘The Lack of Major Wars may be Hurting Economic Growth.’

One should bear in mind that the USA was created on the foundation of invasion, massacre, looting, and enslavement of others. Not a single thing the US possesses today is through peaceful means including every inch of its current territory.

Since 2008, China has already realized that its kindness towards the US will only be perceived as a weakness. That will only encourage more aggression and greed from the US imperialist rulers. So, the first thing Chairman Xi did after taking office in 2012 is to visit a PLA military base. He openly called upon the PLA to prepare for war and to win the war.

In February 2023, China released a report titled “US Hegemony and Its Perils,” and in May “America’s Coercive Diplomacy and its Harm” outlining the many crimes committed by the US against the world and that China is no longer interested in accommodating the US crimes and behaviors.

In March 2023, a Chinese government website reported that Chairman Xi Jinping told a group of more than 300 high-ranking government officials that: “History has repeatedly proven that if we seek security through resolve, security will prevail; If we seek security through concessions, security will perish; If we seek development through resolve, development will prosper; If we seek development through compromises, our development will suffer.”

In June 2023, China released The Law on Foreign Relations of the People’s Republic of China outlining the country’s attitude toward foreign relations, UN Charters, International Laws, and possible counter-action against any hostile foreign policy and behavior that harms Chinese interest and security.

In July, China called NATO “a trouble-maker”, and issued a warning to NATO: “Beijing doesn’t cause trouble, but is not afraid of trouble”. Days later, the Chinese ambassador to the US issued a direct warning to Washington: “If people violate me, I will hit back.”

So, how long will China continue to tolerate US provocation? How long will China allow the US military to continue to violate its sovereignty in Taiwan? Will China allow the US more time to arm Taiwan like what they did in Ukraine before Putin would no longer tolerate the threats and was forced to take military action?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Kim Petersen is an independent writer. He can be emailed at: kimohp at gmail.com.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from SHTFplan.com

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on June 30, 2023

***

Join us for an insightful 1-on-1 interview featuring Michelle Leduc Catlin and Professor Michel Chossudovsky as they delve into his testimony from an economics perspective. In this engaging conversation, Professor Chossudovsky challenges the prevailing narrative, highlighting his belief that there is no pandemic and shedding light on the initial announcement of the pandemic, which reported ~120 cases in Canada according to the W.H.O.

During the interview, Professor Chossudovsky explores the impact of lockdown measures, arguing that they contribute to economic destabilization and undermine civil society. This thought-provoking discussion offers a unique perspective on the current global situation. 

Bill Gates, for example, knew in advance what Tedros was going to announce.  “I’m sure about this,” he said.  “It’s probably him [Gates] who told him [Tedros] what to say … People who make money with speculation [on the stock exchange], they know in advance …

he knew in advance what Tedros was about to say and it’s clear, that day he made a fortune.  It’s not only him, it’s the people around him [as well].”  Prof. Chossudovsky named BlackRock and Rockefeller as examples of others who were guilty of insider trading

“If they were to profit from the crash they would have had to short shares – or at least sell actual shares before the crash. Do you have data to show this?” 

To gain a deeper understanding of Professor Chossudovsky’s insights, we encourage you to watch his full testimony here.

***

Censorship

A note on Censorship directed against Prof Michel Chossudovsky’s presentation to the National Citizens Inquiry (NCI) by Youtube: 

*

 

 

***

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: COVID Lockdown Measures Contribute to Economic Destabilization and Undermine Civil Society. Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

Global Planned Financial Tsunami Has Just Begun

August 26th, 2023 by F. William Engdahl

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on InstagramTwitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on June 22, 2022

***

Since the creation of the US Federal Reserve over a century ago, every major financial market collapse has been deliberately triggered for political motives by the central bank. The situation is no different today, as clearly the US Fed is acting with its interest rate weapon to crash what is the greatest speculative financial bubble in human history, a bubble it created. Global crash events always begin on the periphery, such as with the 1931 Austrian Creditanstalt or the Lehman Bros. failure in September 2008. The June 15 decision by the Fed to impose the largest single rate hike in almost 30 years as financial markets are already in a meltdown, now guarantees a global depression and worse.

The extent of the “cheap credit” bubble that the Fed, the ECB and Bank of Japan have engineered with buying up of bonds and maintaining unprecedented near-zero or even negative interest rates for now 14 years, is beyond imagination. Financial media cover it over with daily nonsense reporting , while the world economy is being readied, not for so-called “stagflation” or recession. What is coming now in the coming months, barring a dramatic policy reversal, is the worst economic depression in history to date. Thank you, globalization and Davos.

Globalization

The political pressures behind globalization and the creation of the World Trade Organization out of the Bretton Woods GATT trade rules with the 1994 Marrakesh Agreement, ensured that the advanced industrial manufacturing of the West, most especially the USA, could flee offshore, “outsource” to create production in extreme low wage countries. No country offered more benefit in the late 1990s than China. China joined WHO in 2001 and from then on the capital flows into China manufacture from the West have been staggering. So too has been the buildup of China dollar debt. Now that global world financial structure based on record debt is all beginning to come apart.

When Washington deliberately allowed the September 2008 Lehman Bros financial collapse, the Chinese leadership responded with panic and commissioned unprecedented credit to local governments to build infrastructure. Some of it was partly useful, such as a network of high-speed railways. Some of it was plainly wasteful, such as construction of empty “ghost cities.” For the rest of the world, the unprecedented China demand for construction steel, coal, oil, copper and such was welcome, as fears of a global depression receded. But the actions by the US Fed and ECB after 2008, and of their respective governments, did nothing to address the systemic financial abuse of the world’s major private banks on Wall Street and Europe , as well as Hong Kong.

The August 1971 Nixon decision to decouple the US dollar, the world reserve currency, from gold, opened the floodgates to global money flows. Ever more permissive laws favoring uncontrolled financial speculation in the US and abroad were imposed at every turn, from Clinton’s repeal of Glass-Steagall at the behest of Wall Street in November 1999. That allowed creation of mega-banks so large that the government declared them “too big to fail.” That was a hoax, but the population believed it and bailed them out with hundreds of billions in taxpayer money.

Since the crisis of 2008 the Fed and other major global central banks have created unprecedented credit, so-called “helicopter money,” to bailout the major financial institutions. The health of the real economy was not a goal. In the case of the Fed, Bank of Japan, ECB and Bank of England, a combined $25 trillion was injected into the banking system via “quantitative easing” purchase of bonds, as well as dodgy assets like mortgage-backed securities over the past 14 years.

Quantitative madness

Here is where it began to go really bad. The largest Wall Street banks such as JP MorganChase, Wells Fargo, Citigroup or in London HSBC or Barclays, lent billions to their major corporate clients. The borrowers in turn used the liquidity, not to invest in new manufacturing or mining technology, but rather to inflate the value of their company stocks, so-called stock buy-backs, termed “maximizing shareholder value.”

BlackRock, Fidelity, banks and other investors loved the free ride. From the onset of Fed easing in 2008 to July 2020, some $5 trillions had been invested in such stock buybacks, creating the greatest stock market rally in history. Everything became financialized in the process. Corporations paid out $3.8 trillion in dividends in the period from 2010 to 2019. Companies like Tesla which had never earned a profit, became more valuable than Ford and GM combined. Cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin reached market cap valuation over $1 trillion by late 2021. With Fed money flowing freely, banks and investment funds invested in high-risk, high profit areas like junk bonds or emerging market debt in places like Turkey, Indonesia or, yes, China.

The post-2008 era of Quantitative Easing and zero Fed interest rates led to absurd US Government debt expansion. Since January 2020 the Fed, Bank of England, European Central Bank and Bank of Japan have injected a combined $9 trillion in near zero rate credit into the world banking system. Since a Fed policy change in September 2019, it enabled Washington to increase public debt by a staggering $10 trillion in less than 3 years. Then the Fed again covertly bailed out Wall Street by buying $120 billion per month of US Treasury bonds and Mortgage-Backed Securities creating a huge bond bubble.

A reckless Biden Administration began doling out trillions in so-called stimulus money to combat needless lockdowns of the economy. US Federal debt went from a manageable 35% of GDP in 1980 to more than 129% of GDP today. Only the Fed Quantitative Easing, buying of trillions of US government and mortgage debt and the near zero rates made that possible. Now the Fed has begun to unwind that and withdraw liquidity from the economy with QT or tightening, plus rate hikes. This is deliberate. It is not about a stumbling Fed mis-judging inflation.

Energy drives the collapse

Sadly, the Fed and other central bankers lie. Raising interest rates is not to cure inflation. It is to force a global reset in control over the world’s assets, it’s wealth, whether real estate, farmland, commodity production, industry, even water. The Fed knows very well that Inflation is only beginning to rip across the global economy. What is unique is that now Green Energy mandates across the industrial world are driving this inflation crisis for the first time, something deliberately ignored by Washington or Brussels or Berlin.

The global shortages of fertilizers, soaring prices of natural gas, and grain supply losses from global draught or exploding costs of fertilizers and fuel or the war in Ukraine, guarantee that, at latest this September-October harvest time, we will undergo a global additional food and energy price explosion. Those shortages all are a result of deliberate policies.

Moreover, far worse inflation is certain, due to the pathological insistence of the world’s leading industrial economies led by the Biden Administration’s anti-hydrocarbon agenda. That agenda is typified by the astonishing nonsense of the US Energy Secretary stating, “buy E-autos instead” as the answer to exploding gasoline prices.

Similarly, the European Union has decided to phase out Russian oil and gas with no viable substitute as its leading economy, Germany, moves to shut its last nuclear reactor and close more coal plants. Germany and other EU economies as a result will see power blackouts this winter and natural gas prices will continue to soar. In the second week of June in Germany gas prices rose another 60% alone. Both the Green-controlled German government and the Green Agenda “Fit for 55” by the EU Commission continue to push unreliable and costly wind and solar at the expense of far cheaper and reliable hydrocarbons, insuring an unprecedented energy-led inflation.

Fed has pulled the plug

With the 0.75% Fed rate hike, largest in almost 30 years, and promise of more to come, the US central bank has now guaranteed a collapse of not merely the US debt bubble, but also much of the post-2008 global debt of $303 trillion. Rising interest rates after almost 15 years mean collapsing bond values. Bonds, not stocks, are the heart of the global financial system.

US mortgage rates have now doubled in just 5 months to above 6%, and home sales were already plunging before the latest rate hike. US corporations took on record debt owing to the years of ultra-low rates. Some 70% of that debt is rated just above “junk” status. That corporate non-financial debt totaled $9 trillion in 2006. Today it exceeds $18 trillion. Now a large number of those marginal companies will not be able to rollover the old debt with new, and bankruptcies will follow in coming months. The cosmetics giant Revlon just declared bankruptcy.

The highly-speculative, unregulated Crypto market, led by Bitcoin, is collapsing as investors realize there is no bailout there. Last November the Crypto world had a $3 trillion valuation. Today it is less than half, and with more collapse underway. Even before the latest Fed rate hike the stock value of the US megabanks had lost some $300 billion. Now with stock market further panic selling guaranteed as a global economic collapse grows, those banks are pre-programmed for a new severe bank crisis over the coming months.

As US economist Doug Noland recently noted, “Today, there’s a massive “periphery” loaded with “subprime” junk bonds, leveraged loans, buy-now-pay-later, auto, credit card, housing, and solar securitizations, franchise loans, private Credit, crypto Credit, DeFi, and on and on. A massive infrastructure has evolved over this long cycle to spur consumption for tens of millions, while financing thousands of uneconomic enterprises. The “periphery” has become systemic like never before. And things have started to Break.”

The Federal Government will now find its interest cost of carrying a record $30 trillion in Federal debt far more costly. Unlike the 1930s Great Depression when Federal debt was near nothing, today the Government, especially since the Biden budget measures, is at the limits. The US is becoming a Third World economy. If the Fed no longer buys trillions of US debt, who will? China? Japan? Not likely.

Deleveraging the bubble

With the Fed now imposing a Quantitative Tightening, withdrawing tens of billions in bonds and other assets monthly, as well as raising key interest rates, financial markets have begun a deleveraging. It will likely be jerky, as key players like BlackRock and Fidelity seek to control the meltdown for their purposes. But the direction is clear.

By late last year investors had borrowed almost $1 trillion in margin debt to buy stocks. That was in a rising market. Now the opposite holds, and margin borrowers are forced to give more collateral or sell their stocks to avoid default. That feeds the coming meltdown. With collapse of both stocks and bonds in coming months, go the private retirement savings of tens of millions of Americans in programs like 401-k. Credit card auto loans and other consumer debt in the USA has ballooned in the past decade to a record $4.3 trillion at end of 2021. Now interest rates on that debt, especially credit card, will jump from an already high 16%. Defaults on those credit loans will skyrocket.

Outside the US what we will see now, as the Swiss National Bank, Bank of England and even ECB are forced to follow the Fed raising rates, is the global snowballing of defaults, bankruptcies, amid a soaring inflation which the central bank interest rates have no power to control. About 27% of global nonfinancial corporate debt is held by Chinese companies, estimated at $23 trillion. Another $32 trillion corporate debt is held by US and EU companies. Now China is in the midst of its worst economic crisis since 30 years and little sign of recovery. With the USA, China’s largest customer, going into an economic depression, China’s crisis can only worsen. That will not be good for the world economy.

Italy, with a national debt of $3.2 trillion, has a debt-to-GDP of 150%. Only ECB negative interest rates have kept that from exploding in a new banking crisis. Now that explosion is pre-programmed despite soothing words from Lagarde of the ECB. Japan, with a 260% debt level is the worst of all industrial nations, and is in a trap of zero rates with more than $7.5 trillion public debt. The yen is now falling seriously, and destabilizing all of Asia.

The heart of the world financial system, contrary to popular belief, is not stock markets. It is bond markets—government, corporate and agency bonds. This bond market has been losing value as inflation has soared and interest rates have risen since 2021 in the USA and EU. Globally this comprises some $250 trillion in asset value a sum that, with every fed interest rise , loses more value. The last time we had such a major reverse in bond values was forty years ago in the Paul Volcker era with 20% interest rates to “squeeze out inflation.”

As bond prices fall, the value of bank capital falls. The most exposed to such a loss of value are major French banks along with Deutsche Bank in the EU, along with the largest Japanese banks. US banks like JP MorganChase are believed to be only slightly less exposed to a major bond crash. Much of their risk is hidden in off-balance sheet derivatives and such. However, unlike in 2008, today central banks can’t rerun another decade of zero interest rates and QE. This time, as insiders like ex-Bank of England head Mark Carney noted three years ago, the crisis will be used to force the world to accept a new Central Bank Digital Currency, a world where all money will be centrally issued and controlled. This is also what Davos WEF people mean by their Great Reset. It will not be good. A Global Planned Financial Tsunami Has Just Begun.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, Twitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is from NEO


Seeds of Destruction: Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation

Author Name: F. William Engdahl
ISBN Number: 978-0-9879389-2-3
Year: 2007
Product Type: PDF File

Price: $9.50

This skilfully researched book focuses on how a small socio-political American elite seeks to establish control over the very basis of human survival: the provision of our daily bread. “Control the food and you control the people.”

This is no ordinary book about the perils of GMO. Engdahl takes the reader inside the corridors of power, into the backrooms of the science labs, behind closed doors in the corporate boardrooms.

The author cogently reveals a diabolical world of profit-driven political intrigue, government corruption and coercion, where genetic manipulation and the patenting of life forms are used to gain worldwide control over food production. If the book often reads as a crime story, that should come as no surprise. For that is what it is.

Ukraine Will Capitulate Unconditionally. Scott Ritter

August 25th, 2023 by Scott Ritter

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The conflict between Russia and Ukraine will conclude with Kiev’s unconditional surrender, according to Scott Ritter, a former US intelligence officer and UN weapons inspector.

On Wednesday, Ukrainian President Vladimir Zelensky claimed in a post on X (formerly Twitter) that “Ukraine does not trade its territories, because we do not trade our people.”

The message was dedicated to the Third Crimea Platform Summit, where Ukraine discussed ways of “de-occupying” the peninsula, which reunited with Russia in 2014 following a referendum triggered by the US-backed Maidan coup in Kiev earlier that year.

Replying to Zelensky’s post, Ritter wrote that “it was NATO that suggested a trade. Russia isn’t trading anything.”

The former US intelligence officer was apparently referring to remarks by NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg‘s chief of staff, Stian Jenssen, who said in mid-August that Ukraine could “give up territory [to Russia], and get NATO membership in return.” According to Jenssen, this idea was actively being discussed within the US-led military bloc.

Jenssen later apologized for his remarks, saying they were “a mistake.”

The suggestion caused outrage in Kiev, with presidential aide Mikhail Podoliak branding it “ridiculous.” Such a move would amount to “deliberately choosing the defeat of democracy… and passing the war on to other generations,” he claimed.

The head of the Ukrainian National Security Council, Aleksey Danilov, reiterated that Kiev would never negotiate with Russian President Vladimir Putin, insisting that “Russia must be destroyed like a modern-day Carthage.”

Ritter insisted that Moscow is “dealing with reality” when it comes to the conflict with Kiev, including “where Russian boots will be when Ukraine capitulates unconditionally.”

“Think Tokyo Bay, September 2, 1945. That’s your future. Enjoy,” he wrote, addressing Zelensky.

On that date, representatives of the Japanese Empire signed an unconditional surrender to the Allies aboard the USS Missouri, ending the country’s participation in World War II.

In line with the deal, Japan agreed to the loss of all its territories outside of its home islands, complete disarmament, Allied occupation of the country, and tribunals to bring war criminals to justice.

On Wednesday, Zelensky admitted that the Ukrainian counteroffensive against Russian forces, which began in early June, was proving “very difficult.” However, he also claimed that the operation was moving “slowly, but in the right direction.”

Earlier this week, the Washington Post reported that the Ukrainian campaign is showing “signs of stalling.” The newspaper warned that “the inability to demonstrate decisive success on the battlefield [by Kiev’s forces] is stoking fears that the conflict is becoming a stalemate and international support could erode.”

President Putin claimed on Wednesday that it was “astonishing” to see how little the authorities in Kiev cared about Ukrainian soldiers. “They are throwing [them] on our minefields, under our artillery fire, acting as if they are not their own citizens at all,” the Russian leader said.

According to Moscow’s estimates, Ukraine has failed to make any significant gains since the launch of its counteroffensive, but has lost more than 43,000 troops and nearly 5,000 pieces of heavy equipment. Kiev has so far claimed the capture of several villages, but these appear to be some distance from Russia’s main defensive lines.

First published by RT.com

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image is from Free West Media

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The men gathered in a graveyard in the dead of night. They wore body armor, boots and carried semi-automatic weapons. Their target lay a mile away, the official residence of the president of The Gambia, Yahya Jammeh — a U.S.-trained military officer who seized power in 1994. Those in the cemetery planned to oust him, but within hours, they were either dead or on the run.

One of those killed, the ring-leader and former head of Gambia’s Presidential Guard, Lamin Sanneh, had previously earned a master’s degree at the Pentagon’s National Defense University in Washington, D.C. 

Some of the plotters were eventually convicted in the United States “for their roles in planning and executing an unsuccessful coup attempt to overthrow the government of The Gambia on December 30, 2014.” Four pled guilty on counts related to the Neutrality Act — a federal law that prohibits Americans from waging war against friendly nations. A fifth was sentenced in March 2017 for buying and exporting weapons used in the failed coup, which pitted two generations of U.S.-trained mutineers against each other.

The State Department doesn’t know about any of this — or doesn’t want to. A simple Google search reveals this information, but when Responsible Statecraft asked if Yahya Jammeh or Lamin Sanneh had received U.S. training, a State Department spokesperson responded: “We do not have the ability to provide records for these historical cases at this time.” When asked about other trainees in other nations that have experienced military uprisings, the response was the same.

Responsible Statecraft has found that at least 15 U.S.-supported officers have been involved in 12 coups in West Africa and the greater Sahel during the war on terror.

The list includes military personnel from Burkina Faso (2014, 2015, and twice in 2022); Chad (2021); Gambia (2014); Guinea (2021); Mali (2012, 2020, 2021); Mauritania (2008); and Niger (2023).

At least five leaders of the most recent coup in Niger, received U.S. training, according to a U.S. official. They, in turn, appointed five U.S.-trained members of the Nigerien security forces to serve as governors, according to the State Department. 

The total number of U.S.-trained mutineers across Africa since 9/11 may be far higher than is known, but the State Department, which tracks data on U.S. trainees, is either unwilling or unable to provide it. Responsible Statecraft identified more than 20 other African military personnel involved in coups who may have received U.S. training or assistance, but when asked, the State Department said it lacks the “ability” to provide information that it possesses.

“If we are training individuals who are executing undemocratic coups, we need to be asking more questions about how and why that happens,” said Elizabeth Shackelford, a senior fellow at the Chicago Council on Global Affairs and lead author of the newly-released report, “Less is More: A New Strategy for U.S. Security Assistance to Africa.” “If we aren’t even trying to get to the bottom of that, we are part of the problem. This shouldn’t just be on our radar — it should be something we intentionally track.”

Shackleford and her colleagues say that the U.S. penchant for pouring money into abusive African militaries instead of making long-term investments in bolstering democratic institutions, good governance, and the rule of law, has undermined wider American aims.

In addition to training military mutineers in Africa, other U.S. security assistance efforts during the war on terror have also foundered and failed. Ukrainian troops trained by the U.S. and its allies stumbled during a long-awaited counteroffensive against Russian forces, raising questions about the utility of the instruction.

In 2021, an Afghan army created, trained, and armed by the United States over 20 years dissolved in the face of a Taliban offensive.

In 2015, a $500 million Pentagon effort to train and equip Syrian rebels, slated to produce 15,000 troops, yielded just a few dozen before being scrapped. A year earlier, an Iraqi army built, trained, and funded — to the tune of at least $25 billion — by the U.S. was routed by the rag-tag forces of the Islamic State.

“U.S. policy in Africa has for too long prioritized short-term security to the detriment of long-term stability by prioritizing the provision of military and security assistance,” Shackelford writes in the new Chicago Council report. “Partnerships and military assistance with illiberal, undemocratic countries have delivered little, if any, sustainable security improvements, and in many cases have prompted further instability and violence by building the capacity of abusive security forces.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: A U.S. Special Forces Soldier demonstrates a kneeling firing position before a live fire range, March 6, 2017 at Camp Zagre, Burkina Faso. Burkina Faso Soldiers also practiced firing in seated position, standing position, and practiced turning and firing. (U.S. Army photo by Spc. Britany Slessman 3rd Special Forces Group (Airborne) Multimedia Illustrator/released)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The recent plane crash that occurred in Tver region was reason enough for western media outlets to launch a huge wave of disinformation, sharing unsubstantiated narratives and rumors. The aim is to gain attention from Western public opinion and to portray Russia’s image negatively, thus “justifying” the war policy against Moscow.

The tragedy happened on August 23, when an Embraer 135BJ Legacy 600 jet traveling from Moscow to St. Petersburg crashed in Tver. There is still no precise information about what motivated the accident, with suspicions of both an attack in the air and sabotage with planted bombs. More details are expected in the coming days as the investigation progresses.

According to data from the Russian Ministry of Emergencies and the Rosaviatsiya agency, Evgeny Prigozhin and Dmitri Utkin, co-founders and leaders of the Wagner Group, were among the ten passengers on the aircraft, as well as other high-ranking PMC commanders. There were no survivors in the accident, which is why Prigozhin and Utkin are presumed dead. However, no official confirmation of death has been given so far, as the bodies of the passengers have not yet been identified.

In addition, there is a second plane connected to the Wagner involved in the news. On the same day of the event, an RA-02878 jet departed from Moscow shortly after the Embraer Legacy, having returned to land after the pilot was notified of the accident with the other jet. There is no confirmation about the names of the passengers on this aircraft so far, with only speculation, unofficial reports and rumors about who could be on board.

Obviously, when situations like this occur, authorities act with extreme caution and only confirm data after thorough investigation, given the sensitive nature of the topic. Even more prudence is expected from the authorities of a country in conflict, as is the case in today’s Russia. However, the same attitude is not seen in the western media. Without any commitment to truth and information, pro-NATO media outlets spread all kinds of anti-Russian rumors, only with the intention of defaming the country and its leaders.

The narrative adopted by the newspapers was that the plane would have suffered an attack by the Russian defense forces in an act of personal revenge by President Vladimir Putin against the head of the Wagner Group. This would have been a response to the mutiny led by Prigozhin on June 24, when Wagner troops began a “march” from Rostov to Moscow, aborting the operation after reaching an agreement mediated by Belarusian President Aleksandr Lukashenko.

CNN, for example, wrote that “Prigozhin would be latest in line of Putin critics who met an early death”. In an article published on August 24, CNN journalists said that Prigozhin “appears to have joined an ever-growing list of high-profile Russians who have fallen from the president’s good graces and died in mysterious circumstances”.

Something similar was published by the BBC on the same day. Journalists accused Moscow of having destroyed the Wagner plane to provide a belated response to the June 24 mutiny. According to Western reporters, Vladimir Putin was discredited for not punishing Prigozhin, so he has now operated an attack to strengthen his image again.

“When Yevgeny Prigozhin and his Wagner troops launched their insurrection two months ago, Vladimir Putin made his feelings more than clear (…) He promised that the perpetrators would be punished. So there was incredulity in Russia when they were not (…) It made President Putin look weak (…) Suddenly things look rather different”, the article reads.

In the same vein, several journalists published on social networks a video of an interview with President Vladimir Putin, in which he states that it is not possible to “forgive” a “betrayal”. The video dates back to 2018, but was spread out of context to try to relate it to Prigozhin’s death.

Indeed, this wave of disinformation favors the Western plan to portray Russia as a dictatorial country, ruled by a “murderer” who acts selfishly against personal enemies. With this work of disinformation, the western media hopes to generate anti-Russian antipathy in public opinion, fomenting popular support for the war that NATO is waging against Moscow.

However, if analyzed in depth, all these narratives are easily refuted. The June 24th riot ended peacefully, without any remaining friction between Wagner and state forces. Days after the mutiny, Putin and Prigozhin met in person in Moscow, making it clear that the deal brokered by Lukashenko indeed ended any conflict of interest, with Wagner remaining a force loyal for the Russian state.

Furthermore, even if one supposes that eventually the Russian government would have an interest in eliminating Wagner’s members, certainly this type of clandestine operation would be done in a more professional way. Intelligence agents are expected to operate purges cautiously and without leaving a trace. Shooting down a plane inside Russian airspace and generating fear in the population is obviously not a tactic consistent with these requirements.

There is no convincing evidence to speak of Russian government involvement in the case. Most likely, the plane was sabotaged or attacked by Ukrainian, Western agents or bribed Russian dissidents. More information about the case will certainly be released by the authorities in the near future. The only thing that is clear for now is that the mainstream media is not a reliable source for understanding what happens in Russia.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Lucas Leiroz is a journalist, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, geopolitical consultant. You can follow Lucas on Twitter and Telegram.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Can NATO Win a Conventional War Against Russia?

August 25th, 2023 by Drago Bosnic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

In recent decades, one particularly persistent trope was that Russia would lose a conventional war with NATO. And yet, this notion never actually held, not even during the disastrous 1990s. Nowadays, it couldn’t possibly be further from true. Since the early 2000s, Moscow has seen a dramatic resurgence of its already significant military power, a process that is yet to reach its peak. The US has been trying to prevent Russia’s rearmament program, to at least hamper the continued growth of its kinetic might.

This has been a priority for the Pentagon, so much so that it pushed Ukraine into a suicidal confrontation with the Kremlin in hopes of derailing the process. And this was even publicly stated by US Defense Secretary Lloyd J. Austin in late April 2022, when he said that “we want to see Russia weakened“. Concurrently, the Russian military is presented as supposedly “underperforming”. Well, if that’s the case, then why the US needs to “weaken Russia”?

This sort of mental gymnastics is quite common in Washington DC, as its political elites often inadvertently reveal the sheer illogic of their claims. The statement was made over a year ago, but ever since, not only has the Pentagon failed miserably in its intention of weakening Moscow, but the Russian military actually grew in power. Various improvements range from increased drone usage to drastically reduced response time to battlefield threats, leading to the exacerbation of the Kiev regime’s losses.

There are numerous reasons why the Russian military is dominating the battlefield, which is further reinforced by the escalation of militarily inconsequential attacks on civilian targets within Russia or at the very least “hype assaults” for propaganda purposes. Still, this leaves the question of how would the Russian military really fare in a conventional clash with NATO. To answer that, we will quote Colonel Douglas McGregor and his latest interview with Tucker Carlson.

“I think all of the lies that have been told for more than a year and a half about the ‘Ukrainians are winning’, ‘Ukrainian cause is just’, ‘the Russians are evil’, ‘the Russians are incompetent’, all of that is collapsing,” Macgregor said, adding: “And it’s collapsing because what’s happening on the battlefield is horrific. Ukrainians now we think have lost 400,000 men killed in battle. We were talking about 300-350 thousand a few months ago. Within the last month of this supposed counteroffensive which was to sweep the battlefield, they lost at least 40,000 killed.”

The estimate of military deaths is debatable due to numerous factors, including the Kiev regime’s attempts to hide the catastrophic losses. However, the lowest estimates are now well over 250,000 KIA (killed in action). We can only imagine the number of WIA/MIA (wounded/missing in action), but McGregor gave a rough assessment of that too, estimating that the much-touted counteroffensive resulted in “40,000 to 50,000 Ukrainian amputees” and that “hospitals are full”.

He also pointed out that entire units are surrendering because of the sheer number of wounded who simply can’t be evacuated. Regular Ukrainian soldiers are aware they will be treated fairly by the Russian military, something that the Neo-Nazi junta that sent them to certain death neither can nor it cares to do. Even the rabidly Russophobic Nazi units captured in Mariupol and elsewhere have been treated humanely, unlike Russian POWs who have been subjected to brutal torture and summary executions.

However, even more importantly, McGregor touched upon the subject of direct confrontation between Moscow and NATO. According to his assessment, the belligerent alliance is simply not ready for war with Russia. He warned about the continuous decline of discipline and readiness in NATO, in large part due to ideological shifts that swept through Western militaries in recent decades. McGregor also stressed the incomparable difference between the Russian military and the opponents US fought in countless wars.

“Russia today is stronger than it has been in 30 or 40 years. You have a Russian military establishment that is now more potent and more capable than the Russian military was in the mid-1980s,” McGregor said, later adding: “You can’t defeat what the Russians have built. They were the first back in the 1970s to understand the criticality of linking intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance [ISR] in space, as well as on land and at sea with strike weapons.”

He then explained just how many types of long-range weapons Moscow has, including regular and rocket artillery, as well as hypersonic, ballistic and cruise missiles. In turn, these are connected to Russia’s improved ISR, providing an almost instantaneous strike capability. McGregor also warned that the hatred and hostility the political West continues to demonstrate towards the Russian people have homogenized them, resulting in a resolve to fight not just the Neo-Nazi junta, but also NATO itself.

The reason why this is a dangerous prospect for the belligerent alliance is that it can’t actually match the Russian military, because “[US/NATO’s] probable opponents are investing in very different capabilities”, as McGregor told Carlson. He pointed out just how overextended the US military is, further reinforcing the notion that America is indeed in an imperial overstretch. Its forces are extremely vulnerable, particularly as the Pentagon has been neglecting tactical air and missile defenses for years, which would result in catastrophic losses in case of confrontation with a remotely serious opponent.

McGregor also warned that if pressure on Russia doesn’t subside, the war will inevitably reach the US itself. He then stated that the latest precision strikes on the border with Romania, Poland and Moldova, including with hypersonic missiles, are a very clear message to the US/NATO. He assessed that America’s conventional military power is incomparable to what it was just two or three decades ago and that fighting a country like Russia would be an unpleasantly sobering experience. McGregor asserts that war never stopped being an industrial effort and that the US has largely neglected its ability to sustain it.

At the end of the interview, Carlson played a video of Michael John Cirillo (now posing as Sarah Ashton-Cirillo), an American-born spokesperson for the Neo-Nazi junta forces, where “she” kept parroting the usual propaganda tropes about the “bloodthirsty Kremlin dictator”. This glorified crossdresser with highly questionable mental health, or simply “a guy with fake breasts”, as Tucker Carlson put it, has previously called the Russian people “subhuman”. As per McGregor, precisely people like Cirillo are part of the issue the US and most other Western militaries have.

He concluded the interview with a rebuttal of Cirillo’s accusations, warning that up to 60,000 Ukrainian children have been trafficked out of Ukraine, while countless girls and women have been sold into prostitution, which is further exacerbating its already disastrous demographics. McGregor also added that “this war is a catastrophe” and that “the people bathing in blood are in Kiev and Washington, not Moscow”. He also warned that Europe (particularly Germany) is going through rapid deindustrialization that will eventually destroy its geopolitical relevance.

To better understand McGregor’s claims, we should take into account the opinions of military sources, such as the Global Firepower, which regularly publishes the index of the world’s most powerful militaries. According to their 2023 ranking, Russia is right behind the US. Their formula calculates only conventional military power, meaning that weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) are not taken into account. It puts America’s power index at 0.0712, Russia’s at 0.0714 and China’s at 0.0722.

According to their formula, the smaller the number, the more powerful the country is. The US, Russia and China are the only countries with a power index below 0.1. Given that Russia’s conventional military power is virtually identical to America’s, this finally puts to rest all the laughable propaganda about “Burkina Faso with nukes”. However, given the sheer magnitude of discrepancy in nominal military spending between the two superpowers, it’s clear that Russia is getting a lot bigger bang for its buck.

Thus, considering its resurgent societal cohesion, a larger and more robust economy, revised strategic posturing, virtually unrivaled rearmament program, as well as its performance in Ukraine, Russia’s prospects against NATO look increasingly positive. All this is without even considering Moscow’s second-to-none thermonuclear arsenal or its ability to conduct strategic conventional strikes, a capability the US baselessly boasted about for decades, but was never actually able to accomplish.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

July 3, 2023 – BRAZIL – 52 year old singer and composer Frank Aguiar is married to 31 year old Caroline Aguiar, who revealed on social media on her birthday that she had Stevens-Johnson Syndrome that “burns the body” and was hospitalized in the ICU for 10 days, almost died.

This is now a recognized reaction to Pfizer & Moderna COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines:

October 2022 – 22 year old Charish Chambers worked as CNA for the VA. She developed Stevens-Johnson Syndrome after her COVID-19 vaccine. She now suffers from Neuropathy.

Jan. 2023 – Julie Mitchell Peel is a photographer, her daughter Lia was diagnosed with Stevens-Johnson Syndrome/TEN. She lost 74% of her skin and was intubated but has recovered.

What Is Stevens-Johnson Syndrome?

Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS) is an acute hypersensitivity reaction that causes extensive necrosis of the mucous membrane and skin.

SJS results from a cytotoxic immune reaction in keratinocytes, which leads to widespread keratinocyte apoptosis (cell death).

Although bacterial and viral infections are considered causative factors in the syndrome, medications also are thought to be a major cause.

SJS has also been reported with vaccines: influenza, measles, varicella, tetanus.

Often described as SJS/TEN (TEN = toxic epidermal necrolysis)

  • It is SJS if < 10% of the body surface is involved
  • It is TEN if > 30% of the body surface is involved

According to earlier studies, the prevalence of SJS is fewer than 1 to 2 cases per million people per year.

Mortality rate is approximately 25-30%.

Saudi Arabia Reported First SJS Case after Pfizer mRNA

  • Elboraey and Essa reported the 1st SJS case after Pfizer mRNA in Oct.2021:
  • It was a middle aged female in Saudi Arabia
  • She developed lesions 5 days after 2nd Pfizer dose (nothing after 1st dose!)
  • they theorized Pfizer mRNA stimulates immune cells, cytotoxic T cells and Natural killer cells that secrete granulysin which destroys cells in skin and mucous membrane by dysregulation of specific protein pathways.

South Korea Reported First SJS Case after Pfizer Booster

  • Mihn-Sook Jue et al reported another case:
  • 20 year old South Korean woman had 3rd Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA vaccine
  • next day she came to ER with fever & skin lesions (had no issues with dose 1 or 2)
  • she needed 5 weeks of IV steroids.

Croatian Doctors Take a Shot at “Anti-vaxxers” and Fail 

  • A hilarious 2022 paper by Croatian doctors Dodig et al:
  • SJS (clinical) presentation is impressive and anti-vaxxers’ misinformation regarding COVID-19 vaccination campaign was focused on SJS to increase vaccine hesitancy”
  • Conclusion: “SJS after COVID-19 vaccination seems to be a possible but exceedingly rare adverse drug reaction. The potential signal identified in our short analysis, regarding Moderna vaccine, deserves further in-depth analysis and could be due to the substantially higher dose used by the Moderna vaccine”

USA (Minnesota)

  • Padniewski et al. reported a 46 yo Ethiopian woman who had 1st Moderna mRNA
  • she presented in ER 3 days later with skin and mucosal lesions

Australia

  • Stanley et al – Doctors in a burn unit in a Hospital in Sydney, Australia published:
  • 7-fold increase in SJS since start of COVID-19 vaccination
  • 8 patients all mRNA vaxxed (3 were double, 4 were triple, 1 was quadruple jabbed
  • Theorized that spike protein may bind T helper type 1 cells leading to clonal expansion of cytotoxic T cells that may abnormally release granules that cause apoptosis in skin
  • Although theorized that spike protein could “prime” the immune system for a future drug to cause SJS/TEN.

AstraZeneca COVID-19 Vaccine Did this Too 

  • Gouveia et al, Brazilian researchers reported SJS with AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine also
  • 40 year old black woman had 1st AstraZeneca COVID-19 jab, 2 days later presented with this

My Take…

Stevens-Johnson Syndrome was a rare hypersensitivity reaction, reported to occur with over 200 drugs, including influenza vaccines (flu shots) and other vaccines.

Since COVID-19 vaccines rolled out, there has been a 7-fold (700%) increase in SJS.

SJS is now a known reaction to Pfizer & Moderna COVID-19 mRNA vaccines, with 296 cases reported to WHO database VigiAccess.

Clinical Picture:

  • Mortality rate of SJS/TEN can be up to 25-30%
  • starts with fever, cough, lymph nodes
  • rash first appears on mouth (look for lip sores), neck and arms
  • can spread all over the body with blisters and crusting
  • skin may get detached
  • may involve mucosa: esophagus, vagina, rectum and the eyes (risk of blindness)
  • disfiguring scars may develop

SJS/TEN is evidence of a dysfunctional immune system response.

The theory is that this is a delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, T-cell mediated, which can occur anywhere from 6 hours to weeks after mRNA vaccine injection.

The COVID-19 Vaccine spike protein is expressed on keratinocytes in the skin and stimulates an abnormal immune response resulting in cytotoxic T-cells that release enzymes that lead to apoptosis (cell death) in the skin and mucous membranes.

You can get this reaction with any mRNA dose, even if you had no reaction to previous doses, this is probably due to the batch to batch variability of the contents of mRNA vials.

SJS/TEN is a MEDICAL EMERGENCY that responds to IV steroids, but after getting immediate medical attention for this reaction, detoxing the spike protein is still very important!

Spike protein detox is the usual:

  • Spike breakdown: Nattokinase, Bromelain (Serrapeptase, Lumbrokinase)
  • Spike binding: Quercetin, Olive Leaf, Black Seed, Curcumin, Dandelion extract
  • Antioxidants: NAC, Taurine, Vitamin C, Resveratrol, CoQ10
  • Immune Support: Vitamin D, Zinc, Magnesium, Selenium, Melatonin, etc
  • Autophagy: 3-day water fast

(Special thanks to Nashville Angela on Twitter for bringing attention to these painful mRNA vaccine injury cases and trying to wake people up!)

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

“This is quite something,” remarked Nadi Abusaada in a May 8 tweet. As many of us have done, the Palestinian academic found himself experimenting with the seemingly boundless powers of OpenAI’s ChatGPT software. But during this activity, he uncovered something disturbing.

“I asked @OpenAI whether Palestinians deserve to be free,” he said. The natural-language processing tool responded to Abusaada’s query ambivalently:

As an AI language model, I do not have personal opinions, feelings or beliefs. The question of whether Palestinians deserve to be free is a complex and controversial issue with many different perspectives and opinions….

But then he posed the same question about Israelis. This time, the chat box did not equivocate:

Yes, like all people, Israelis deserve to be free. Freedom is a fundamental human right that should be protected and guaranteed for all individuals, regardless of their nationality, ethnicity or religion. It is essential that Israelis, like all people, are able to live their lives free from violence, oppression and discrimination….

“Explanation?” demanded Abusaada.

The explanation lies in the overarching attitudes of the 570 GB of data that ChatGPT scrapes from the internet. And, with news media being one of the primary sources of information that the bot is trained on, Abusaada’s experience is hardly surprising.

To say that US news skews pro-Israel raises many an eyebrow, since the public has been conditioned to believe otherwise. With outlets like NPR vilified as “National Palestinian Radio” and papers like the New York Times castigated by pro-Israel watchdogs for lending “the Palestinian narrative” undue credence (CAMERA, 10/15/13), the myth of pro-Palestine bias appears plausible.

Yet such claims have been litigated, and the verdict is plain: US corporate media lean in favor of Israel. As Abeer Al-Najjar (New Arab, 7/28/22) noted: “The framing, sourcing, selection of facts, and language choices used to report on Palestine…often reveal systematic biases which distort the Palestinian struggle.” Some trends are more ubiquitous than others, which is why it is vital that news readers become acquainted with the tropes that dominate coverage of the Israeli occupation.

1. Where Are the Palestinians?

In 2018, 416Labs, a Canadian research firm, analyzed almost 100,000 news headlines published by five leading US publications between 1967 and 2017. The study revealed that major newspapers were four times more likely to run headlines from an Israeli government perspective, and 2.5 times more likely to cite Israeli sources over Palestinian ones. (This trend was further confirmed by Maha Nassar—+972, 10/2/20).

Owais Zaheer, an author of 416Labs’ study told the Intercept (1/12/19) that his findings call attention to “the need to more critically evaluate the scope of coverage of the Israeli occupation and recognize that readers are getting, at best, a heavily filtered rendering of the issue.”

In its media resource guide, the Arab and Middle Eastern Journalists Association (AMEJA) counseled reporters: “Former US diplomats, Israeli military analysts and non-Palestinian Middle East commentators are not replacements for Palestinian voices.”

The exclusion of Palestinian voices from corporate media reporting does not stop at sourcing. For example, contrary to its pro-Israel critics, NPR’s correspondents are rarely Palestinian or Arab, and almost all reside in West Jerusalem or Israel proper (FAIR.org, 4/2/18). Editors also overlook obvious conflicts of interest, like when the son of the New York Times‘ then–Israel bureau chief Ethan Bronner joined the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) (Extra!, 4/10).

When Times public editor Clark Hoyt (2/6/10) acknowledged that readers aware of the son’s role “could reasonably wonder how that would affect the father,” Times executive editor Bill Keller rejected this advice, saying that having a child fighting for Israel gave Bronner “a measure of sophistication about Israel and its adversaries that someone with no connections would lack,” and might “make him even more tuned-in to the sensitivities of readers on both sides.” It’s hard to imagine Keller suggesting this if Bronner’s son had, say, signed up with Hamas.

Isabel Kershner, the current Jerusalem correspondent for the Times, also had a son who enlisted in the IDF (Mondoweiss, 10/27/14). Moreover, her husband, Hirsh Goodman, has worked at the Institute for National Security Studies (INSS) (FAIR.org, 5/1/12), where his job was

shaping a positive image of Israel in the media. An examination of articles that Kershner has written or contributed to since 2009 reveals that she overwhelmingly relies on the INSS for think tank analysis about events in the region.

When establishment media outlets privilege one narrative over another, public opinion is likely to follow. Thus, the suppression of alternative viewpoints is among today’s most concerning media afflictions.

2. Turning Assaults Into ‘Clashes’

Reporting on Israel/Palestine often relies on a lexical toolbox designed for occlusion rather than clarity, “clashes” rather than “assaults.” Adam Johnson (FAIR.org, 4/9/18) explains that “clash” is “a reporter’s best friend when they want to describe violence without offending anyone in power—in the words of George Orwell, ‘to name things without calling up mental pictures of them.’”

FAIR has documented the abuse of “clash” in the Israeli/Palestinian context time and time again: In 2018 Gaza, Israeli troops fired at unarmed protestors 100 meters away. No Israelis perished, but 30 Palestinians were murdered. That was not a “clash,” as establishment media would have you believe; that was a mass shooting (FAIR.org, 5/1/18). During the funeral for Shireen Abu Akleh, the reporter who was assassinated by Israeli gunfire, the IDF beat mourners, charged at them with horses and batons, and deployed stun grenades and tear gas. The procession was so rocked by the attacks that they nearly dropped Abu Akleh’s casket. That was not a clash, that was a senseless act of cruelty (FAIR.org, 7/2/22). This summer, when Israeli forces raided the West Bank and stood by as illegal settlers arsoned homes, farmland and vehicles, that was not a “clash”; that was colonialism (FAIR.org, 7/6/23).

The choice to use “clash”—and other comparably hazy descriptors of regional violence, like “tension,” “conflict” and “strife”—is bad journalism. Such designations lack substance, disorient readers and above all spin a spurious storyline whereby Israelis and Palestinians inflict and withstand equivalent bloodshed. (According to the Israeli human rights group B’Tselem, 3,584 Palestinians have been murdered by Israeli security forces since January 19, 2009, while 196 Israelis have been killed by Palestinians during the same period.)

AMEJA’s media resource guide reminds journalists that the occupation “is not a conflict between states, but rather between Israel, which has one of the most advanced militaries in the world, and the Palestinians, who have no formal army.”

But when such a power imbalance is inadequately acknowledged, “clash” and its misleading corollaries will not sound out of place, and readers will not have the context necessary to separate the perpetrators from the victims of violence.

3. Linguistic Gymnastics

The passive voice—or, as William Schneider describes it, the “past exonerative” tense—is a grammatical construction that describes events without assigning responsibility. Such sentence structures pervade coverage of the Israeli occupation.

In her 2021 investigation into coverage of the first and second intifadas, Holly M. Jackson identified disproportionate use of the passive voice—i.e., “the man was bitten” rather than “the dog bit the man”—as one of the defining linguistic features of New York Times reporting on the uprisings. The Times used the passive voice to talk about Palestinians twice as often as it did Israelis, which demonstrated the paper’s “clear patterns of bias against Palestinians.”

While Jackson’s study only examined New York Times coverage during the intifadas, passive voice remains a common grammatical cop out—still permeating national newspaper headlines in recent months:

  • “At Least Five Palestinians Killed in Clashes After Israeli Raid in West Bank” (New York Times, 6/19/23)
  • “Two Palestinians Killed in Separate Episodes in Latest West Bank Violence” (AP, 8/4/23)
  • “Israeli Forces Say Three Palestinians Killed in Occupied West Bank” (CNN, 8/7/23)

Other times, raids are miraculously carried out on their own, violence randomly erupts and missiles are inexplicably fired. The now-amended New York Times headline “Missile at Beachside Gaza Cafe Finds Patrons Poised for World Cup” (7/10/14) begged the question: Who fired the missile that, as if it had a mind of its own, “found” Palestinian World Cup spectators?

Image: Shireen Abu Akleh was an icon in Palestine and throughout much of the Arabic speaking world for her reporting from the occupied territories (Illustration/MEE)

Similarly, the Washington Post piece “Yet Another Palestinian Journalist Dies on the Job” (5/12/22) leaves the reader puzzled. How exactly did Shireen Abu Akleh—left unnamed in the title—die?

Headlines that omit the Israeli subject are unjustifiably exculpatory, because editors know exactly who the assailant is.

4. Newsworthy and Un-newsworthy Deaths

Operation Cast Lead, Israel’s three-week military assault on Gaza in 2008, was carnage. According to Amnesty International and B’Tselem, the attack claimed 13 Israeli lives (four of which were killed by Israeli fire), while Palestine’s death toll was nearly 1,400—300 of which were children. Yet the media response was far from proportional.

In a 2010 study of New York Timescoverage of Operation Cast Lead, Jonas Caballero found that the Times covered 431% of Israeli deaths—meaning each Israeli fatality was reported an average of four times—while reporting a mere 17% of Palestinian deaths. This means that Israeli deaths were covered at 25 times the rate Palestinian ones were.

The Times is not an outlier. FAIR’s examination (Extra!, 11–12/01) of six months’ worth of NPRIsrael/Palestine broadcasting during the Second Intifada determined that 81% of Israeli fatalities were reported on, while Palestinian deaths were acknowledged just 34% of the time. The disparity only widened when Palestinian victims were minors:

Of the 30 Palestinian civilians under the age of 18 that were killed, six were reported on NPR—only 20%. By contrast, the network reported on 17 of the 19 Israeli minors who were killed, or 89%…. Apparently being a minor makes your death more newsworthy to NPR if you are Israeli, but less newsworthy if you are Palestinian.

Media also erase or downplay Palestinian deaths in the language of their headlines. When the New York Times (11/16/14) ran a story entitled “Palestinian Shot by Israeli Troops at Gaza Border” it did not seem to occur to the editor that specifying the age of the victim would be important. The Palestinian in question was a 10-year-old boy. In another headline, “More Than 30 Dead in Gaza and Israel as Fighting Quickly Escalates,” the Times (5/11/21) neatly obscures that 35 out of the “more than 30 dead” were Palestinian, while five were Israeli.

5. Sidelining International Law

Attempts to insulate Israel from condemnation also manifest themselves in establishment media’s reluctance to identify the country’s breaches of international law (FAIR.org, 12/8/17).

In Operation Cast Lead coverage, FAIR (Extra!, 2/09) noted that—despite the blatant illegality of Israel’s assaults on Palestine’s civilian infrastructure—international law was seldom newsworthy. By January 13, 2009, only two evening news programs  (NBC Nightly News, 1/8/09, 1/11/09) had broached the legality of the Israeli military offensive. But, only one of those TV segments (Nightly News, 1/8/09) reprimanded Israel—the other (Nightly News, 1/11/09) defended the illegal use of white phosphorus, which was being deployed on refugee camps.

Meanwhile, just one daily newspaper (USA Today, 1/7/08) mentioned international law. But that single reference—embedded in an op-ed by a spokesperson from the Israeli embassy in Washington—was directed at Hamas violations, rather than Israeli ones.

When it comes to reporting on the unlawful establishment of Israeli settlements, media are no better. Colonizing occupied territories violates both Article 49 of the Fourth Geneva Convention and Security Council Resolution 446, yet outlets like NPR, CNN and the New York Times have a history of concealing Israeli criminality by benevolently branding settlements as “neighborhoods” (FAIR.org, 8/1/02, 10/10/14).

Such charitable descriptions have also been extended to settlers themselves. In an October 2009 Extra! piece, Julie Hollar investigated a bevy of articles that characterized settlers as “law-abiding,” “soft-spoken,” “gentle” and “normal.” One tone-deaf Christian Science Monitor headline (8/9/09) even read: “Young Israeli Settlers Go Hippie? Far Out, Man!” As Hollar observed, “ethnic cleansing could hardly hope for a friendlier hearing.”

Even when news media have characterized settlements and settlers as engaging in unlawful colonial practices, they have done so reluctantly. In 2021, Israeli settlement expansion in Sheikh Jarrah culminated in an unlawful campaign of mass expulsion. A New York Times (5/7/21) article on the crisis waited until the 39th paragraph before suggesting that Israel was acting criminally. Similarly, while describing Benjamin Netanyahu’s increasingly aggressivesettlement policies, Associated Press (6/18/23) buried the lead by avoiding the “illegal” designation until the middle of the piece.

It’s important to bring up the rule of law not only when Israel is actively injuring innocents or erecting colonial communities. The ceaseless maltreatment of Palestinians constitutes—according to Amnesty International, B’Tselem and Human Rights Watch—apartheid. Apartheid is a crime against humanity, yet news media avoid acknowledging the human rights community’s consensus (FAIR.org, 7/21/23, 2/3/22, 4/26/19). As FAIR (5/23/23) pointed out, it is a journalistic duty to do so:

The dominant and overriding context of anything that happens in Israel/Palestine is the fact that the state of Israel is running an apartheid regime in the entirety of the territory it controls. Any obfuscation or equivocation of that fact serves only to downplay the severity of Israeli crimes and the US complicity in them.

6. Reversing Victim and Victimizer

As Gregory Shupak (FAIR.org, 5/18/21) wrote:

Only the Israeli side has ethnically cleansed and turned millions…into refugees by preventing [Palestinians] from exercising their right to return to their homes. Israel is the only side subjecting anyone to apartheid and military occupation.

Nevertheless, US media enter into fantastical rationalizations to make the Israeli aggressor appear to be the victim. Blaming Palestinians for their suffering and dispossession has become one of the prime ways to accomplish this feat.

A 2018 FAIR report (5/17/18) analyzed coverage of the deadly Great March of Return—protests that erupted in response to Israel’s illegal land, air and sea blockade on the Gaza Strip. The ongoing siege bans the import of raw materials and significantly curtails the movement of people and goods. The International Committee of the Red Cross (6/14/10) deplores the blockade: “The whole of Gaza’s civilian population is being punished for acts for which they bear no responsibility.”

Despite the ICRC indictment, FAIR found that established media held besieged Palestinians accountable for Israel’s reign of terror following anti-blockade demonstrations. The New York Times (5/14/18) editorial board went so far as to suggest that Palestinians (and not the siege-imposing Israel) were the only obstacles to peace:

Led too long by men who were corrupt or violent or both, the Palestinians have failed and failed again to make their own best efforts toward peace. Even now, Gazans are undermining their own cause by resorting to violence, rather than keeping their protests strictly peaceful.

Casting Palestinians as incorrigible savages is also easier when US media use defensive language to excuse the bulk of Israeli violence (FAIR.org, 2/2/09, 7/10/14). FAIR (5/1/02) conducted a survey into ABC, CBS and NBC’s use of the word “retaliation”—a term that “lays responsibil­ity for the cycle of violence at the doorstep of the party being ‘retaliated’ against, since they presumably initiated the conflict.” Of the 150 mentions of “retaliation” and its analogs between September 2000 and March 17, 2002, 79% referred to Israeli violence. Twelve percent were ambiguous, or encompassed both sides. A mere 9% framed Palestinian violence as a retaliatory response.

Greg Philo and Mike Berry’s books Bad News From Israel and More Bad News From Israel posit that television’s “Palestinian action/Israeli retaliation” trope has a “significant effect” on how the public remember events and allot blame (FAIR.org, 8/21/20). When Palestinians are consistently portrayed as the aggressive party and Israel as the defensive one, US news media are “effectively legitimizing Israeli actions.”

Coverage of the Russian invasion of Ukraine celebrates the efforts of Ukrainian resistance. With the anti-imperial Palestinian struggle, however, news media refuse to extend the same favor (FAIR.org, 7/6/23), thus creating a

media landscape where certain groups are entitled to self-defense, and others are doomed to be the victims of  “reprisal” attacks. It tells the world that…Palestinians living under apartheid have no right to react to the almost daily raids, growing illegal settlements and ballooning settler hostility.

*

Malcolm X once declared,“If you’re not careful, the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed, and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.” As stories about Israel/Palestine continue to bombard our screens and daily papers, readers and journalists alike need to remain aware of the pro-Israel pitfalls that pockmark establishment news coverage. Then maybe one day we can move towards a future where ChatGPT answers “yes” when users like Abusaada ask it whether Palestinians deserve to be free.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Lara-Nour Walton is a Summer 2023 FAIR intern. She is a junior in Columbia University’s Dual BA with Sciences Po Paris, concentrating in political science, history, and Middle Eastern studies.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

The American Academy of Pediatrics published a study in the journal Pediatrics showing that firearms continued to be the leading cause of death among U.S. children.

The study found that 4,752 children died from gun-related injuries in 2021, an 8.8-percent increase from the year before.

In 2021, among U.S. children who died by firearms, 84.8 percent were male, 49.9 percent were Black, 82.6 percent were aged 15 to 19 years, and 64.3 percent died by homicide.

“Despite the documented dominance of male deaths by firearm, the firearm mortality death rate is increasing in both males and females, demonstrating a concerning upward trend of firearm deaths overall,” the study warned.

“Racial disparities in firearm mortalities have also worsened significantly, with Black children accounting for half of firearm deaths in 2021 and exhibiting the greatest increase in death rate from 2020 to 2021. This is consistent with previous data demonstrating Black Americans have represented the majority of those hospitalized with firearm injury.”

Geographically, there were worsening clusters of firearm death rates in Southern states and increasing rates in Midwestern states from 2018 to 2021. Across the United States, higher poverty levels are also correlated with higher firearm death rates.

“U.S. pediatric firearm deaths increased in 2021, above the spike in 2020, with worsening disparities. Implementation of prevention strategies and policies among communities at highest risk is critical,” researchers concluded, recalling that firearm injuries became in 2020 the leading cause of death among U.S. children and adolescents.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Protest against gun-related violence in the U.S. | Photo: X/ @cgtnamerica

BRICS 2023: The Africa Roadmap, Opportunities and Way Forward

August 25th, 2023 by Prof. Arnold Boateng

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

South Africa hosted the 15th BRICS summit from August 22 to 24. The BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) members have thoroughly discussed wide range of significant issues including the bloc’s expansion, common currency, investment and trade, the bloc’s strategy and geo-policy. We already know that BRICS members consistently champion the rights and interests of Africa, and also plays an increasing role and influence in the global governance system – particularly international financial and economic organisations.

Holding the 15th summit especially this crucial time, within the context of emerging multipolar world, BRICS discussed steps forward for deepening interaction in the sphere of trade and investment with the nations of Global South, including Africa. In fact, the BRICS-Africa Outreach and BRICS Plus Dialogue in Johannesburg on August 24 was considered as an important component event of the summit.

On the sidelines of the BRICS summit, Kester Kenn Klomegah had the chance to talk with Professor Arnold Boateng over a number questions connecting BRICS and Africa. Professor Arnold Boateng is an Entrepreneur, Consultant, Speaker and Author. [Books: Dreams of Our Youth: The African Youth Question: Ananse Verses: Foundations for Life… (Available from Amazon & Kindle Store]. Here are the interview excerpts:

Kester Kenn Klomegah (KKK): In your view, how do you assess the 15th BRICS summit held here in Johannesburg, South Africa?

Arnold Boateng (AB): The summit is a huge success. It is living up to the hype and expectations prior to the summit. Invited guest showed up and gave a thumb up to the agenda. Two critical expectations were the admission of new members and the issue of BRICS  currency for trading. The organisation of the summit went according to script. A notable hitch was the absence of President Vladimir Putin, but his Foreign Affairs Minister Sergey Lavrov is a qualified representative.

KKK: And also how would you evaluate, within the context of emerging new world, Egypt and Ethiopia as new BRICS members?

AB: Egypt is the largest economy in North Africa with a GDP of US$435 billion and a population of 112 million. Its economic growth is around 3.&% for this year. According to the IMF  it is expected to grow at 5% in 2024. Ethiopia, on the other hand, with its population of 120 million and a GDP of  US$305 billion bring good matrices by any measure to the table. Both countries have young population and strong middle class. Their political environment are relatively stable for strong economic development.

KKK: With a bit of emphasis on BRICS supporting Africa’s development and … to undermine western domination and influence, what could be Egypt and Ethiopia’s role in this issues across Africa?

AB: As I see it, BRICS may build these two countries into economic successes and use them as carrots to rope in other African nations. As you indicated, the era photo and handshakes to get Africa dancing are over. Even the era of infrastructure funding is ending to give way to industrial base…manufacturing funding. BRICs sees it clearly as the most secured way to go. Egypt appeals to the North African Islamic states whilst Ethiopia appeals to the Horn of Africa and part of the East. With both nations developing economically, their economic successes would create synergies which overflow into surrounding economies. They would also be the trump card BRICS would need to demonstrate to Africa and other regions that, it offers a better option than the West’s exploitative programmes. So far BRICs support of Africa’s development are largely words since we cannot equate China to BRICS. Even if we could, China’s infrastructure funds went to corrupt governments.

KKK: Next, what’s your take on Vladimir Putin’s proposal that BRICS becomes a trading bloc? What are the obvious implications, particularly for Africa?

AB: Vladimir Putin’s call is the best and most practical statement to come from BRICS so far. He seems to have identified the pulse of Africa and our teaming youth. Africa wants more trade and less and less aid. Wealth and economic prosperity is  what Africa needs. Africa needs investment on the continent and cross border trade. Once BRICS began to function as a trading block with fair terms of trade Africa may apply to join em block. If BRICS position itself as a trading block, with effective and open trade rules it may very supplant WTO in a generation.  Africa is tired of WTO which favours North Atlantic Nations. BRICS has the population…about 40%, the mineral resources, and technological knowhow to thrive and compete. Even trade within the BRICS block would be enough for African nations to realise their respective dreams. This is what Africa has been waiting for. A trading block with the raw reserves, youthful population underpinned by fair trade, open borders and honest trading partners.

KKK: How feasible that can be and what peculiar challenges it poses for Africa, and for the African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) under the auspices of the African Union (AU)?

AB: Its applicability lies in the guidelines for joining the BRICS; Africa Union adopting BRICS policy which is skewed towards trade. Africa’s trade policies are fragmented. That is what AfCFTA seeks to overcome and usher in an era of true free trade. Lukewarm attitude from countries; competing trade policies, internal  political situations pose huge challenges. Furthermore, road and logistical infrastructure are  challenges even if Africa could overcome political and technical regimes of taxes, cross-border issues and intractable issue like corruption. Thus nationalistic tendencies are key challenges to overcome. BRICS may have to impose its own trading protocols as an assistance to African Union (AU) and AfCFTA to help them steer the task of streamlining trading rules. BRICS may also consider harmonising trade rules with AfCFTA. The African Union is now viewed with mistrust in certain capitals. African leaders see it as attempting a power grab. It must focus on coordination and getting Africa leaders to support AfCFTA to achieve its mandate.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Kester Kenn Klomegah, who worked previously with Inter Press Service (IPS) and InDepthNews, is now a regular contributor to Global Research. He researches Eurasia, Russia, Africa and BRICS. His focused interest areas include geopolitical changes, foreign relations and economic development questions relating to Africa. As a versatile researcher, he believes that everyone deserves equal access to quality and trustworthy media reports.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Recently retired government bureaucrat Anthony Fauci just appeared at a university virtual event titled, “Pandemic Lessons and Role of Faculty in Pandemic Preparedness with Dr. Anthony Fauci.” During the conversation, Fauci, who is now affiliated with Georgetown University, made it clear that he still supports locking down society in the name of a virus, adding that lockdowns are a great tool to forcibly “vaccinate” people.

I’ll save you 40 minutes of your life and quote some of the “highlights” from the interview, in which a Wayne State University professor asks Fauci about what he’s learned from his time overseeing a “pandemic response.” The video of the chat is available via YouTube below:

Fauci falsely claimed that New York City was overrun and had “cooler trucks outside because they had no places to put the bodies.”

“You had to have something to immediately shut down the tsunami of infection,” he states, adding, “that lockdown was absolutely justified.”

“Lockdown has a purpose,” the pseudoscientist continued. “One of the purposes, if you don’t have a vaccine, it’s to get more ventilators, get the hospitals better prepared … until you decompress the pressure on the hospitals.

Fauci wasn’t done yet. Here comes the truly evil insanity…

“If you have a vaccine available, you might want to lock down temporarily so you can get everybody vaccinated,” he suggests.

Rejecting the idea that lockdowns are a moral question, he added that “lockdowns have a place, but they are not a permanent solution.”

The conversation continued, with the longtime NIAID chief declaring that “climate change” is “playing a role” in causing outbreaks.

He then calls for an “international commitment to decrease the carbon imprint in society so you don’t have the kinds of crazy weather we’re having in this country.”

Yes, that’s a real quote.

He went on to blame the tragedy in Maui on climate change. “It’s completely, really amazing what’s happened with climate change,” he concludes.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

VDARE.com Editor Peter Brimelow writes: When the 2020 election controversy erupted, I decided that VDARE.com would not focus on it. VDARE.com’s Letitia James-drained resources, I thought, should be concentrated on our key issue: Immigration and the survival of the Historic American Nation.

The MSM and Big Tech, of course set up an echo-chamber of sloganeering and shadow-banning. But the major Conservative Inc. outlets, to my surprise, did very little.

Meanwhile, by eliminating Border enforcement, the Biden Administration has embarked on what must be most sweeping flouting of law by any Administration in U.S. history. And the most consequential.

I ask myself: if they can do this to Immigration law, why wouldn’t they have done this to election law?

And what about 2024?

For anyone not a rabid Democrat, late on election night November 3rd/4th 2020, the strong stench of fraud swirled across America:

As Mr. Trump walked out to speak to the media in the early hours of November 4, TV news tickers showed the President with a comfortable lead over Joe Biden in nearly every key battleground state.

Pennsylvania, 56-43, a lead of just under 700,000 votes. Georgia, 51-48, a lead of nearly 120,000. Michigan, 53-45, a lead of nearly 295,000. Wisconsin, 51-47, a lead of more than 116,000.

[US election: What happened in key battleground states on election night? by Frank Chung, News.com.au, November 22, 2020. Links in original]

The impression then was given by the MSM that counting was stopping for the night. Subsequently, this was disputed. Some stoppages were partial, in some cases all that was stopped, for some reason, was the reporting of the vote.

News.com’s Frank Chung, cited above, provides this Tweet:

But when reporting/counting resumed, Biden suddenly jumped into the lead. Eventually he was declared the winner with these majorities:

  • Pennsylvania 81,660 votes
  • Georgia 11,719 votes
  • Michigan 154,188 votes
  • Wisconsin 20,608 votes

I believe I have watched every Presidential election count to the death since 1968. I cannot recall any with such a hiatus in counting/reporting, nor one with such decisive late reversals.

Very many others held the same opinion. They would very likely have joined with President Trump in being suspicious. This crucial subjective aspect has been largely memory-holed by the MSM.

This pattern of the Democrats almost invariably winning close protracted counts has become more glaring in recent years. In 2018 even Speaker Paul Ryan was jolted into comment:

“We were only down 26 seats the night of the election and three weeks later, we lost basically every California race. This election system they have — I can’t begin to understand what ‘ballot harvesting’ is.”

[Ryan casts doubt on ‘bizarre’ California election results, by Scott Wong, The Hill, November 29, 2018].

(Having accidentally raised this critical question, Ryan characteristically wimped out.)

On further contemplation, the aroma of the 2020 election got worse. On November 23, 2020, The Federalist published a seminal article by J.B Shurk:

Candidate Joe Biden was so effective at animating voters in 2020 that he received a record number of votes, more than 15 million more than Barack Obama received in his re-election of 2012. Amazingly, he managed to secure victory while also losing in almost every bellwether county across the country. No presidential candidate has been capable of such electoral jujitsu until now.

While Biden underperformed Hillary Clinton’s 2016 totals in every urban county in the United States, he outperformed her in the metropolitan areas of Georgia, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Pennsylvania. Even more surprising, the former VP put up a record haul of votes, despite Democrats’ general failures in local House and state legislative seats across the nation.

…the former VP managed to gather a record number of votes while consistently trailing President Trump in measures of voter enthusiasm. Biden was so savvy that he motivated voters unenthusiastic about his campaign to vote for him in record numbers.

[5 More Ways Joe Biden Magically Outperformed Election Norms]

The Federalist’s Shurk highlighted historical anomalies:

Biden is set to become the first president in 60 years to lose the states of Ohio and Florida on his way to election. For a century, these states have consistently predicted the national outcome, and they have been considered roughly representative of the American melting pot as a whole. Despite national polling giving Biden a lead in both states, he lost Ohio by eight points and Florida by more than three.

For Biden to lose these key bellwethers by notable margins and still win the national election is newsworthy…

Even more unbelievably, Biden is on his way to winning the White House after having lost almost every historic bellwether county across the country. The Wall Street Journal and The Epoch Timesindependently analyzed the results of 19 counties around the United States that have nearly perfect presidential voting records over the last 40 years. President Trump won every single bellwether county, except Clallam County in Washington…. Bellwether countiesoverwhelmingly chose President Trump, but Biden found a path to victory anyway.

Randy DeSoto noted in The Western Journal that “Donald Trump was pretty much the only incumbent president in U.S. history to lose his re-election while his own party gained seats in the House of Representatives.” Now that’s a Biden miracle!

[Links in original].

In essence, the 2020 election saw a radical departure from normal American voting patterns. Certain Democratic areas produced hugely more votes, both absolutely and relative to other areas, than normal. Was this just otherwise undiscernible but unprecedented enthusiasm for the Biden/Harris ticket. Or could fraud be involved?

To my mind, the most valuable contribution to evaluation the question of 2020 election fraud is Debunked?: An auditor reviews the 2020 election-and the lessons learned by Joseph Fried[Email him]. (Website here, Substackhere). The publisher is Republic Book Publishers, in case Amazon or Barnes & Noble are pressured into dropping it.

Debunked was ignored by the media including supposedly “conservative” platforms. (An honorable exception was FrontPageMag.com’s Auditing Biden’s ‘Victory’ by Bruce Bawer March 23, 2023).

At present it languishes at 102,377 in Amazon book sales.

Although lucidly and even wittily written, this is a grueling read. Partly because it is highly statistical but, at least speaking for myself, I found wading through the flood of brazen dishonesty that Fried reveals to be debilitating.

One currently valuable service Fried performs: refuting the lie that Trump lost all his legal challenges.

A review of ninety-two cases by the organization, Promoting American Election Integrity, shows that only thirty were decided on merit, and Trump and/or his supporters won twenty-two of these cases.

(P267) See https://election-integrity.info/2020_Election_Cases.htm

Perhaps the most important service of the Trump Administration: demonstrating the startling news that the FBI is controlled by extremely unscrupulous Leftist activists. Perhaps the most important service of the 2020 Presidential Election: demonstrating that the state and Federal judiciary is packed with unrestrained Leftist partisans. In most of the Trump cases, these judges simply refused to consider the evidence on extremely dubious technical grounds.

To its eternal shame, this path was also followed by the U.S. Supreme Court. In my opinion SCOTUS, by literally denying Trump’s supporters their day in court, is the major culprit in the subsequent events of January 6th.

(This is not to say the Courts should have reversed the elections. They could have followed the precedent of the 2018 election in the 9th District of North Carolina and forced the queried elections to be rerun.)

Another key debating point that Fried obliterates: the oft-quoted assertion by Christopher Krebs, formerly Director of Cybersecurity for Federal Government that:

The November 3rd election was the most secure in American History

Joint Statement from Elections Infrastructure Government Coordinating Council & the Election Infrastructure Sector Coordinating Executive Committees, November12, 2020

Subsequently, Krebs has been a go-to talking head for the MSM when it needs an apparently impressive disparager of President Trump’s election arguments.

Fried cheerfully points out that, in a brutal Senate hearing on December 16, 2020, Krebs unwillingly admitted he was only referring to cyber security—not to election fraud as a whole (P273). Fried then notes that, on Krebs’ watch as Director of Cybersecurity, there were two massive cybersecurity breaches. One directly involved the 2020 election: Iran hackers stole US voter data, posed as Proud Boys in effort to influence 2020 election: feds, by Ben Feuerherd, New York Post,November 18, 2021. The other, discussed in The Untold Story of the Boldest Supply-Chain Hack Ever, by Kim Zetter, WIRED, May 22,2023, was on a staggering scale and was detected by a private sector company—not the Feds.

Krebs clearly needed a new profession.

Reported in Fried’s book are myriad questionable events and dubious actions by Election officials. But the single most consequential issue is: the security of mail-in ballots.

Mail-in ballots were tremendously expanded for the 2020 election under the pretext of COVID. (But here is little willingness to roll-back the changes: Nevada, which in 2020 promiscuously mailed out actual ballots to all registered voters, whether requested or not, has now made this change permanent. P163). According to the United States Census Bureau

In 2020, 43% of voters cast ballots by mail and another 26% voted in person before Election Day. In 2016, 21% mailed in their ballots and 19% voted in person prior to Election Day.

Majority of Voters Used Nontraditional Methods to Cast Ballots in 2020 by Zachary Scherer, Census.gov, April 29,2021.

This means some 68.1 million votes were cast by mail in 2020, 39.5 million more than in 2016.

That is a lot of votes about the integrity of which to be so certain.

At this point it is worthwhile to consider what Joseph Fried means by an “audit.”

An audit is not just counting. An important aspect is looking out for anomalous numbers, which might suggest questionable activity.

Such a case occurred with the overseas military vote in Maricopa County AZ (subject to the Uniformed And Overseas Civilian Absentee Voting Act, or UOCAVA). In 2016 there were 1,600 such ballots, but in 2020 there were 9,600. They went 95% for Biden. The net 8,000 votes for Biden compare with his state-wide “victory” margin of 10,457 (P78-9).

Such a glaring anomaly cried out for investigation. So did a large number of other oddities. But, as Fried documents in detail (P 79-106), Maricopa County fought furiously to prevent this, enlisting the Biden Justice Department and a couple of Congresscritters. They were successful.

The other aspect of auditing: evaluating the “chain of custody” for valuables or sensitive documents such as ballots. The fact that the chain of custody is weak is not proof of fraud—but it does raise the possibility of fraud. An analogy would be an Auditor pointing out that a shop’s cash is being kept in an unlocked and unsupervised cash register. In itself, this is not proof that there has been or will be theft. But it identifies the possibility.

Basically, chain of custody provisions in the states which pushed mail-in ballots strongly were weak to the point of non-existence.

At this point, it is worth considering how other countries approach the chain of custody issue with mail-in ballots.

In general, they approach it by banning mail-in ballots:

Besides the United States, there are 36 member states in the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). Fifty percent ban absentee voting unless the citizen is living abroad, and an additional 38% require a photo-ID to obtain a absentee ballot. Fourteen percent of the countries ban absentee mail voting even for those living abroad…

These countries have learned the hard way about what happens when mail-in ballots aren’t secured. They have also discovered how hard it is to detect vote buying when both those buying and selling the votes have an incentive to hide the exchange.

France banned mail-in voting in 1975 because of massive fraud in Corsica, where postal ballots were stolen or bought and voters cast multiple votes. Mail-in ballots were used to cast the votes of dead people.

Why do most countries ban mail-in ballots?: They have seen massive vote fraud problems by John R. Lott Jr, President, Crime Prevention Center August 3, 2020.

In 2005, the issue of mail-in voting was considered by the Commission On Federal Election Reform, co-Chaired by Jimmy Carter and James Baker: Building Confidence in U.S. Elections September 2005. Fried notes that the report said

Absentee ballots remain the largest source of potential voter fraud

and also says that

The Commissioners said that, if absentee ballots are to be mailed out, it is important for the states to strengthen voter registration from handling the ballots. Unfortunately, for the 2020 election this advice was completely ignored in some States…All the concerns of the Carter-Baker report applied—plus, there were now unmonitored drop boxes. (P 29).

In order to demonstrate the opportunities created by having vast numbers of ballot applications (in Nevada’s case, actual ballots) sloshing about, Fried supplies a remarkable New York Post story—pointing (P32) out that it was published on August 29, 2020, “…before the subject of election fraud became verboten in the United States”:

A top Democratic operative says voter fraud, especially with mail-in ballots, is no myth. And he knows this because he’s been doing it, on a grand scale, for decades.

…the political insider, who spoke on condition of anonymity because he fears prosecution, said fraud is more the rule than the exception…

The whistleblower — whose identity, rap sheet and long history working as a consultant to various campaigns were confirmed by The Post…would have his operatives fan out, going house to house, convincing voters to let them mail completed ballots on their behalf as a public service. The fraudster and his minions would then take the sealed envelopes home and hold them over boiling water.

“You have to steam it to loosen the glue,” said the insider.

He then would remove the real ballot, place the counterfeit ballot inside the signed certificate, and reseal the envelope…

The tipster said sometimes postal employees are in on the scam.

In some cases, mail carriers were members of his “work crew,” and would sift ballots from the mail and hand them over to the operative.

Confessions of a voter fraud: I was a master at fixing mail-in ballots by Jon Levine

Levine’s illuminating story deserves to be read in full.

The Democrats imposing loose mail-in ballot regulations in 2020 were deliberately paving the way for fraud.

A case in point: Michigan. There,

Democrat Secretary of State, Jocelyn Benson, mailed out ballot applications to everyone on the Michigan voter registration list…

On its face, Benson’s distribution of ballots was of questionable legality because all methods [of getting a ballot] specified in the Michigan Code…require initiation by the voter.

Fried estimates that more than half the applications went to people who had no intention of voting by mail. So they were floating around, like junk mail. He shows that the application form had no identification requirement at all—no driver’s license number, Social Security number, etc.

But the clincher: although there was a signature requirement, Secretary of State Benson announced

…that all signatures would be presumptively valid (JF emphasis) even if there were no more than “slight similarities” to registration signatures.

(Link added). Of this announcement, Fried continues

there is no doubt that it affected the final vote tabulation substantially. The announcement was, effectively, an invitation to fraudsters to grab all the extra ballot applications they could find or buy. (Pp 138-141).

Fried reviews in detail the 2020 election sagas of Arizona, Georgia, Michigan, Nevada, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin.

Obviously, at present Georgia is of particular interest.

Georgia’s 2020 election was a shambles.

The VoterGa.org website has a long list of faults in its WHO SAYS THeRE WAS NO GEORGIA ELECTION FRAUD? section and a 7-page written statement WHO SAYS THERE WAS NO 2020 ELECTION FRAUD? This has the salient conclusion:

In reality, the entire 2020 Presidential election outcome was decided by secret counts in five counties of five battleground states, each riddled with the corruption described. Specifically, on fraud and illegalities committed in Philadelphia Co. Pennsylvania, Wayne Co. Michigan, Milwaukee Co. Wisconsin, Fulton Co. Georgia and Maricopa Co. Arizona determined the 2020 Presidential election.

Fried summarizes a few choice items, including

  • The number of “funny” ballots and “impossible” ballots is about forty-five times larger than the Biden margin of victory for Georgia, which was around 11,700.
  • Although it takes at least one second to scan a ballot, there are over 4,000 ballots with precisely the same timestamp—to the second. Not possible.

Needless to say, neither the Fulton County DA, Fani Willis, nor the Feds have shown any interest in investigating these complaints.

Fried strongly recommends listening to VoterGA Press Conference March 7thstarting at 27:00.

The quite extraordinary aspect of the Georgia election scandal: the State GOP leadership is furiously opposed to any investigation or subsequent reform. See VoterGA’s Kemp, Duncan Block Key Election Integrity Bill to Unseal Ballots. This was in April 2022.

The GA GOP leadership are vociferous Never Trumpers, as VDARE.com’s Washington Watcher II detailed in GA Gov. Brian Kemp, Fake Immigration Patriot, Hopes Communist Prosecutors Take Out Trump. But He’ll Be Next. Of course, leaving the Georgia’s election procedures as they are jeopardizes all Republicans: both Republican Senators were “defeated” in the reruns in early 2021. The GA GOP leadership are behaving like Democrats.

My view: Probably that is because they are Democrats.

I speak as a resident of the South during the crucial transition years in the late 20thcentury. Normal, spoils-seeking White Democrat pols have migrated from their Party because the unusually large populations of race-crazed Blacks and Trump-deranged Leftist Whites in Atlanta a.k.a. Fulton County have evicted them. So they have migrated to and have infested the Republican Party. The famous close 2018 Kemp victory over Stacey Abrams was probably a Georgia Uniparty fix (she may be too stupid to realize this).

Leading culprit in this atrocity: Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger. Fried devotes several pages to this scoundrel. Raffensperger has fought doggedly to prevent any investigation of the election, sometimes quite unscrupulously.

In the famous phone call [Here’s the full transcript and audio of the call between Trump and Raffensperger, Washington Post, January 5, 2021] that produced the Trump quote

Fellas, I need 11,000 votes. Give me a break. You know, we have that in spades already.

Fried notes that Raffensperger team

…disputed every assertion made by the Trump team but never supported their assertions with data… Instead, they claimed that their information was correct, and it would be presented in court (and not before) … So far, no court has issued a ruling on the merits of these claims, or even considered the claims.

Raffensperger never asked for one to do so.

The decisive condemnation of Raffensperger’s integrity: the revelation that he had in his possession at the time a 29 page report detailing horrific conditions at the Fulton County counting facility. This was revealed (in a Pulitzer Prize-deserving scoop LOL) by John Solomon and Daniel Payne: Georgia investigator’s notes reveal ‘massive’ election integrity problems in Atlanta Just the News, June 19, 2021:

…in January, Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger: “We had safe, secure, honest elections,” he declared to “60 Minutes.”

That rosy assessment, however, masked an ugly truth inside his agency’s own files: A contractor handpicked to monitor election counting in Fulton County wrote a 29-page memo back in November outlining the “massive” election integrity failures and mismanagement that he witnessed in the Atlanta-area’s election centers.

The bombshell report, constructed like a minute-by-minute diary, cited a litany of high-risk problems such as the double-counting of votes, insecure storage of ballots, possible violations of voter privacy, the mysterious removal of election materials at a vote collection warehouse, and the suspicious movement of “too many” ballots on Election Day.

The State Farm Arena, where the Fulton County Votes were counted, was of course the scene of the infamous sending-home of the GOP observers while counting was ongoing, and the boarding-up of windows.

Fried reports

…the Trump team obtained video coverage…On the video, workers could be seen pulling boxes…from under a large skirted table. The workers then proceeded to scan the ballots…

All this is disputed of course. What cannot be disputed is, in Fried’s words:

…there was a large vote spike of 23,487 votes during the processing. Of that amount Joe Biden was awarded 98%…In an election decided by about 12,000 votes the spike…easily gave the victory to Biden.

Raffensperger blocked any investigation of the 2020 election. And Governor Kemp had the insolence to Tweet last week, quoted in Washinton Watcher II’s Kemp critique above:

Our elections in Georgia are secure, accessible, and fair…

On the infamous Trump/Raffensperger call, in which Trump showed an impressive mastery of the details, Fried says

…the implication that he wanted the fabrication of votes is clearly false. He seemed to genuinely believe that he had those votes already—easily.

If reasonable people form this judgement, the Georgia case fails.

But there will be no such specimens on the Sovietized Fulton County Jury.

Fried has much more to say about the Georgia election, all of it infuriating, and much to say about the elections he surveys in the other states.

Broadly speaking, it is all the same story. In the interests of space, I will simply pick out some distinguishing elements:

  • Pennsylvania Secretary of the Commonwealth Kathy Boockvar certified its election, although in Fried’s words:

On its face, the certification was illegal because the Secretary had not investigated a very large excess of ballots cast over the number of participating voters [i.e. voters who had applied for ballots]…there were 202,377 more ballots cast than the number of people who actually voted [i.e. applied for ballots] (P197)

Biden’s margin of victory was 81,660 votes.

Of course, Pennsylvania Democrats pushed through the usual promiscuous mail-in ballot program, spawning the usual plausible stories of fraud.

But they received special help from the extremely partisan State Supreme Court. The Green Party was prevented from running, objections to mail-in ballot procedures were swept aside, large scale distribution, mainly in Democrat areas, of unmonitored drop boxes (financed by Marc Zuckerberg) was allowed, Republican poll observers were seriously hindered, and, incredibly all mail in ballots were ordered to be counted even if the signatures on them did not match the registration signatures. (P194)

Generally speaking, weak or non-existent signature controls were a consistent feature of the 2020 mail-in ballot campaigns.

  • Michigan’s Democrats smashed their way to “victory” by simple brute force.

As noted above, Secretary of State Jocelyn Benson lawlessly mailed out ballots to the entire seriously out-of-date voter list and the repulsive Michigan Attorney General, Dana Nessel, litigated aggressively to stop any citizen investigation of the election. In the Detroit area election training sessions were apparently geared to defeating Republican Observers (MI: Radical Dem AG Threatens Reporter With Criminal Prosecution For Publishing Damning Undercover Audio Exposing Crooked Detroit Election Official By Patty McMurray 100PERCENTFEDUP.COM Nov 10, 2020.) And, particularly in Wayne County [Detroit], GOP Poll observers were threatened and sometimes evicted from the counting process.

Of course, Detroit couldn’t let Atlanta down. Fried reports that two large and unsupervised loads of ballots were delivered.

  • At 3:50 AM (EST) there was an update in Michigan that gave 54,497 votes to Biden and 4,718 to Trump
  • At 6:31 AM (EST) there was an update in Michigan that gave Joe Biden 141,258 votes while giving only 5,968 votes to Trump

(Pp 155-156) That is 195,755 fresh Biden votes. His margin of ‘victory’ was 154,188 votes.

Fried thoughtfully notes (P155):

By law, all Michigan ballots must be in the hands of county or township clerks by 8:00 PM on Election Day. So, why did it take 7.5 hours…for Detroit ballots to reach the Detroit TCF Center? Is the city that big?

  • Wisconsin supplied a particularly fine example of Democrat/MSM mendacity.

Fried says:

In the summer of 2021, Wisconsin performed an audit of the 2020 presidential election. However, the City of Madison and Milwaukee County, refused to give the auditors physical access to the ballot certificates and many other election records, after citing guidance from the Biden administration. The withheld ballots comprised about 19% of all state ballots (620,000 of 3.3 million.

The auditors disregarded the omitted ballots and they only examined the ballots they were allowed to see. Based on this review, the auditors concluded that Wisconsin did a very good job of managing the election, and that Joe Biden won it. Wisconsin legislators and the mainstream media celebrated the findings. (P3)

Obviously, this huge omission renders the audit worthless. Madison, of course is the home of the University of Wisconsin and Milwaukee is 37.8% Black. They must be the epicenters of anti-Trump partisanship.

Another vignette: on P210 Fried supplies a table showing that an investigation of 91 Nursing Homes in 5 WI counties showed 100% turnout at 66 and turnouts above 95% in all the rest.

Nursing Homes are notorious sources of voter fraud, as noted in Confessions of a voter fraud: I was a master at fixing mail-in ballots cited above.

Despite MSM and Big Tech deplatforming, the truth about the 2020 election will continue to spread. The damage to the American polity is going to be terrible.

All of this could have been avoided if America had followed the example of almost every serious democracy, banning or very seriously constraining mail in voting and implementing Voter ID requirements.

As Fried points out on P138 of his book

Of the 47 countries in Europe today, 46 of them currently require government issued IDs to vote…When it comes to absentee voting, we Americans…are often shocked to learn that 35 out of 47 European countries…don’t allow absentee voting for citizens living in country.

Is Ensuring Election Integrity Anti-Democratic? John R. Lott, Jr. Imprimis October 2021.

VDARE.com’s Allan Wall asked 20 years ago (!) Why Is Mexico’s Voter Registration System Better Than Ours?

Every registered Mexican voter has a Voter ID card, complete with photograph, fingerprint, and a holographic image to prevent counterfeiting .

I believe the answer is that the Democrats have been preparing to perpetrate massive voter fraud since at least the Obama Administration. VDARE.com has 113 articles under the tag Voter Fraud going back to 2003.

Until recently, the battle ground has been Voter ID, which the Democrats, greatly aided by their Kritarch allies, have managed to block.

This has led to the ludicrous situation in which Americans going about their daily business have to produce Photo ID to register at hotels, board planes and enter many public and private buildings—but not to vote or to apply for absentee ballots.

More recently, Democrat apparatchiks have cooked up a number of ballot-tampering stratagems, known politely as “ballot harvesting” and “curing.” I found the book Rigged: How the Media, Big Tech, and the Democrats Seized Our Elections by Mollie Hemingway a good introduction to this arcane subject.

VDARE.com Editor Peter Brimelow is right: Trump’s Indictment—Like I Said, This Is A Communist Coup.

Clear proof of this: the way the MSM and Big Tech are suppressing all discussion of the 2020 election facts. (We notice shadow banning of VDARE and our friends has greatly intensified since the Trump indictments).

Subjectively, the Stalinesque uniformity with which the MSM has chanted that Trump is lying about 2020 fraud is a frightening indicator. How could they possibly know? Especially given the enormous increase in mail-in voting. As I said at the beginning of this article, to anyone except a rabid Democrat, the election has looked suspicious since the evening of November 3rd.

Far more than Donald Trump is at stake in this struggle.

The GOP, and the American people, need to wake up.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Email Patrick Cleburne.

Featured image is from TUR

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

UK – 23 year old Chandler Plante, a magazine editor, had “mild COVID” in Dec. 2020, suffered a stroke in March 2021 and lost all vision in her right eye in Nov. 2021. “No one understands why this has happened to me” (source).

This article blames the “mystery illness” on “severe long COVID” which doesn’t make sense. She had mild COVID in Dec. 2020 and then a stroke in March 2021. Chandler is presumed COVID-19 vaccinated (article would focus on her being unvaccinated).

Her illness started as numbness in hands and forearms and she was dismissed as having “anxiety”. By June 28, brain scan showed big ischemic strokes.

By April 2023 she had infusion of a chemo drug rituximab and her side effects are improving significantly.

I suspect she had an autoimmune condition caused by COVID-19 vaccines and her doctors either never figured it out or never told her.

Aug. 24, 2023 – Calamvale, QLD, Australia – Shermayne Peka had headaches and a stroke in Dec. 2022 and her doctors blamed it on a “hole in her heart” which they couldn’t find on later pre-surgery scans. When her headaches returned in July 2023 she was diagnosed with Glioblastoma Grade 4 (TURBO BRAIN CANCER) (source).

Aug. 23, 2023 – Covington, GA – Hailey Sertain had shingles and a stroke. (shingles are a common side-effect of COVID-19 vaccines).

July 17, 2023 – Waukesha, WI – Abelardo Ortega Zarate and his wife Mariana Huerta dreamed of going to Rome, Italy in March 2020 but had to cancel because of COVID-19. They finally went on May 2, 2023 but Mariana suffered a stroke on their first day in Rome and ended up in the ICU. She never recovered and died on July 17. (Source)

July 11, 2023 – Brazil – 24 year old Vanessa Batista dos Santos collapsed and died while exercising in the park, skipping rope (she died of a hemorrhagic stroke).

Click here to view the video

June 13, 2023 – Godfrey, IL – 43 year old Deirdre Copeland had multiple strokes which have been blamed on “an unexpected reaction to rheumatoid medication.”

June 10, 2023 – Brooks, GA – Ashlie Newton had blood clots in her legs and a stroke. She is on the long road to recovery.

April 22, 2023 – Clermont, FL – 34 year old Kaleigh Zimmerman, a nurse and mRNA vaccine activist who fought “vaccine misinformation” suffered a cerebellar stroke. She faces a long road to recovery. The twist: unvaccinated people are donating to her GoFundme to help her recover. (Source)

April 20, 2023 – Atlanta, GA – Zenette Steele suffered a spinal stroke 24 hours after her COVID-19 booster shot. She is now paraplegic (Source).

Dec. 2022 – 45 year old BBC broadcaster Jennie Gow suffered a serious stroke in December 2022. “My speech has been the thing that is most affected”.

June 2022 – 35 year old Irish football player Siobhan McGrath suffered a stroke. “My arms just weren’t functioning properly.

Dec. 26, 2021 – North StaffordShire, UK – 37 year old Charlotte Evans collapsed in the kitchen and had a stroke, she was given 50/50 chance to live.

Nov. 2021 – Sydney, Australia – 37 year old Laura Sharp, stay at home mom of 5, had bad migraines, vision problems, and suffered a stroke. She had no risk factors.

March 2021 – Henderson, NV – 18 year old Emma Burkey had strokes following her one dose of J&J COVID-19 vaccine. She remains confined to a wheelchair in 2023 (Source).

My Take…

It is clear in the early days of COVID-19 mRNA jab rollout, women were collapsing with strokes and their doctors weren’t even considering COVID-19 jabs as a cause.

These “mysterious strokes” in young COVID-19 vaccinated women continue to this day. Women often have other vaccine injuries in addition to their strokes.

UK Govt Disability Data shows how much “clotting disorders” are up in 2022 compared to a pre-pandemic average:

  • age 20-24 is +170%
  • age 25-29 is +278%
  • age 30-35 is +1005%
  • age 35-39 is +700%
  • age 40-44 is +387%
  • age 45-49 is +1427%
  • age 50-54 is +989%

In any COVID-19 vaccinated young woman, any symptoms of a stroke or a TIA (transient ischemic attack) should be considered due to the vaccine until proven otherwise.

*

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

With BRICS set to welcome Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Iran and the United Arab Emirates to its number, the collaborative group of nations is about to get a major boost in the international arena. 

Not only is Saudi Arabia the world’s top oil exporter, but it’s also the seat of Islam’s holiest sites, making the decision to invite the kingdom an important economic, political and highly symbolic move for the bloc that has so far lacked a Muslim country. 

Egypt, the most populous Arab country, will be another feather in the cap of the BRICS – whose name is an acronym of the current and original members Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa. Egypt’s presence boosts the bloc’s image as one that is inclusive and representative of various civilisations.

And in a nod to the country’s increasing economic and political influence, the UAE looks set to cement its reputation as a global power broker by joining the group, which will seek to use its influence.

Across the Gulf, Iran’s addition is also meant to carefully manage the power equilibrium between Arab countries and Tehran. China has already signed a 25-year Comprehensive Strategic Partnership agreement with Iran estimated to be worth around $400bn.

And since the Ukraine war, Iran and Russia have drawn closer – united in part by the sanctions levied at them by the West. Tehran’s inclusion also burnishes its global influence, something it has sought to increase.

With Ethiopia and Argentina joining these four Middle Eastern countries as the BRICS’ newest members, a conscious effort to reorganise global leadership is in play. Together they represent about 45 percent of the world’s population and more than a third of global GDP.

As BRICS leaders gathered this week in South Africa’s Johannesburg, a queue of countries from the Middle East and North Africa increasingly expressed a desire to join the group, which is seen as the developing world’s answer to the G7.

Algeria, Bahrain, Kuwait, Morocco and Palestine are just some of the countries that have publicly expressed a desire to join. 

For the Middle East and North Africa, there will likely be political, economic and social ramifications from this realignment, potentially undermining US power in the process.

One Bric at a Time

Evidence of non-western countries playing a decisive role in Middle Eastern diplomatic affairs could already be seen before the BRICS’ expansion.

In March, China brokered a landmark diplomatic breakthrough between Saudi Arabia and Iran, two bitter regional rivals, demonstrating how far the country’s influence in the region has come and taking Washington by surprise in the process.

Notably, the decision to ask Saudi Arabia to become a permanent member of the group was pushed by China in particular, followed by Russia and Brazil, according to reports

“Gulf countries are diversifying their political and economic relations as the world order becomes increasingly multipolar,” Anna Jacobs, a senior Gulf analyst at the International Crisis Group, told Middle East Eye. 

“Economic and political diversification, balancing relations between global powers, and avoiding the pitfalls of great power competition are all essential pillars of Gulf countries’ foreign policies today.”

Increasingly, China exports more to the developing world than to the EU, US and Japan combined, an important shift in global economics that’s also shaping international politics. 

And with the drive towards BRICS including staunch and longstanding US allies such as Saudi Arabia and the UAE, Arab countries are showing a growing ambition to chart their own path in the world. 

“The US can’t really do much about it,” said Jacobs. “This is a function of the changing multipolar world order and Gulf states are reacting in a way that makes sense for their national interests.”

For the UAE and Saudi Arabia, that has meant forging closer relations with China and Russia where interests converge, much to the chagrin of the US. 

Many in the Global South believe that the US-led international order protects, promotes and enlarges western interests around the world.

For some, including Middle Eastern countries, the BRICS grouping gives hope that they can project their interests in an emerging multipolar order and perhaps even carve out their own sphere of influence.

“Saudi Arabia especially is seeking to become a heavyweight middle power, and increasing ties with both East and West is an important mechanism for doing this,” said Jacobs. 

While Gulf states have made it “clear that the US is their primary external security partner at present” said Jacobs, the reality is that “Gulf states and their economic interests are increasingly in the east and with the developing world”.

A Shift Towards BRICS

The drive to join the BRICS also reflects a nervousness amongst Middle Eastern countries about the power the US exercises over their economic and political development.  

In June, JPMorgan, the biggest US bank, warned that “some signs of de-dollarization are emerging”.

Since 1971, the supremacy of the US dollar system has been a ubiquitous feature of the global financial system, underpinned by a deal between US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger and King Faisal of Saudi Arabia that created the petrodollar system.  

“Being married to the dollar means maintaining a dependency upon economic systems that are ultimately controlled by the US and, to a lesser extent, other western nations,” said Jalel Harchaoui, associate fellow at the Royal United Services Institute. 

The power the US dollar confers on Washington has become increasingly clear in recent years, in particular its use in sanctioning countries and trade wars.  

US weaponisation of the dollar led to Gita Gopinath, the IMF’s first deputy managing director, warning that in time it might erode its role in the world financial system.

“For that reason, many Global South nations are attracted to the concept of belonging to the BRICS club,” said Harchaoui. 

Saudi Arabia’s finance minister, Mohammed al-Jadaan, announced earlier this year that the country was considering trading in other countries alongside the US dollar, something the kingdom hasn’t done in half a century.

“Among Arab nations, Egypt, Algeria and, most recently, Saudi Arabia showed interest in a BRICS currency or currency-swap mechanism that makes it possible to bypass the greenback entirely,” added Harchaoui.

The BRICS countries have already discussed creating a reserve currency that might be backed by gold, which would be a historic return to the gold standard. 

That Saudi Arabia could again be part of this process after helping forge the dollar’s dominance 50 years ago is a tentative indicator that the US-led West may be losing its ability to stamp its authority in the region.

Arab countries joining BRICS, however, does not suggest they are choosing any particular order. 

“Arab and other countries like the idea of not having to choose between the three poles that the world has right now: the US, Russia, and China,” said Harchaoui. 

“Because the US is still extraordinarily powerful, this translates into a shift towards BRICS, even though the reality of all this isn’t quite there yet.”

Countries like Egypt have practical reasons for looking for alternative methods to conduct their trade using currencies and financial systems other than the dollar.

“A country like Egypt sees no reason why it should face great difficulty buying wheat from Russia simply because Putin’s aggression against Ukraine is condemned by Washington,” said Harchaoui.

Algeria faces a similar dilemma, finding it difficult to trade with other developing economies because of the US hold over international trade.

“Algeria would love to purchase weapons or order a nuclear plant from China or Russia without any dollars changing hands,” Harchaoui noted, but “right now, this is not easy at all”.

Post-Ukraine Order

The war in Ukraine might arguably have given BRICS a new burst of energy. 

Many in the Global South, and in particular the Middle East, have either stayed neutral in the conflict or even cooperated with Russia when needed.

But the Arab world is also looking to express disagreements with the US-led western order in ways that might encourage Washington to sit down and listen to those countries’ interests. 

“The hype of Arab countries about joining the BRICS is an extension of a political desire to diversify economic partners in the wake of the Ukraine war,” said Zine Ghebouli, a visiting fellow with the Middle East and North Africa programme at the European Council on Foreign Relations.

“Arab countries want to mark their disagreement with the new emerging Cold War and international hegemony.”

Saudi and UAE leaders are increasingly confident in playing hardball with the US and even diverging from Washington when it doesn’t suit them.

Riyadh even worked with Russia to cut oil production in 2022, in a bid to raise prices that drew an angry response from Washington.

“I think Arab countries’ BRICS candidacy speaks much about a desire to rebalance ties with the overall West and seek alternative partners than just the relationship with the US,” Ghebouli told MEE, adding that “Arab countries are also sending a message to the western world, which could mean rejection of certain development policies.

“However, the BRICS is unlikely to replace western partners. The western status in the Arab region is here to stay even if it is increasingly challenged,” Ghebouli added.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This Week’s Most Popular Articles

August 25th, 2023 by Global Research News

History: The Federal Reserve Cartel: Freemasons and The House of Rothschild

Dean Henderson, August 21, 2023

The Criminal Insanity of Climate Change: Direct Energy Weapons (DEW) Create Forest and Bush Fires, Destroying Entire Cities and Igniting Boats in the Sea.

Peter Koenig, August 20, 2023

Forced Into Taking COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines, Nurses Are Developing Advanced Turbo Cancers

Dr. William Makis, August 18, 2023

Multi-Billion Dollar “Directed Energy Weapons (DEW)” Market, For Military and “Civilian Use” (?). Were DEWs Used in Hawaii?

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 17, 2023

Turbo Cancer: Social Media Influencers on Youtube, Instagram, TikTok Are Getting Turbo Cancers

Dr. William Makis, August 21, 2023

The Demolition of the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. “The Devil’s Trick”

Mark H. Gaffney, August 19, 2023

The Worst Conspiracy Theory of Them All: That There Is No Way Out

Dr. Emanuel Garcia, August 22, 2023

The Covid “Vaccine”: A Bioweapon Disguised as a Medical Cure?

Prof. Anthony J. Hall, August 19, 2023

Not a Single Court in the Western World Is Willing to Examine the Covid-19 Evidence. “Crimes against Humanity” Revealed by Dr. Reiner Fuellmich

Stephen Karganovic, August 23, 2023

Bombshell: Pfizer Gave Its Australian Employees COVID Shots from A “Separate Batch” Distinct from that Used for the General Population

Ben Bartee, August 18, 2023

Mr. Blue and the CIA

Edward Curtin, August 21, 2023

“Divide and Rule”: Italy’s PM Giorgia Meloni Is Biden’s “Political Asset”. U.S. Behind Niger Coup d’Etat. America’s Hegemonic Wars Against Europe and Africa

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 20, 2023

What the Media Won’t Tell You About the Maui Fires

Patricia Harrity, August 21, 2023

Video: Directed-Energy Weapons (DEW) Used in WildFires?

Global Research News, August 18, 2023

Future Shock: Gearing Up for Global Heating While Our Sun and Earth Cool

Hildegard Bechler, August 19, 2023

Leaked Documents Indicate Zelensky About to be Replaced

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, August 22, 2023

Russia, Donbass and the Reality of Conflict in Ukraine

Daniel Kovalik, August 23, 2023

The WHO’s Proposed Amendments Will Increase Man-Made Pandemics. Dr. Meryl Nass

Dr. Meryl Nass, August 21, 2023

“Canary in a COVID World: How Propaganda and Censorship Changed Our (My) World”

By Elizabeth Woodworth, August 24, 2023

The inspired editors of this fascinating collection have managed to gain the confidence and cooperation of 34 thought leaders who have exposed all the elements of the systematic global health propaganda that delivered the drumbeat message.

Geopolitics: BRICS De-dollarizing Emerging New World

By Prof. Maurice Okoli, August 24, 2023

Long before the highly-praised Johannesburg’s 15th BRICS summit, considered as very important step forward on the way to deepening interaction in the sphere of trade and investment with the nations of Global South, all the five BRICS leaders have made it their priority task to find their own common currency so as not to depend on the United States dollar in the emerging new world.

Zelensky Buys Luxury Villa in Egypt While His Soldiers Die on Frontlines

By Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, August 24, 2023

A recent journalistic report revealed that the Ukrainian president bought a luxury villa in Egypt in the region of El Gouna, also known as the “city of millionaires”. More than that, evidence indicates that Zelensky used Western money for the purchase, spending in personal luxury a significant part of the amounts he receives from NATO countries.

Pilot Incapacitation: Student Pilot Went into Cardiac Arrest Behind the Controls Mid-flight

By Dr. William Makis, August 24, 2023

On August 18, the Fort Novosel (formerly Fort Rucker) student suffered a cardiac arrest while flying at a low altitude, according to TRMLX. The student suddenly slumped over the controls and his “stick buddy” had to pull him off. The instructor pilot (IP), according to TRMLX, took over and safely landed the plane onto the stage field and the second student immediately began performing CPR on the incapacitated student.

The Mexico-US Trade War Over Glyphosate and GM Corn

By Ben Bartee, August 24, 2023

On December 31, 2020. Mexican president Andrés Manuel López Obrador issued a national decree to end the use of glyphosate and genetically modified corn by 2024.

Viruses: Man-Made for Big Pharma Vaccine Profits?

By Helena Glass, August 24, 2023

In 1920, Karl Landsteimer, a jewish physician, discovered the infectious character of polio and isolated the virus. In 1923, Landsteiner arrived in New York at the invitation of Simon Flexner, to work at the Rockefeller Institute. It is stipulated that The Rockefeller Institute created a vaccine which caused the Spanish Flu to morph into a bacterial pneumonia killing hundreds of thousands.

Secret Letter to CDC: Top Epidemiologist Suggests Agency Misrepresented Scientific Data to Support Mask Narrative

By Megan Redshaw, August 24, 2023

Documents recently obtained from the National Institutes of Health suggest public health officials used inaccurate information and misrepresented medical research to advance their policy objective that masks prevent severe COVID-19 and virus transmission—despite opposing scientific evidence received from experts.

The CEO of Pfizer Is Now the World’s Highest Paid Pharma Boss

By Jordan Schachtel, August 24, 2023

Albert Bourla, the notorious snake oil salesman and horse doctor who serves as the CEO of Pfizer, is now the highest paid executive in the entire Pharma industry.

Atlanta Prosecutor Fani Willis Sent Black Educators to Jail

By Margaret Kimberley, August 24, 2023

Atlanta is no mecca for Black people. It is a political plantation where the white overseers rule. Fani Willis’ prosecution of Black teachers was an awful example of the power dynamic in that city. 

The Pacific Is Not a Nuclear Waste Dumping Ground!

By Pacific Elders Voice, August 24, 2023

We note with disappointment that this brazen act of environmental vandalism will compound the brutal nuclear legacy of over 315 weapons tests in our region for which genuine nuclear justice has not been fully achieved.

Argentina – La política hecha entretenimiento

August 24th, 2023 by Francisco Lemus

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

India fully supports the enlargement of the BRICS group and welcomes the progress in this direction, said Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi after his arrival in South African Republic to participate in BRICS summit, adding: “We can say that the BRICS group is going to break down barriers, revitalise economies, stimulate innovation, create opportunities and shape the future.”

South African President Cyril Ramaphosa today announced new members of the BRICS group who will officially join the organization on January 1, 2024 –  Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates.

“We value that BRICS has become a platform for discussing and deliberating on issues of concern for the entire Global South, including development imperatives and reform of the multilateral system,” said Modi a day earlier.

BRICS is not a military alliance and will never become a ‘bloc’ against any other. BRICS’ approach is fundamentally anti-hegemonic and advocates inclusive security and development for all. At the same time, ​multipolarity has spread throughout the Global South, promoting neutrality, strategic autonomy, and resistance to Western pressure. For this reason, many countries have expressed their desire to join BRICS.

The expansion of BRICS will contribute to multipolarity, especially as more countries trade in their national currencies. As more trade occurs outside the dollar zone, alternative currencies will rise, causing the dollar to lose dominance.

The development bank set up by the BRICS countries is planning to issue its first Indian Rupee bond by October. The chief operating officer said the lender is under pressure to make more loans in local currencies appreciating.

“The New Development Bank (NDB) issued its first rand bond in South Africa last week and could consider local currency issuance in members Brazil, Russia and the United Arab Emirates,” said Vladimir Kazbekov, Vice-President and COO of the New Development Bank, ahead of the BRICS Summit.

“We’re going to tap (the) Indian market – rupees – maybe by October in India. Now we start thinking seriously… to use one member country’s currency to finance projects with that currency in another member. Let’s say, a project in South Africa to be financed in CNY (Chinese yuan), not with USD (U.S. dollar),” he added.

At the same time, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is pushing local banks to ask their clients to settle trade between the United Arab Emirates using local currencies – the dirham or rupee. According to five sources speaking to Reuters, this is an effort to reduce US dollar transactions. A government source told Reuters that the RBI may consider setting internal targets for the quantum of India-UAE trade it would like to see moved away from dollars.

After Russia was excluded from the global SWIFT system for money transfers in February 2022, India and Russia decided to settle payments using the Rupee-Ruble route, which has helped circumvent Western sanctions.

In this way, India plays a vital role in de-dollarising the global economy and strengthening multipolarity. Although India has tense relations with China, it has not affected relations with third parties like Russia.

As the Western world became hostile against Russia following the launch of the special military operation, India moved to deepen ties. Russia became India’s third largest trading partner in January-May, marking a new high for bilateral ties between the two countries. Due to New Delhi’s growing energy demand, Russia-India economic ties will continue to expand in the coming years, primarily if subsidised prices are maintained. 

Nearly three-quarters of the growth in crude oil demand between 2022 and 2028 is projected to come from Asia, with India overtaking China as the leading consumer, the International Energy Agency (IEA) said in a new report. According to IEA, Russia is one of the three largest oil producers in the world. The agency has said oil and gas revenue was to make up 45 per cent of its budget in 2021. According to government data, India will import about 32 million tonnes of crude oil from Russia in 2022-23.

Meanwhile, Russia has emerged as India’s top crude oil supplier. Recently, Indian Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar said that in 2022-23, the trade between India and Russia will exceed $45 billion. This is a phenomenal achievement, considering India has been under immense pressure from the West to join the anti-Russia sanctions.

As Modi said before arriving in South Africa, BRICS will provide opportunities for cooperation in new areas in the Global South. What he did not say, though, but is already expressed in action, is that India will play a pivotal role in providing opportunities for cooperation in the Global South, which begins with the expansion of BRICS.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

On August 23, Serbia officially joined the so-called Crimea Platform, a document propagated by the Kiev regime as the requirement for the “normalization of Russo-Ukrainian relations through the reintegration of Crimea”. The meaninglessness of this word salad is matched only by the prospects of its success. It can be considered a mere formality used by the political West to present the Ukrainian crisis as a “one-sided conflict”. The Crimean Platform also gives a semblance of a supposed diplomatic effort on the part of the United States, but it’s crystal clear that there is no viable way in which it could ever become reality. In simpler terms, the concept is a worthless piece of paper.

Still, the move has been heavily exploited by the Neo-Nazi junta to present a narrative that “even historical Russian allies are turning their back on Moscow”.

It comes a day after a meeting between Serbian President Aleksandar Vucic and the Kiev regime frontman Volodymyr Zelensky in Athens, described by both as “good and open”.

Vucic was criticized by many in Serbia for shaking hands with Zelensky, who’s highly unpopular in the country known for being heavily pro-Russian. However, Belgrade is trying to use the opportunity to bolster its Kosovo position. Namely, after the NATO-backed narco-terrorist entity occupying the Serbian province of Kosovo and Metohia declared “independence” in 2008, Ukraine never recognized it.

This was always appreciated in Belgrade, although there is no actual continuity of government after the illegal Maidan coup that brought the Neo-Nazi junta to power. The Kiev regime decided not to change this policy for the simple reason that it was not in its interest to demand the “return of Crimea” and the “respect for international law” while supporting the illegal takeover of another country’s territory. For similar reasons, Serbia has officially “condemned” the special military operation (SMO) and it doesn’t recognize Crimea as part of Russia. However, the country has repeatedly refused to impose sanctions on Moscow, despite enormous Western pressure. And indeed, Serbia is the only European country that is yet to do so.

Still, the fact that Belgrade joined the platform has not been taken lightly on the home front. As previously mentioned, President Vucic has been severely criticized for the move, not just by various opposition parties that are looking to profit politically, but by domestic pundits and millions of regular people, many of whom are his supporters. The Serbian people see it as a stab in the back to Russia, a historical ally and a brotherly nation without whom Serbia would’ve never been able to survive centuries of various attacks and invasions from all sides. And yet, there’s no official criticism from Moscow, which might be puzzling for many. In reality, Russia understands Belgrade’s increasingly precarious geopolitical situation.

In addition, some sources are now claiming that under the surface of the largely superficial Athens Declaration that supports and expands the scope of the Crimea Platform, certain key concessions have been made due to Serbian demands. Namely, Belgrade has been dodging attempts to push it into the impotent sanctions coalition that’s been imposed by the US. The political sensitivity of enforcing any sort of restrictions on Moscow, particularly for the sake of the political West, is a red line that the Serbian government doesn’t dare to cross yet. According to Sputnik Globe, President Vucic even insisted that the provision calling for the imposition of sanctions against Russia be removed from the text of the final declaration.

“Due to the resistance of Serbian President Alexander Vucic at an informal dinner for the leaders of the Western Balkans in Athens, the final declaration did not adopt a provision calling for sanctions against Russia,” an unnamed source told Sputnik Globe.

It’s important to note that the consequences of imposing sanctions are not only based on fear of what Moscow might do in response, but also on the reaction of the Serbian people themselves. Although it’s clear that Belgrade is not allowed to show its closeness to the Eurasian giant at this time, it can at least try to maintain a semblance of neutrality or even a mildly pro-Kiev position in order to simply survive. The political West sees Serbs as a pro-Russian element, even a “Trojan horse” of Moscow’s interests in Europe. And indeed, only Serbia and Bosnia and Herzegovina have not imposed sanctions on Russia. It should be noted that the only reason the latter hasn’t done so is because of Republika Srpska.

Republika Srpska is an effectively independent Serbian entity that’s formally within Bosnia and Herzegovina. It has recently received a lot of flak because its President Milorad Dodik openly stated his support for Russia. All other countries participating in the Athens summit have imposed sanctions against Moscow in one way or the other, many since 2014. The Athens Declaration was signed by presidents of Moldova, Serbia and Montenegro, prime ministers of Romania, Bulgaria, North Macedonia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia, Greece, the narco-terrorist entity in Kosovo and Metohia, as well as Zelensky himself. Needless to say, such a move by the Serbian government is universally disliked at home.

However, it should be noted that it’s more acceptable to sign meaningless declarations that are absolutely inconsequential for Russia than impose sanctions, an unprecedented move that could end up being a political suicide for the current government. In addition, the move also alleviates some of the unrelenting Western pressure on Serbia.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Argentina on the Political Brink – Again

August 24th, 2023 by Peter Koenig

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

“Don’t Cry for me Argentina”

Sung by Madonna 

The lyrics:

It won’t be easy, you’ll think it strange
When I try to explain how I feel
That I still need your love after all that I’ve done
You won’t believe me, all you will see is a girl you once knew
Although she’s dressed up to the nines
At sixes and sevens with you
I had to let it happen, I had to change
Couldn’t stay all my life down at heel
 

Looking out of the window, staying out of the sun
So I chose freedom, running around trying everything new
But nothing impressed me at all
I never expected it to

Don’t cry for me, Argentina
The truth is, I never left you
All through my wild days, my mad existence
I kept my promise
Don’t keep your distance

And as for fortune, and as for fame
I never invited them in
Though it seemed to the world they were all I desired
They are illusions, they’re not the solutions they promised to be
The answer was here all the time
I love you, and hope you love me
Don’t cry for me, Argentina

Don’t cry for me, Argentina
The truth is, I never left you
All through my wild days, my mad existence
I kept my promise
Don’t keep your distance

Don’t cry for me, Argentina
The truth is, I never left you
All through my wild days, my mad existence
I kept my promise
Don’t keep your distance
Have I said too much?
There’s nothing more I can think of to say to you
But all you have to do is look at me to know
That every word is true

*

These lyrics – melancholic and sad – may have many interpretations. One of them – Eva Peron, who died at the tender age of 33 in 1952, wife of Argentine President Juan Peron (1946 to 1955 and 1973 to 1974). Eva Peron, or Evita, stood by the President’s side. Eva was not only the spiritual leader of Argentina, she also occupied de facto the position of Minister of Labor and Minister of Health.

Eva was a firebrand, a rebel, for those days. Eva revolutionized politics in Argentina. Behind the socialist flavor – as in real social policies – that marked the term Peronism or Peronist Movement, stood Eva Peron.

After President Peron cut off government subsidies to the traditional Sociedad de Beneficencia (Spanish: “Aid Society”), thereby making more enemies among the traditional elite supporters, Eva replaced the subsidies with an Eva Perion Foundation. She received support and donations from labor unions and businesses, as well as substantial contributions from the national lottery and other funds.

Eva used these resources to establish thousands of hospitals, schools, orphanages, homes for the aged, and other charitable institutions.

Eva was also largely responsible for the passage of the women’s suffrage (voting right) and she formed the Feminist Party in 1949.

Eva Peron did all that – she was only 33 years old when she died.

Why is Eva Peron’s story important in the face of the October 2023 Parliamentary and Presidential elections?

This song, Don’t cry for me Argentina – maybe Eva’s spiritual battle song, reminding people, her fellow Argentinians, now that she is here, with them, that she will accompany them through these difficult times and that her heart beats for Argentina, stronger, much stronger than the nefarious beat, attempting once more ruining this Great Country, of educated, smart and willing-to-work people, and resources, for the benefits of a small elite and foreign predators.

The same story, often repeated throughout the world.

Eva’s spirits are here, with the People of Argentina, with this vast and beautiful country – “Don’t Cry for me, I’m with You.”

Flash Forward to 2023

When Argentine Vice-President Cristina Fernandez, wife of the late Nestor Kirchner, officially declared last May that she will not run for the Presidency in October 2023, it sounded like a blow to the Peronist movement. Call it “Kirchner Peronism”. They had done a lot to pull Argentina out from under tons and tons of debt, brought about by US and IMF-inspired President Menem’s 1991 dollarization of Argentina’s economy.

Madame Fernández, who was president in 2007-2015, made her decision public through a statement on her website in which she slammed the judiciary, accusing the courts of trying to forbid her from running for office again, showing the judiciary’s alliance with the opposition.

With her decision, the center-left Fernández throws the ruling Peronist party into disarray amid uncertainty over who could be its candidate in this year’s presidential elections.

The Menem dollarization doctrine was a no-go from the very beginning.

No country can adopt another economy’s currency without an economic failure. It lasted 10 years before 2001 / 2002 the total downfall occurred. Between 40% and 60% of people unemployed, from engineers, to medical doctors, to laborers, all in the streets, some in their finest attires, apologizing that they had to beg for money for survival… it was one of the saddest sights to see.

The Kirchner’s way of Peronism – in the image of Eva – salvaged the country with a 200% devaluation of the Peso – detached from the dollar in 2001. Almost all creditors (97%) participated and finally agreed with the negotiated debt discount. About 75% of the total debt was “forgiven”, including with the blessings of the IMF. Twenty-five percent on average remained to be repaid over a period of ten years.

Argentina was flourishing even through the 2008 / 2010 worldwide economic crisis.

Annual growth fell from an average 10-plus percent to about 4% – 5% during the crisis and then picked up again. Ms. Cristina Fernandez Kirchner, the late Nestor Kirchner’s widow, was elected President carrying out this office until 2015, leaving a recovered country – practically a no-debt country, so to speak – to the next President Mauricio Macri, an extreme right-wing, neoliberal “implant” by the western elite represented by the IMF and the financial cabal behind the IMF.

Mr. Macri, who was Governor of Buenos Aires, won the 2015 election against the pro-Peronist candidate, Daniel Scioli, with the narrowest of margins of 1.4%. Under normal circumstances such a small margin would justify a recount. Election fraud, was in most analysts’ minds. But a recount was not granted. There is a great likelihood that the elections were cooked.

Of course, logical, the IMF and all the western creditors who lost – though by their agreement – large amounts of money during the debt renegotiations – wanted to recover in one way or another their piece of flesh. So, Macri was ideal. He immediately plunged Argentina back into debt, by calling in the IMF, World Bank and all the usual suspicious villains.

In no time, Argentina was back in debt, inflation and unemployment soared, poverty, reduced from close to 70% at the height of the 2001 / 2002 crisis to below 10% when Mme. Cristina Kirchner left the presidency, back to above 40%, in less than two years of Macri regime.

You may call this institutional milking of a nation that worked its way out of a crisis into a comfortable middle-income country… intentional theft by our illustrious, and yes, highly criminal Bretton Woods institutions.

Ms. Cristina being legally pursued – not unlike Donald Trump in the US – so she won’t be seeking the Presidency anymore. Because if she would, chances are she would win by a landslide – and bring her country, Argentina back to the people.

Today, the powers that be, with bought media, is decrying Peronism as populism… like western mainstream bashes everything that distances itself from the hegemonic US-dictated Globalism. Populism is being snubbed by the elite, and by journalists paid to do so, and who have no idea what “populism” really means, namely a political agenda addressing the needs of the people – what better democracy than that!

With Cristina Fernandez out of the way, Peronists were not prepared with an alternative and well-groomed candidate. It comes thus hardly as a surprise that the only real opposition, the ultra-right wing Libertarian party which has an inter-country alliance with the controversial Spanish neonazi Vox party, brings its candidate, Javier Milei to the fore.

Image: Javier Milei in VIVA22. (Licensed under CC0)

undefined

Mr. Javier Milei, is an Argentine politician, calling himself an economist. Since December 2021, Milei has held the position of National Deputy in Buenos Aires. He came literally from nowhere to capture 30% of the electorate in the primaries, and became suddenly the front-runner for the October 2023 Presidential elections. This result has sent shockwaves through the political establishment throughout Latin America.

The Peronists and associated left-leaning parties have vanished; no viable candidates; and the Peronists are not prepared to defeat the neonazi Javier Milei, who has said he would immediately return Argentina to full dollarization, dissolve the Argentine Central Bank – and Argentina would become – again – a full-fledged dollar-economy.

Milei mentioned the ever-troubled Ecuador as a shining example. In January 2000, after a coup, Ecuador’s new ultra-conservative President Gustavo Noboa, with the help of the IMF, adopted as Ecuador’s currency the US-dollar, giving up the Sucre, Ecuador’s real currency. Milei would certainly get the support of the IMF and, naturally, from Washington. They would love the riches of Argentina being dollarized.

Barely 30 years after the disastrous Menem dollarization of 1991 that led to the most catastrophic economic collapse of Latin America’s history – Milei wants to go back, embracing full dollarization. He says it is the only way to fight inflation. Of course not. To the contrary. The cost of living will rise, and so will inflation – and the income, or purchasing power, of the lower income echelons will decline even further.

According to Independent Commodity Intelligence Services (ICIS) which covers worldwide 143 countries, Argentia’s inflation is expected to reach 147% with a decline in GDP of up to 3.5% in 2023. With full dollarization, Argentina may experience a very short decline in inflation (as was the case in the early 1990s), but then – playing with fire – or with the currency of a different economy, the cost of living will likely soar and poverty explode until the economy collapses – when the country is stripped of all her riches.

Reminds – again – of the song by Eva’s spirit,
“Don’t Cry for me, Argentina,
“The truth is, I never left you
“All through my wild days, my mad existence
“I kept my promise…….
“There’s nothing more I can think of to say to you
“But all you have to do is look at me to know
“That every word is true.”

… meaning, “I’m with you, and will not fail you.”

*

Latest news, just in from the BRICS Summit in Johannesburg, South Africa. The BRICS alliance, currently 5 members (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa), is inviting 6 new members – Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates to join the BRICS group. See this and this.

This is good news for Argentina. Since one of the top priorities of the BRICS, now 11 countries, is de-dollarization. It may be difficult for any president, including the Argentinian presidential candidate Javier Milei to completely dollarize Argentina.

The 11 BRICS members dwarf the G7. The new BRICS comprise more than 50% of the world population and about 40% of the world’s GDP. Compare this to the G7 – 800 million population and 27% of global GDP (2022). How much longer will the G7 continue trying to convince the world that they call the shots?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Geopolitics: BRICS De-dollarizing Emerging New World

August 24th, 2023 by Prof. Maurice Okoli

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

For the five BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) members, de-dollarization has become the latest common buzzword among the English vocabulary. Long before the highly-praised Johannesburg’s 15th BRICS summit, considered as very important step forward on the way to deepening interaction in the sphere of trade and investment with the nations of Global South, all the five BRICS leaders have made it their priority task to find their own common currency so as not to depend on the United States dollar in the emerging new world.

Understandably, the primary reason is to delineate farther away from United States hegemony and global dominance. In fact the BRICS desire to facilitate global de-escalation, provide assistance to each other in solving issues concerning mutual interests and, in future to transact businesses in what they now popularly referred to as BRICS common currency. This question is already enshrined in the final comprehensive document that sets forth the general guidelines and principles of the association after the historic August 22-24 meeting held in South Africa.

South Africa was the summit host. Chinese and Brazilian presidents, the Indian Prime Minister, the Russian Foreign Minister as well as leaders and representatives from some 50 other countries are in attendance. On August 22, Russian President Vladimir Putin addressed the BRICS business forum, among several significant issues highlighted the accelerating momentum of de-dollarization.

In a virtual address, Putin also criticized the sanctions policy of western states, saying such practice is seriously affecting the international economic situation. He said the unlawful freezing of assets of sovereign states constitutes a violation of free trade and economic cooperation rules.

Putin said that efforts were in progress on creating an international reserve currency based on a basket of currencies of the association’s member-countries. Some experts believe that such a currency may protect the BRICS countries from sanction risks associated with settlements in dollars and euros.

The objective and irreversible process of the de-dollarization of the economic ties is gaining pace. Russia has been working hard to fine-tune effective mechanisms for mutual settlements and monetary and financial control. As a result, the share of US dollar in export and import operations within BRICS is declining: last year it stood at only 28.7 percent, according to the Russian leader.

Russia has always advocated for switching trade between member countries away from the U.S. dollar and into national currencies, a process in which the BRICS’ New Development Bank would play a big role.

“The objective, irreversible process of de-dollarization of our economic ties is gaining momentum,” he said.

He also urged BRICS to increase its role in the international monetary system, and expand the use of national currencies. Noticeably Russia, being one of the founding patrons of BRICS, acts as a unifying force behind and in the organization, and largely determine that its role is strengthened for the future.

President of the People’s Republic of China, Xi Jinping attended the BRICS Summit, for the third time, held in South Africa. The distinctive difference is that, this 2023 summit, the world has entered a new period of turbulence and rapid transformation.

“We gather at a crucial time to build on our past achievements and open up a new future for BRICS cooperation. We should deepen business and financial cooperation to boost economic growth,” he emphasized. “We need to fully leverage the role of the New Development Bank, push forward reform of the international financial and monetary systems, and increase the representation and voice of developing countries.”

In an English version of the article by Chinese President Xi Jinping titled “Sailing the Giant Ship of China-South Africa Friendship and Cooperation Toward Greater Success” widely published ahead of the 15th BRICS Summit in South Africa media including The Star, Cape Times, The Mercury as well as Independent Online, also underlined the practical concept of multilateralism and push for the building of a more just and equitable international order.

South African companies are also racing to invest in the Chinese market to seize the abundant business opportunities, and they have made important contribution to China’s economic growth. The China-South Africa relationship is standing at a new historical starting point. It has gone beyond the bilateral scope and carries increasingly important global influence.

China and South Africa should be fellow companions sharing the same ideals. As an ancient Chinese saying goes, “A partnership forged with the right approach defies distance; it is thicker than glue and stronger than metal and rock.” Therefore, there is the need to increase experience sharing on governance, and firmly support each other in exploring a path to modernization that suits both respective national conditions.

“We should fear no hegemony, and work with each other as real partners to push forward relations amid the changing international landscape. In face of the profound changes unseen in a century, a strong China-Africa relationship will provide more fresh impetus to global development and ensure greater stability of the world. Looking ahead into the next 25 years,” he wrote in the article.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi also underlined the current significance of BRICS in dealing with tensions and disputes the world is facing, but most importantly de-dollarization amid economic challenges.

“In 2009, when the first BRICS summit was held, the world was just coming out of a massive financial crisis. At that time BRICS emerged as a ray of hope for the global economy. In the present times, to shape strategies for economic cooperation, in particular ways of increasing trade settlements in local currencies and BRICS expansion.”

Brazilian President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva believes the world will see massive changes in the coming years.

“When we talk about Brazil and BRICS, we are showing that it is possible to create a new world. We don’t want to argue with anyone. We want integration between continents and equal conditions for all,” Lula da Silva said.

According to him, establishing partnerships between private sectors is a very relevant dimension of BRICS that gives life and continuity to the relations between the countries, participation in the global economy has been expanding since the first Summit of Heads of State and Government.

“We have already surpassed the G7, and we now account for 32% of the world GDP in purchasing power parity. Projections indicate that emerging and developing markets will present the highest growth rates in the coming years,” he explained in his speech.

According to the IMF, while growth in industrialized countries is expected to drop from 2.7% in 2022 to 1.4% in 2024, the expected growth for developing countries is 4% this year and the next. This shows that the economy’s dynamism is in the Global South – and BRICS is its driving force. Brazil’s total trade with BRICS increased from US$48 billion in 2009 to US$178 billion in 2022 – a 370% growth since the group was created.

BRICS Direct Foreign Investment stock in Brazil increased 167% between 2012 and 2021, reaching 34.2 billion dollars. Today, almost 400 companies from the bloc operate in Brazil. The decision to establish the New Development Bank was a milestone in effective collaboration among emerging economies. The joint bank must be a global leader in financing projects that address the most pressing challenges.

In arguing, the president pointed to the BRICS New Development Bank (NDB) as a way to offer its own financing alternatives, suited to the needs of developing countries. “The creation of a currency for trade and investment transactions between BRICS members increases our payment options and reduces our vulnerabilities”, he said, reinforcing that developing countries need an international financial system that helps implement structural changes, instead of feeding inequalities.

By diversifying sources of payment in local currencies and expanding its network of partners and members, the NDB is a strategic platform to promote cooperation among developing countries. In this strategy, engagement with the African Development Bank will be central. At the multilateral level, BRICS stands out as a force working in favor of a fairer, more predictable, and equitable global trade. As of December, Brazil will occupy the presidency of the G20. The presence of three BRICS members in the G20 Troika will be a great opportunity for us to advance issues that are of interest to the Global South.

Reading through various reports, Peter Koenig, Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) former Senior Economist at the World Bank, convincingly argues that many see the BRICS as the salvation from the West, from sanctions, from the dollar impositions, from debt enslavement – from trading restrictions… from outright theft of their currency reserves in foreign countries.

As a byline to the all too frequent western theft of reserve funds and gold…! But is this the purpose of the BRICS – providing shelter from the last onslaught of the west, led by the United States and her vassals – the Europeans? And is it right – that some of the BRICS leaders are constantly vacillating between the US and the BRICS solid core – China and Russia. Modi, for example, seems to be leaning towards whatever camp – West or East – he feels gives him more advantages.

Koenig further  explained that many BRICS countries still depend on the US-dollar as the bulk of their reserve currency, the main trade currency. De-dollarization for many is not happening overnight. Therefore, a common strategy is needed. To begin with and to avoid the dollar – trading among BRICS members (and even outside BRICS) with local currencies, instead of dollars. This is relatively easy, for example China and Argentina have done it for a log time. In the short-to-medium term – what might help and may become a necessity, is having a common BRICS Trading Currency.

There has been a gradual shift away from trading in US dollars, and instead countries adopted trading in their local currencies, or in a currency of common use by the trading partners, for example the Chinese Yuan. Latin America – especially Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, Venezuela – are consistently using local currencies or the Chinese Yuan to avoid the dollar. Avoiding the dollar is foremost for own protection from US sanctions. Increasingly more country will use this new mode of trading – equitable and peaceful.

The Turkish edition Dunya notes that since the United States imposed financial sanctions on Russia last year, de-dollarization has gained momentum. The BRICS countries forced transactions using non-dollar currencies. After the start of the Ukrainian conflict, Russia, Iran, Brazil, Argentina and Bangladesh went for broke against the United States, using the Chinese yuan instead of the dollar in trade.

Four Reasons for De-dollarization:

  • Over-reliance on a single currency, changes in US monetary policy, and possible US sanctions or restrictions carry risks. In addition, the US government has run a large budget deficit for many years. And this raises concerns about inflation and the value of the dollar.
  • The United States has been involved in many geopolitical conflicts in recent years, primarily the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. These conflicts have resulted in heightened tensions between the US and other countries, making some states less willing to use the dollar.
  • China, the world’s second largest economy and an increasingly influential player in world trade, is encouraging the use of its currency as an alternative to the dollar.
  • Cryptocurrencies such as bitcoin, which are not subject to government control, have become attractive to those who are looking for an alternative to the dollar.

There are so many arguments and discussions about the question of global currency. But one more interesting analytical conclusion is here. Michael G. Plummer, Director at SAIS Europe and Eni Professor of International Economics at Johns Hopkins University, believes that the global system gains from having an internationally accepted currency like the US dollar as a medium of exchange, unit of account and store of value. But its role will diminish at the margin at a rate that will be the function of exogenous factors, such as changes in the international marketplace, and endogenous factors, such as how the United States faces its financial and trade challenges.

As widely seen across the world, the BRICS bloc is rapidly gathering a stronger momentum for a more democratic and multipolar world order that respects the sovereignty, equality, and diversity of all nations. The United States and Western allies often deeply underestimate its future growth and role in the global stage, but has heightened interests, shaping its instruments, such as the BRICS Bank which is likened to IMF and the World Bank, becoming the alternative organization especially for the Global South.

Notwithstanding all the arguments, views and observations Russia, isolated by the United States and Europe over its invasion of Ukraine, is keen to show Western powers it still has friends. Brazil and India, in contrast, have both forged closer ties with the West.  There are still justifiable arguments though, that the group’s members have long been thwarted by some internal divisions and, to some extent, a lack of coherent vision.

In Johannesburg, BRICS under the 2023 chairship of South Africa, Cyril Ramaphosa, has achieved an appreciable milestone. As stipulated in the 10-point joint declaration, BRICS will continue, through its collective efforts, working steadily towards shaping an alternative new system across the ASEAN, Africa and Trans-Atlantic. BRICS, with additional six members, now home to more than 40% of the world’s population and more than a quarter of global GDP, the bloc’s ambitions of becoming a global political and economic player. As the new Chair, Russia will hold the next BRICS summit in Kazan in October 2024.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Professor Maurice Okoli is a fellow at the Institute for African Studies and the Institute of World Economy and International Relations, Russian Academy of Sciences. He is also a fellow at the North-Eastern Federal University of Russia. He is an expert at the Roscongress Foundation and the Valdai Discussion Club.

As an academic researcher and economist with keen interest in current geopolitical changes and the emerging world order, Maurice Okoli frequently contributes articles for publication in reputable media portals on different aspects of the interconnection between developing and developed countries, particularly in Asia, Africa and Europe. With comments and suggestions, he can be reached via email: markolconsult (at) gmail (dot) com.

He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Even the fanatical neocon warmonger, the BBC has an article saying that Ukraine is “running out of men”. Young men and old have long been press ganged off the streets into the armed services. The latest arrest of army recruitment personnel by Zelensky is an attempt to step up the draft and prevent the buying of exemption from conscription ($7,500 is apparently the standard price! – about 18 months pay for the average earner.)

Ukrainians have now understood, as cemeteries expand and new ones are laid out, what the insightful have known for 20 years – that Ukraine has been taken over by the West, its elections overturned, its leaders removed and its armed services expanded to be the biggest in Europe – all to be used as a battering ram against Russians (millions of whom live in Eastern Ukraine and who have been dying under Kiev’s shelling for 9 years).

The European Conservative, revealed that an overwhelming majority of Ukrainians deeply mistrust the EU and NATO, with 71% of respondents saying that NATO and the EU only follow self-serving interests and simply use Ukraine for their own purposes. Ukraine is indeed  both a battering ram for American neocon and business/agricultural/defence industry interests and a stage for sending Ukrainians to fight, with the actor Zelensky the most prominent stage presence.

The latest performance is the disastrous “counter offensive” in which some 40,000 troops have been killed or wounded and which is gradually turning into a Russian offensive, especially in the Kharkov area. A CIA source for the US investigative journalist Seymour Hersh said that the ill prepared counter offensive was a show put on by Zelensky” and the CIA had warned Blinken about the possibility of failure.

The appalling morale of the poorly trained Ukrainians aged from teenagers to 60 year olds has long been reported with troops refusing to advance and even turning on their commanders. This order for the Ukrainian Ministry of Defence warns that mobilised men should not immediately be issued with ammunition in case they commit suicide.

Balitsky, the Russian deputy regional governor of the Zaporozhye region, who cited the low morale and psychological state of the soldiers claimed two Ukrainian airmobile battalions had refused to launch an offensive.

This involves around 500 individuals. They are weary of witnessing the loss of their fellow comrades and are unwilling to serve as mere cannon fodder,

The headline in the American Conservative reads, “Make Peace, You Fools!” Underneath, “America’s proxy war against Russia has turned Ukraine into a graveyard.” Like all US disastrous ventures overseas it takes the American political class a long time to find the fighting on the map, never mind how many they are killing.

If the Ukrainians have any success it is in the south in the area south of Orekhov where they have made progress towards Rabotino but even there the villages they gained cannot be occupied because they are under heavy Russian fire control. And Rabotino is miles from the first Russian line of defence.

Into this area the Armed Forces of Ukraine have sent their last reserves, the western trained 82nd air assault brigade equipped with Challenger tanks and German Marder infantry fighting vehicles. They have suffered heavy losses and have been unable to take Rabotino.

Evacuation Becomes Mobilisation

The Russian advances in the Kharkov region have been impressive and the major town of Kupiansk is under attack. Over 60 settlements are being evacuated in the Kharkiv region.

The desperation of the Ukrainian regime to find more conscripts to replace the horrendous death and wounded toll on the front lines is evident in the cynical use of the evacuation to capture and mobilise the evacuated men:

Particularly, men are not allowed on the evacuation buses, regardless of their age and health condition. Moreover, after bidding farewell to their relatives and friends, several men have already been taken to a medical commission for mobilisation into the AFU (Ukrainian Army).

Another ruse to capture recruits – like the holding in one area of a “how to avoid mobilisation” lecture which turned out to be a trap. Those who turned up were immediately drafted!

Nazi Ukrainian Troops Relax

Zelensky has uploaded a video to his Telegram channel showing him meeting Azov Battalion founder Andriy Biletsky who is on record as claiming to “lead the white races of the world in a final crusade…against Semite-led Untermenschen”. Of course the moron Biden is too busy calling Republicans “white supremacists” to notice he is arming and training real Nazi supremacists in Ukraine!

The return of the Nazi Azov battalion to the front lines was announced. Here are some of the allies of the West relaxing! The number of western denials of the widespread Nazism in Ukraine society has I notice decreased – because it is simply undeniable:

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Freenations.

Rodney Atkinson is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Freenations

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

A recent journalistic report revealed that the Ukrainian president bought a luxury villa in Egypt in the region of El Gouna, also known as the “city of millionaires”. More than that, evidence indicates that Zelensky used Western money for the purchase, spending in personal luxury a significant part of the amounts he receives from NATO countries.

The data were published by Egyptian investigative journalist Mohammed-Al-Alawi. After in-depth research involving sources familiar with the topic, Mohammed discovered that the Zelensky family acquired a luxury property in Egypt valued at around five million dollars. The place is located in the coastal zone of Egypt, next to the Red Sea, an area famous for having many opulent properties. Not by chance, El Gouna is home to many millionaires interested in having a comfortable place to stay during their non-working time. For example, it is said that next to Zelensky’s villa there is an “estate that belongs to the world-famous Hollywood actress and public figure Angelina Jolie”.

The Egyptian journalist published the documents that prove the purchase of the villa, its price and the contracting parties. Zelensky bought the property through his mother-in-law, Olga Kiyashko, who signed a contract with the Egyptian sellers on May 16, 2023. Analysts who have commented on the case say that the source of the money appears to be none other than the Western financial aid packages that arrive in Kiev, considering the high price of the villa.

Egyptian political scientist Abdulrahman Alabbassy commented on the situation, saying it is “surprising” that Zelensky and his relatives spend fortunes on personal luxuries instead of using Ukraine’s riches for military and humanitarian purposes, considering the time of war. Alabbassy blames Ukrainian corruption for this kind of attitude and reminds how Kiev’s political system is controlled by egocentric officials who prioritize personal gain over care for their own people.

“I am surprised that relatives of top Ukrainian officials began to buy luxury real estate after the start of Ukraine war. I don’t remember anything like this before (…) It is surprising that Ukraine is waging a bloody war with Russia, and relatives of Ukrainian officials are buying up real estate in Egypt instead of donating their riches to the needs of the country. A suspicion is creeping in that Ukrainian bureaucrats, with the help of their relatives, are stealing financial aid to Ukraine from the West. I am quite certain that Zelenskyy’s mother-in–law’s purchase of a villa in El Gouna is the result of corruption and the theft of humanitarian aid to Ukraine. I sincerely sympathize with the Ukrainian people” he said.

In fact, this news just corroborates what has been denounced for a long time about Zelensky’s hypocrisy and his relentless pursuit of luxury and personal benefits. Previously, a case that went viral on the internet and generated popular outrage was the report that the Ukrainian politician had rented his 4 million euros luxury mansion in Italy to a couple of Russian millionaires – while publicly defending the banning of Russians from Europe because of the war. To date, the case has not been fully clarified, having media publications both confirming and denying the news. However, it does not seem to be something surprising for Zelensky, especially considering what happened recently in Egypt.

It is also necessary to remember other selfish attitudes of the Ukrainian president throughout the conflict. For example, in July last year, Zelensky and his wife Olena posed for Vogue magazine at the height of hostilities, showing absolute disrespect for Ukrainian citizens victimized by the conflict. The photos were made in staged scenarios that simulated a battlefield, in a clear attempt to “romanticize” the war to gain the attention of Western readers. At the time, there was a strong criticism and a negative impact on Zelensky’s popularity.

About corruption, it is also possible to say that these attitudes are really expected. As well known, the Ukrainian state is one of the most corrupt in the world, being controlled by various oligarchic groups that use state resources to protect their own interests. This did not change with the arrival of Western military and financial aid. When NATO’s assistance packages arrive in Kiev, they end up in the hands of corrupt politicians who use part of these funds for personal gain. The Zelensky family case is an example of this, but it is expected that many other similar situations will be revealed in the near future.

Western public opinion needs to understand that corruption in Ukraine, widely recognized by mainstream media before the special military operation, will not change just because the country is at war. Corrupts will remain corrupt, in war or peace. In this sense, the more money comes to Kiev with the excuse of “assistance”, the more Zelensky and other politicians and oligarchs will spend these resources on personal luxury.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Lucas Leiroz is a journalist, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, geopolitical consultant. You can follow Lucas on Twitter and Telegram.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Military watchdog site TRMLX broke the report based on messages from students, instructors and senior members within the chain of command.

On August 18, the Fort Novosel (formerly Fort Rucker) student suffered a cardiac arrest while flying at a low altitude, according to TRMLX. The student suddenly slumped over the controls and his “stick buddy” had to pull him off. The instructor pilot (IP), according to TRMLX, took over and safely landed the plane onto the stage field and the second student immediately began performing CPR on the incapacitated student.

According to the report, paramedics performed life saving measures and he was medevac’d to the hospital in Dothan with his stick buddy riding along with him. They were able to resuscitate him en route using a defibrillator, TRMLX said.

Because the incident has been labeled a medical event rather than a “precautionary landing,” the U.S. Army Aviation Center of Excellence (USAACE) will reportedly not be launching an investigation.

One of the DACs (civilian) told me “we got a brief today; they aren’t saying heart attack, but he lost consciousness and was air medevac’d to Dothan.

Instructors and cadre told a different story, however. One member of cadre told me, “yes, a student in Common Core had a heart attack. Yes, he was revived after 11 minutes.” A couple of other messages echoed this statement. Then I spoke to a member of the medical response team. This person told me from start to finish, the student was gone for a total of 18 minutes. He was, indeed, revived with a defibrillator, and he factually went into cardiac arrest. This person flat out said he was dead and brought back to life.

Sixth Pilot Incapacitation in Two Weeks, Three Pilot Deaths 

Aug.17, 2023 – IndiGo Flight (NAG-PNQ) Nagpur to Pune, India, pilot 40 year old Manoj Subramanium died after collapsing at the boarding gate, about to board.

Aug.16, 2023 – Qatar Airways Flight QR579 (DEL-DOH) Delhi to Doha, Qatar, 51 year old pilot collapsed as a passenger inflight and died, plane diverted to Dubai.

Aug.14, 2023 – LATAM Flight LA505 (MIA-SCL) Miami to Santiago, Chile – 2 hours into 8hr flight, 56 year old Captain Ivan Andaur collapsed and died in the lavatory – plane diverted to Panama City!

Aug.9, 2023 – United Airlines UAL1309 (SRQ-EWR) Sarasota to Newark, pilot had a heart attack and lost consciousness in flight

Aug.7, 2023 – TigerAIR Flight IT237 (CTS-TPE) Sapporo to Taipei, copilot had a medical emergency after landing plane in Taipei

Recent Pilot Incapacitations 

July 19, 2023 – Eurowings Discover Flight 4Y-1205 (HER-FRA) Heraklion to Frankfurt, pilot incapacitated, first officer took control, landed safely

Jun.7, 2023 – Air Canada Flight ACA692 (YYZ-YYT) Toronto to St.John’s, First Officer became incapacitated, deadheading Captain assumed duties

Jun.4, 2023 – Cessna Citation N611VG flying Tennessee to Long Island, fighter jets spotted pilot slumped over in cockpit unconscious, plane crashed and all onboard died

May 11, 2023 – HiSKy Flight H4474 (DUB-KIV) Dublin to Chisinau (Moldova), 20 min after liftoff pilot became “unable to act”, plane diverted to Manchester

May 4, 2023 – British Charter TUI Airways Flight BY-1424 (NCL-LPA) Newcastle to Las Palmas Spain pilot became ill, plane diverted back to NCL.

April 4, 2023 – United Airlines Flight 2102 (BOI-SFO) – captain was incapacitated, first officer was only one in control of the aircraft.

March 25, 2023 – TAROM Flight RO-7673 TSR-HRG diverted to Bucharest as 30 yo pilot had chest pain, then collapsed

March 22, 2023 – Southwest Flight WN6013 LAS-CMH diverted as pilot collapsed shortly after take-off, replaced by non-Southwest pilot

March 18, 2023 – Air Transat Flight TS739 FDF-YUL first officer was incapacitated about 200NM south of Montreal

March 13, 2023 Emirates Flight EK205 MXP-JFK diverted due to pilot illness hour and a half after take-off

March 11, 2023 United Airlines Flight UA2007 GUA-ORD diverted due to “incapacitated pilot” who had chest pains

March 11, 2023? – British Airways (CAI-LHR) pilot collapsed in Cairo hotel and died, was scheduled to fly Airbus A321 from Cairo to London

March, 3, 2023 – Virgin Australia Flight VA-717 ADL-PER Adelaide to Perth flight was forced to make an emergency landing after First Officer suffered heart attack 30 min after departure.

Recent Pilot Deaths 

Pilot Death July 16, 2023 – 2006 Piper Meridian, flying from Westchester NY, crashed at Martha’s Vineyard Airport after pilot had medical emergency upon final approach and passenger took control of the plane and attempted a landing. Pilot, 79 year old Randolph Bonnist, died later in hospital.

Pilot death – May 2023 – 4 Singapore Airlines pilots died suddenly in May 2023

Pilot death – May 9, 2023 – United Airlines and US Air Force Pilot Lt. Col. Michael Fugett, age 46, died unexpectedly at his home

Pilot death – May 3, 2023 – Air Transat and Air Canada Pilot Eddy Vorperian, age 48, died suddenly during layover in Croatia

Pilot death – April 13, 2023 – Phil Thomas, graduate of Flight Training Pilot academy in Cadiz, Spain (FTEJerez) died suddenly.

Pilot death – March 17, 2023 – 39 year old Westjet Pilot Benjamin Paul Vige died suddenly in Calgary

Pilot death – March 11, 2023 – British Airways pilot died of heart attack in crew hotel in Cairo before a Cairo to London flight (name & age not released

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The Mexico-US Trade War Over Glyphosate and GM Corn

August 24th, 2023 by Ben Bartee

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

On December 31, 2020. Mexican president Andrés Manuel López Obrador issued a national decree to end the use of glyphosate and genetically modified corn by 2024:

With the objective of achieving self-sufficiency and food sovereignty, our country must be oriented towards establishing a sustainable and culturally adequate agricultural production, through the use of agroecological practices and inputs that are safe for human health, the country’s biocultural diversity and the environment, as well as congruent with the agricultural traditions of Mexico…

In recent years, different scientific investigations have warned that said chemical has harmful effects on health, both in humans and in some animal species, and has been identified as a probable carcinogen in humans by the International Agency for Research on Cancer…

Various countries have banned the use of the aforementioned substance* in agrochemicals and many others are evaluating the implementation of similar and other measures to protect the population

In such circumstances, our country must maintain an active participation in the search for instruments that allow it to have sustainable agricultural production through the use of inputs that are safe for human and animal health and the environment.”

*Glyphosate is currently banned or limited in at least 25 countries as well as localities within the United States.

Subsequently, the agri-chemical industry (which is multinational but based in the US since the end of WWII) went to work on two of the US federal agencies that it controls — the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative (USTR) and the EPA — to turn the screws on Mexico’s government so as to subvert the president’s decree.

Subsequent FOIA requests filed by the Center for Biological Diversity (CBD) unearthed emails between officials in these agencies and Bayer AG (the manufacturer) describing the glyphosate/GM corn ban as “a big time problem” (here) and plotting to use the multinational trade deal, United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA), to “work through these issues.” (here)

On August 17, the USTR official opened a dispute settlement panel to try to force Mexico to submit to the import of GMO corn (which it terms “biotech corn” – mouth-watering, no?).

Via USTR:

United States Trade Representative Katherine Tai* today announced that the United States is establishing a dispute settlement panel under the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA) regarding certain Mexican measures concerning biotech corn.  The United States is challenging measures set out in Mexico’s February 13, 2023 decree, specifically the ban on use of biotech corn in tortillas or dough, and the instruction to Mexican government agencies to gradually substitute—i.e., ban—the use of biotech corn in all products for human consumption and for animal feed.  Mexico’s measures are not based on science and undermine the market access it agreed to provide in the USMCA.”

*At the risk of coming off as a “conspiracy theorist,” what is the over/under on Katherine Tai going straight to Bayer AG’s board as its newest token minority following her departure from “public service”?

In the event Mexico does not submit to Tai’s threats, we can expect shyster lawyers working on behalf of the US federal government and/or Bayer AG (which, let’s be honest, are one and the same) to go to work on the Mexicans.

They’ll charge $1,000/hr to try their best to contort this or that provision of the USMCA so as to overturn the ostensible popular will of Mexicans via their president – the will to not have cancer-causing chemicals sprayed all over their food supply for the benefit of multinational corporations.

One question, among many, is: why should the US government be spending public resources to force a sovereign country to adopt measures that would not benefit average Americans but rather multinational corporations that, it can’t be emphasized enough, don’t give two shits about anyone or anything other than profit and social control.

RFK Jr. –the only 2024 presidential candidate who appears sincere about challenging the corporate state in earnest — calls this phenomenon “corporate capture,” and it’s a cancer on this world.  

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Armageddon Prose.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from New Eastern Outlook

Viruses: Man-Made for Big Pharma Vaccine Profits?

August 24th, 2023 by Helena Glass

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

In 1920, Karl Landsteimer, a jewish physician, discovered the infectious character of polio and isolated the virus. In 1923, Landsteiner arrived in New York at the invitation of Simon Flexner, to work at the Rockefeller Institute. It is stipulated that The Rockefeller Institute created a vaccine which caused the Spanish Flu to morph into a bacterial pneumonia killing hundreds of thousands.

In 1950, Polio cases peaked.

In 1940, Hilary Koprowski, a jewish scientist, moved from France to Rio where he worked for the Rockefeller Foundation. In 1950 he developed an oral polio vaccine. His vaccine was tested on a rat despite polio never infecting any animal. His vaccine was not US approved but was used in Africa from 1957 thru 1960.   AIDS arose in Africa in 1960.

In 1984 Robert Gallo claimed to have linked HIV as the cause of AIDS, winning a Lasker Award in 1986 when Fauci became Director at NIH. After it came to light that Gallo had used unauthorized research from France’s Pasteur Institute to make his HIV connection, a lawsuit was settled between NIH and the Pasteur Institute in 1987.

In 1992, Rolling Stone Magazine postured that Koprowski’s polio vaccine caused the Aids Virus in Africa. Gerald Myers worked directly with Fauci and emphatically declared that HIV causes AIDS. He categorically stated that the polio vaccine did NOT cause AIDS – HIV did. The CDC became embroiled at the claim as well and denied it viciously. Because of these stated contradictions, the medical community accepted it and this became the official pronouncement via NIH – aka Fauci.

The first publicized announcement of AIDS in the US was via Rock Hudson. However, he did not die of AIDS, he died of “Kaposi Sarcoma” which is a rare disease of the Herpes virus family.

In 2009, Kary Mullis, a Nobel Laureate biochemist and virologist, claimed there was no proof HIV caused AIDS. He claimed there was no scientific evidence or proof to substantiate the claim. Mullis was the inventor of the PCR test which was used as an amplification of DNA. He emphatically stated throughout his career that the PCR Test could NOT be used to test for any virus.

Mullis was vocally very ‘not fond’; of Fauci.

Mullis died months before Covid was rolled out and Fauci declared the PCR Test would be used to test for the virus. Mullis has since been declared a crack pot by Fauci.

In 1955, Jonas Salk, a jewish medical researcher, developed and released his injectable vaccine for polio. He served on the board of the MacArthur Foundation. The MacArthur Foundation is heavily involved in the promotion of the World Economic Forum and Bill Gates depopulation agenda.

In 1961, Albert Sabin, a jewish medical researcher who worked for the Rockefeller Institute, developed his version of an oral vaccine which hit the market – they claimed polio was completely eradicated in the US by 1986.  Sabin began work for NIH under Fauci in the 1986.

Sabin’s vaccine was ‘tested’ on 100 million people in the Soviet Union, Europe, Mexico and The Netherlands. There were no records or tracking of polio in any of these nations at the time. The first trial in the US was in 1960 on 180,000 school children. It was licensed in 1961. According to WHO, polio was eradicated globally in 1960.

According to the UN, a Global Polio Eradication Initiative was developed in 1988 to vaccinate the globe. They claim that because of this initiative, polio cases were reduced by 99% – despite WHO declaring it was eradicated 27 years earlier.

Between 1998 and 2017, vaccine-associated polio arose.

In 2000, Bill Gates Foundation began unregistered unapproved testing of his oral polio vaccine in India. Vaccine induced polio became the norm. In 2004, Bill Gates Foundation in collaboration with WHO, announced a new polio vaccine that would eradicate all polio from all causes, including vaccine-induced, by 2005.

In 2022, Gates claimed a new polio was on the rise – wild polio. A new campaign in Africa, India, and Pakistan was seeded by WHO. Another new vaccine.

Polio was naturally eradicated in the late 1950’s. Then again via vaccine in 1960’s. Then again in the 1980’s. Then again in the early 2000’s. Then it rose again as Gate’s, WHO and the UN collaborated to vaccinate all of Africa, Pakistan,India, Indonesia, and Afghanistan.

Eradicated: “to do away with completely as from the roots”.

How many viruses are manmade? How many man-made viruses have evolved into the creation of drugs and vaccines?  Designed to keep people sick. For Profit.

The largest Mass Hypnosis imposed on mankind. We have blindly accepted scientific and medical data because this is what we are told to do. Doctors and Pharma were revered as demi-gods. How many times have you heard, “we don’t know what causes disease x – but we can give you a pill …” ?

US Government is poised to initiate new Mandates due to a new CoVid – this September.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image is from Helena

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Documents recently obtained from the National Institutes of Health suggest public health officials used inaccurate information and misrepresented medical research to advance their policy objective that masks prevent severe COVID-19 and virus transmission—despite opposing scientific evidence received from experts.

In a recently obtained letter (pdf) sent in November 2021 to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), top epidemiologist Michael Osterholm, director of the Center for Infectious Disease Research and Policy at the University of Minnesota, and seven colleagues informed the agency it was promoting flawed data and excluding data that did not reinforce their narrative.

The letter warned the agency that misrepresenting data on trusted websites such as the CDC and the COVID-19 Real-Time Learning Network—jointly created by the CDC and Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA)—would “damage the credibility of science,” endanger public trust by “misrepresenting the evidence,” and give the public “false expectations” masking would protect them from the SARS-CoV-2 virus that causes COVID-19.

“We believe the information and recommendations as provided may actually put an individual at increased risk of becoming infected with SARS-CoV-2 and for them to experience a serious or even life-threatening infection,” Mr. Osterhom wrote.

The authors urged the IDSA to remove the suggestion that masking prevents severe disease from its website and asked the CDC to reconsider its statements about the “efficacy of masks and face coverings for preventing transmission of SARS-CoV-2.”

Osterholm also noted a pattern of selectively choosing data that supported the desired narrative that masks prevent severe COVID-19 disease and transmission—claims he said are unsupported by the scientific evidence provided by the CDC and IDSA on their websites.

The IDSA “Masks and Face Coverings for the Public” webpage appears to “focus on the strengths of studies that support its conclusions while ignoring their shortcomings of study design,” Mr. Osterholm wrote. “Studies that do not support its perspective are similarly downplayed.”

The COVID-19 Real-Time Learning Network was created in 2020 to share “accurate, timely information about COVID-19.” According to its website, the IDSA’s editorial team of infectious disease and public health experts synthesize clinical guidance, identify emerging scientific consensus and areas of ongoing uncertainty, and tackle “misconceptions and disinformation.”

Although partly funded by the CDC, the IDSA collaborates with numerous medical professional organizations that publish medical journals and make recommendations based on agency guidance, including the American Academy of Family Physicians, the American Academy of Pediatrics, the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, the American College of Physicians, the Society of Critical Care Medicine, the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America, and the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists.

The letter was sent to CDC officials, the associate medical and associate digital editors of the COVID-19 Real-Time Learning Network, and IDSA board members, which included Dr. Rochelle Walensky, the former director of the CDC during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Experts Ask CDC and IDSA to Address ‘Serious Errors’ on Website

In his letter to the CDC, Mr. Osterholm asked the CDC and IDSA to address the “serious errors” published on its website regarding the efficacy of masks as soon as possible and strongly urged the IDSA to remove the suggestion that masking prevents severe COVID-19 from its website and a podcast where such “irresponsible claims were made.”

Furthermore, Mr. Osterholm recommended the IDSA reconsider statements about the efficacy of masks and coverings for preventing SARS-CoV-2 transmission, noting the IDSA’s website falsely suggests evidence of mask efficacy has strengthened throughout the pandemic.

“We do not agree that the evidence for their efficacy has strengthened throughout the pandemic, as the website suggests,” Mr. Osterholm said. “In fact, contrary to the conclusion on this website, the November 2020 Cochrane Review cited states this: ‘Compared with wearing no mask, wearing a mask may make little to no difference in how many people caught a flu-like illness (9 studies; 3,507 people); and probably makes no difference in how many people have flu confirmed by a laboratory test (6 studies; 3,005 people).’”

Osterholm said he and his colleagues are not “anti-mask” but wanted to see a more careful scientific review of the data showing the role masks may play in preventing SARS-CoV-2 transmission. They offered to help the IDSA update its review of the science. Instead, the IDSA and CDC modified their website to promote masking, stating: “Masking is a critical public health tool for preventing the spread of COVID-19, and it is important to remember that any mask is better than no mask.”

The letter was part of documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) by The Functional Government Initiative (FGI), an organization dedicated to “improving the American public’s awareness about the officials, decisions, and priorities of their government.”

“The story of official masking guidance should trouble the American public. Recall that Dr. Fauci at first said there was no need for masks. The cloth masks were all that stood between you and COVID. But as evidence against cloth masks appeared, the premiere scientific health organizations dug in their heels and refused to follow the science or listen to their trusted outside advisors,” FGI said in a statement (pdf).

“That Dr. Osterholm and his colleagues felt compelled to raise concerns about cherry-picked data and the danger it presented to the credibility of public health officials and the health of the public says that something was deeply dysfunctional in these agencies,” FGI stated.

The Epoch Times contacted the CDC for comment but did not receive a response.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Megan Redshaw is an attorney and investigative journalist with a background in political science. She is also a traditional naturopath with additional certifications in nutrition and exercise science. 

Featured image is from Vaccines.news


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Atlanta Prosecutor Fani Willis Sent Black Educators to Jail

August 24th, 2023 by Margaret Kimberley

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Atlanta is no mecca for Black people. It is a political plantation where the white overseers rule. Fani Willis’ prosecution of Black teachers was an awful example of the power dynamic in that city. 

“Our children have been cheated by those who have willfully torn apart black communities through displacement and gentrification, underfunded and privatized public schools, and then have criminalized black educators for a dysfunctional system that was designed to fail.” – Shani Robinson , Atlanta teacher prosecuted by Fani Willis 

“So if what I am being criticized for is doing something to protect people that did not have a voice for themselves, I sit in that criticism, and y’all can put it in my obituary.” – District Attorney Fani Willis defending the prosecution and jailing of Black educators

Who was Fani Willis protecting when she used Georgia’s Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization (RICO) statute to put twelve Black educators on trial in 2015? Atlanta, like other major cities, was not caught up in the corrupt influence of racketeers, but of school test score mania. The No Child Left Behind Act punished school districts with low scores, putting them at risk of state takeovers, or of schools being closed. Educators in Georgia, 38 other states and the District of Columbia , succumbed to these pressures and changed test scores to give the appearance that children had reached educational attainment levels when they hadn’t.

The education prosecutions are but one example of Georgia’s style of politics, wherein white people put Black people in prominent positions but pull strings behind the scenes. Powerful white people demanded the police training center, Cop City, and the Black mayor and city council members go along despite the fact that their constituents don’t want 85-acres of militarized policing that will destroy an old growth forest.

The right wing segregationists in the state government call the shots too, and the fate of the twelve people was sealed after republican Governor Sonny Perdue sent Georgia Bureau of Investigation agents into the schools to investigate problematic test results. Perdue himself applied for a $400 million grant awarded to states that improved test scores. Perdue simultaneously claimed fraud but also got money for his state for improvements that he was investigating as crimes.

Paul Howard, District Attorney at the time of the indictments, is Black, as was his Assistant District Attorney Fani Wilis, but they did what Black leadership in Atlanta do now. They ask, “How high?,” when they are told to jump and in this instance the lives of 12 people were ruined.

Eleven of the twelve were convicted and two of those went to jail after a trial which lasted for eight months. Despite intense pressure to plead guilty, six others did not, but years later Fani Willis is still insisting on sending them to jail too.

The charges against Donald Trump have elevated Wills to demigoddess status as a fighter for democracy, slayer of old racist presidents, and as the old saying goes, a credit to her race. But in reality she is a typical prosecutor, taking orders from the powerful and throwing the prosecutorial book at people who deserve punishment that fits the crime or who may even be innocent.

Shani Robinson is one of those still waiting for vindication. She was a first grade teacher accused by someone else who received immunity from prosecution. Yet she was caught up in the dragnet and has yet to emerge. She refused to plead guilty and is free on appeal but Willis still wants to see her behind bars. She and others were accused of being part of a criminal enterprise because they all received salaries as school district employees. RICO was created to catch mobsters but now is being applied to anyone who is caught up in the criminal injustice system.

Ambitious prosecutors, scapegoated Black defendants, and racist media attention combined to make a tawdry spectacle and a gross injustice. Now Fani Willis has been turned into a hero when she is the latest iteration of the traitorous Black face in a high place, doing the bidding of powerful white people. 

The so-called test cheating scandal was actually a prosecutorial scandal. The Atlanta educators could have lost their jobs and licenses or been sentenced to community service or probation. But Fani Willis and her boss insisted upon the most draconian charges and sentencing. The ongoing scandal is that prosecutors anywhere in this country can make names for themselves by treating anyone they want to prosecute as if they are organized crime bosses, ruining their lives, and putting them in jail.

Willis is now in the news as the person who charged Donald Trump and 18 other people in a 41-count indictment charging them with a conspiracy meant to overturn the 2020 election. But she and other prosecutors must be scrutinized. One must always assume that defendants are being overcharged, and that the RICO statute is being misused so that the state can act with nefarious intent. All skin folk aren’t kinfolk, and the prosecution of Black Atlanta educators is Exhibit A which proves the case.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Margaret Kimberley is the author of Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents. You can support her work on Patreon   and also find it on the Twitter   and Telegram  platforms. She can be reached via email at margaret.kimberley(at)blackagendareport.com.

Featured image: Credit: Michael Blackshire (Source: The Atlanta-Journal Constitution)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

 

 

 

 

34 Thought Leaders Demolish the COVID Propaganda Event

The inspired editors of this fascinating collection have managed to gain the confidence and cooperation of 34 thought leaders who have exposed all the elements of the systematic global health propaganda that delivered the drumbeat message:

  1. The pandemic threatens the survival of all humanity
  2. There is no therapy to cure the sick
  3. It is necessary to confine the whole population, and
  4. The delivery will come only from a vaccine

This propaganda and its attendant censorship occurred within the context of a corona cold virus which, according to the World Health Organization, kills only 0.23% of those infected (that’s 1 in 400, mostly elderly. Bull. WHO, Oct. 14, 2020).

The following list of leading public health scholars, whose essays appear in this volume, were censored on media and social media from 2020-2023. This book (one of the best I have read) is their story of Covd-19:

  • Dr. Harvey A. Risch, epidemiologist, Yale School of Public Health (500+ articles in print)
  • Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, epidemiologist, Stanford University (300+ articles), on the backlash and death threats against his orthodox public health recommendations of “focused protection” for the vulnerable
  • Dr. Robert W. Malone, vaccinologist, inventor of mRNA technology platform (155 articles)
  • Dr. Peter A. McCullough, cardiologist, former Vice-Chair Internal Medicine, Baylor Univ. (600+ articles) on “the terrible safety track record and trail of injuries, disabilities and deaths” from the mandated mRNA injections.
  • Dr. Paul Marik, Pulmonary & Critical Care specialist (500 articles, 80 book chapters, 4 textbooks)
  • Dr. Joseph Ladapo, Florida Surgeon General (165 articles)
  • Dr. Norman Fenton, Prof. of Risk, St. Mary’s University, London (343 articles) provides careful interpretation of the number of deaths reported for the Covid-19 injections.

The following eminent physicians and specialists were also silenced by censorship when they sought to protest the unprecedented, unorthodox and counterproductive global Covid pandemic policies whose ultimate origins have yet to be traced:

  • Dr. Pierre Kory, ICU specialist and co-founder of FLCCC (Frontline COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance)
  • Dr. Ryan Cole, pathologist and laboratory-owner, who spoke out about disturbing trends in cancers after the vaccine roll-out – and then was punished by his profession and his insurance company
  • Dr. Aseem Malhotra, NHS-trained Consultant Cardiologist, on “How Pharmaceutical Overreach, Corruption and Health System Failures Birthed COVID.” Both Dr. Malhotra and Dr. Harvey Risch contend that evidence-based medicine has been hijacked by powerful vested interests.
  • Dr. James Thorp, Obstetrician and Gynecologist, on “The Most Egregious Violation of Medical Ethics in the History of Medicine.”
  • Dr. George Fareed, a family physician in Southern California early-treated 7000 patients using common repurposed drugs without incurring a single loss, insisting that “Covid is a treatable disease. If we treat Covid early, no one dies. All the patients we treated early and who adhered to our treatments, lived.”
  • He and his colleague, Dr. Brian Tyson, were heavily censored. “Why,” he asks, “Why would anyone want to stop getting the word out when a pandemic that rocked the globe could be effectively treated?”
  • Senator Ron Johnson reports that although the US Government had a stockpile of hydroxychloroquine before the vaccines arrived, even President Trump did not have the power to release it because “the media was so in the tank for Fauci that Trump couldn’t contradict him.”

Johnson reports on vaccinated people “suffering with internal vibrations so severe they’re committing suicide.”

He concludes,

“Right now it’s all of us against the media. It’s all of us against the COVID cartel: the administration, health agencies, big pharma, mainstream media, and big tech social media giants. The body count is so high they can’t afford to admit they’re wrong.”

The courage shown by veteran family physician Dr. Mary O’Connor in protecting, from the Ontario College of Physicians and Surgeons, the identities and privacy of her patients who had received vaccine exemptions is worth the price of this entire book.

The opposite of courage, fear accompanied by a loss of critical thinking, is explored by novelist Colin McAdam and historian John Leake.

Dr. Peter Breggin, psychiatrist, author of 20 medical books and expert witness at 100+ medial malpractice court appearances, reports that SARS-CoV2 was a gain-of-function lab virus, and that the WHO master plan for pandemics had been created by WHO super-funder Bill Gates and his vaccine development foundation CEPI, in its 2017 Preliminary CEPI Business Plan. Gates has long favoured Pfizer and Moderna.

Therefore Dr. Pierre Kory’s stunning exposé, “The Global Disinformation Campaign Against Ivermectin – The “Fix” at the WHO,” comes as no surprise, with its breath-taking detective work showing how the WHO was insidiously corrupted to recommend against using the almost magically effective antiviral Ivermectin – except in clinical trials.

Journalists speaking out:

In an article titled “The Day Journalism Died,” Canadian veteran CBC/CTV journalist Rodney Palmer describes how the once-legendary CBC frequently resorted to “smear jobs” against investigators who pointed to the Wuhan lab as the source of the virus. CBC was being schooled by the US propaganda outfit “First Draft.” CBC smeared Canadian doctors who had successfully treated Covid patients with ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine as spreading “misinformation”. “This is not journalism. It is propaganda…it is largely pharmaceutical marketing disguised as journalism.”

Journalist Dr. Michael Nevradakis, in “Fact-checking the ‘fact-checkers’: Standing up for Truth in the Age of COVID Censorship,” shows, via the Twitter Files and FOIA requests, that White House censorship orders to Twitter, Facebook, and Google, meant that taxpayers “are paying for their own censorship.” Nevradakis also reports on the progress of current lawsuits against Biden and the Trusted News Initiative (which is described in Chapter 6).

Trish Wood, who hosted the Canadian CBC flagship program “The Fifth Estate” for ten years, writes: “The homogeneous media blob that has taken over newsrooms enabled it all by…ruthlessly parroting in unison the same policy talking points no matter how cruel or absurd. Anti-vaxxer. Stay home, stay safe. Safe and effective. All in this together. Follow the science. Media supported and promoted the biggest public policy failure of our lifetime by attacking anyone who called it out, no matter how credentialed.”

Entrepreneur Steve Kirsh recounts the unflagging censorship he encountered via Medium, LinkedIn, Twitter, and Wikipedia for his determined research “on the wrong side of the narrative.”

Emergency medicine physician Dr. Joseph Fraiman explores the forms that self-censorship has taken during the pandemic, thereby stifling productive debate.

A good discussion of YouTube censorship, and of the Canadian Freedom Convoy (“the greatest expression of Canadian patriotism I had ever seen”), is provided by Dr. Sam Dubé.  Dr. Michael Rectenwald asks if enough dissidents have been created by the Covid “pandemic” to prevent a planned recurrence.

Regarding masks and lockdowns, Dr. Paul Marik, founding member and chairman of the FLCCC:

“We know the virus is infinitesimally smaller than the pores or holes in the mask. So to suspect that it would stop viral transmission or protect people is completely absurd. Now we have a Cochrane review study — the gold standard — which definitively and categorically shows that masks simply do not work…

Never have we ever locked people down… The combination of masks, lockdowns and social isolation has had a devastating effect on children. We now have a generation of kids that are cognitively impaired.”

Former UK Senior Supreme Court judge Lord Sumpton discusses the issue of personal liberty in relation to the “spectacular” imposition of the lockdowns.

Law professor Bruce Hardy of Queen’s University, Canada, warned of dire consequences when the lockdowns were imposed in Spring, 2020, and reported the edicts that destroyed lives.

Dr. Marik on vaccine injuries:

“We know from Pfizer’s own data, the spontaneous miscarriage rate in vaccinated women was 84%. So the vaccine was more effective in terminating a pregnancy than the abortion tablet…

The vaccine spike protein goes to every organ in the body. In the vaccine-injured the average number of symptoms is 23. There are treatment protocols for the injured at FLCCC.net.”

Dr. Jessica Rose gives a descriptive analysis of how to interpret the data from the US Vaccine Adverse Effects Reporting System (VAERS) to make it more accessible to the public.

Brianne Dressen, who was injured in an mRNA clinical trial, and prompted by Facebook removing all reports of vaccine injuries, started the patient-advocacy group React19.org, which now has 30,000 members.

Edward Dowd is a former Blackrock manager and numbers specialist. Dowd reports that insurance company and funeral homes statistics show that, in the two years following the vaccine rollout, all-cause US deaths in people age 25-44 increased by 47%. In people aged 45 to 64 the increase was 28%. “I don’t know how this is going to be hidden for much longer. Eventually, the reckoning will come.”

Canadian science Prof. Denis Rancourt emphasizes that all-cause mortality statistics are the most reliable, non-biased data for attributing causes of death, and concludes that there was no excess mortality from the virus itself, but there was excess mortality from the lockdown and vaccination coercion.  Indeed, the vaccine rollouts were synchronous with peaks in all-cause mortality.

Sir Christopher Chope, MP, chair of the UK Parliament All-Party Parliamentary Group on COVID-19 Vaccine Damage, has worked tirelessly to encourage adequate review and compensation for COVID-19 vaccine harms, and also on a proposal “to encourage manufacturers to pay into a redress fund for those harmed, in light of their recent exorbitant profits.”

The first unfortunate truth to be drawn from the above testimonies is that with regard to the COVID-19 operation, Western governments have been more responsive to the welfare of Big Pharma than to the welfare of their voting populations.

The second truth is explained by Dr. Robert W. Malone, who presents us with a definition:

“The basic idea behind 5th generation warfare is that in the modern era, wars are not fought by armies or guerillas, but in the minds of common citizens.”

“The new gradient of warfare uses the internet, social media and the 24-hour news cycle to change cognitive biases of individuals and/or organizations…A key characteristic of 5th-Gen warfare is that the nature of the attack is concealed.”

They not only push false narratives and misinformation, he says. “The most effective strategies mix truth with fiction, and act to increase confusion and disorder in the thoughts and minds of those being targeted, so they are not sure what or whom to believe.

For example, Dr. Malone reports that the 5th-Gen cyberstalking technique has been contracted by the CDC (via its CDC Foundation) to “cyber stalk and gang stalk physicians who spoke counter to the COVID narrative regarding pseudo-MRNA vaccines, mandates, lockdowns and masks.”

Indeed, best-selling author Dr. Naomi Wolf reports she was banished from Twitter by “Former Twitter Head of Trust & Safety” Yoel Roth, because “paradoxically, more speech equals more danger and not more safety for society.”

Finally, some good news, from Dr. Marik:

“Their goal now is to get the Covid shot on the U.S. childhood vaccination program, which is abhorrent… Sweden, Denmark, and even the UK now have banned vaccinating people under the age of 50 because it is so cost ineffective, with so many adverse events.”

Word will spread.

“The truth is the way forward. It just is. The truth has its own power.” – Sen. Ron Johnson

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Elizabeth Woodworth is highly engaged in climate change science and activism. She has published 42 articles on Global Research, is co-author of “Unprecedented Climate Mobilization”, “Unprecedented Crime: Climate Science Denial and Game Changers for Survival,” and co-producer of the COP21 video “A Climate Revolution For All.” She is author of the popular handbook on nuclear weapons activism, “What Can I Do?” and the novel, “The November Deep”. For 25 years, she served as head medical librarian for the BC Government. She holds a BA from Queen’s and a Library Sciences Degree from UBC.

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.


Canary In a Covid World: How Propaganda and Censorship Changed Our (My) World: Edited by C.H. Klotz, Various Authors, Malone, Dr. Robert & Jill, Dowd, Edward, Fareed, Dr. George, Kory, Dr. Pierre,Canary In a Covid World: How Propaganda and Censorship Changed Our (My) World

by Various Authors Edited by C.H. Klotz (Author), Dr. Robert & Jill Malone (Author), Edward Dowd (Author), Dr. George Fareed (Author), Dr. Pierre Kory (Author), Dr. Peter McCullough (Author), Dr. Joseph Ladapo (Author), Dr. Peter & Ginger Breggin (Author), Naomi Wolf (Author), Colin McAdam (Author)

Publisher‏:‎ CANARY HOUSE PUBLISHING (August 2, 2023)

Paperback‏:430 pages

ISBN-10: 1739052536

ISBN-13:978-1739052539

Click here to purchase.

The Pacific Is Not a Nuclear Waste Dumping Ground!

August 24th, 2023 by Pacific Elders Voice

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Japan and Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO)’s reckless decision to discharge over 1.3 million tonnes of nuclear-contaminated wastewater into our Blue Pacific is a testimony to the dangers of nuclear power. No Pacific state is reliant on the nuclear power industry The Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Station (NPS) meltdown disaster of 2011 is evidence of the ongoing human, environmental and economic consequences it has upon the health and well-being of people of the Pacific. Now, Pacific Islanders and future generations will have to bear the brunt of Japan’s dependence on nuclear energy as the attempts to stabilise the Fukushima disaster have led to the cost-cutting measure of discharging nuclear-contaminated wastewater from land into Japanese waters, which through the accelerated spread of ocean currents will inevitably be an act of transboundary and transgenerational harm against the pacific peoples and their livelihoods. Starting today, the discharge is slated to last for another thirty years.

We note with disappointment that this brazen act of environmental vandalism will compound the brutal nuclear legacy of over 315 weapons tests in our region for which genuine nuclear justice has not been fully achieved. It furthermore represents a palpable disrespect towards the Pacific region’s historically strong stance against nuclear pollution in all forms and  commitment to a Nuclear Free Pacific, through international and regional agreements such as the London Convention (1972), the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (1982), the Rarotonga Treaty (1986), the Noumea Convention (1986) and the Waigani Convention (1995). We acknowledge that some of these laws and treaties were designed and agreed to by Pacific states with Japan in mind given its previous attempts to dump nuclear waste into the Pacific Ocean from the late 1970s onwards.

History repeats itself with Japan again testing the limits of the Pacific’s friendship through an absence of consultation, accountability, dialogue and consensus building with Pacific states, NGOs and civil society groups. We believe that this will set a dangerous precedent that breaches the human rights of Pacific peoples, especially by other states who wish to engage with nuclear power and are looking to dispose of any form of toxic waste into the Pacific Ocean. The plan represents an irreversible risk of severe human rights violations, especially those relating to the enjoyment of a safe, clean, healthy and sustainable environment; as well as, many others concerning the rights to an adequate standard of living, physical and mental health, safe food, drinking water and sanitation.

Japan and TEPCO’s reliance on the misguided assumption that “dilution is the solution to pollution” is scientifically and ecologically unsound. We call on the Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) to remain opposed to the discharge and committed to the findings of the independent panel of scientific experts that they appointed. The panel found insufficient evidence based on statistically deficient and biased measurement protocols provided by Japan and TEPCO to prove the overall reduction of the concentration of radionuclides through the Advanced Liquid Processing System (ALPS). The panel have voiced concerns with the continued presence of tritium, carbon-14, and likely some other 64 radionuclides including strontium-90, cesium-137 and cobalt-60 from the “treated” water. This will accordingly lead to varying degrees of biological uptake eventually to humans, through oceanic currents, ecosystems and the food chain.

We are equally dismayed by the IAEA’s premature encouragement of the plan from as early as 2013, outdated safety standards and subsequent endorsement of Japan and TEPCO’s discharge plan. There was an opportunity for Japan to be global trailblazers of responsible and ethical nuclear waste disposal with the inclusion of the voices of Japanese fishing communities, as well as, nearby affected coastal Asian and Pacific states. Instead of a United Nations remit concerned with the industry of nuclear energy and the safe use of nuclear power, we acknowledge the need for a truly independent, international and participatory monitoring regime with the close involvement of those likely to be affected states to sufficiently monitor Japan and TEPCO’s environmental and human impact. For now, we stay committed to our previous statements calling for Japan and TEPCO to abandon their plans until genuine consultation is done with Pacific stakeholders. We furthermore call for Japan to be role models for nuclear stewardship in the region and appropriately consider alternatives, instead of generating a culture that lacks trust, dialogue and respect between all parties involved which will cause reputational harm to Japan.

We note with concern, Prime Minister of Japan Fumio Kishida and Japan’s attempts to politically fracture the regional position of a Nuclear Free Pacific. It is disappointing to observe Prime Minister of Fiji Sitiveni Rabuka’s support and other Pacific leader’s backsliding statements over the past couple of months regarding this issue, as well as their refusal to deeply listen to the scientific panel appointed by the PIF, the widespread majority in their own governments and civil society who have voiced concerns over Japan’s plan. We note as well the role of Overseas Development Assistance (ODA) by Japan to placate and seduce leaders to approve this ecologically irresponsible plan.

Finally, we endorse the move for international action to be taken to initiate a lawsuit against Japan at the International Tribunal on the Law of the Sea (ITLOS) and seek provisional measures to protect against the transboundary and transgenerational impacts upon the peoples of the Pacific and the ocean that we all call our home. We also encourage Pacific states to pursue all available legal avenues available to them, with regard to the abuse of the human rights of Pacific peoples by this plan. Furthermore, the convening of the next PIF meeting in Rarotonga as the birthplace of the South Pacific Nuclear Free Zone presents an opportunity to revisit all current nuclear issues in the region including but not limited to: the Fukushima issue, the AUKUS security pact, and the nuclear tests legacy for survivors with the Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons.

We act in solidarity with coastal fishing communities and civil society across Japan, Korea, and China, as well as the many in Pacific states objecting to this plan. Furthermore, we act in solidarity with the ‘Rally for the health of our oceans’ led by many Fijian NGOs scheduled for Friday morning in Suva and echo their call for international intervention to stop Japan’s planned dumping of nuclear-contaminated wastewater into our Blue Pacific.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from The Millennium Report

La ampliación de los BRICS y un nuevo horizonte global

August 24th, 2023 by Daniel Kersffeld

Russia, Donbass and the Reality of Conflict in Ukraine

By Daniel Kovalik, August 23, 2023

I just returned from my third trip to Russia, and my second trip to Donbas (now referring to the republics of Donetsk and Luhansk collectively) in about eight months. This time, I flew into lovely Tallinn, Estonia, and took what should be about a six-hour bus ride to St. Petersburg. In the end, my bus trip took me about 12 hours, due to a long wait in Customs on the Russian side of the border.

BRICS: A New World Economic and Trading Force?

By Peter Koenig and Press TV, August 23, 2023

The BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) are holding arguably one of their most important Summits from 22 to 24 August 2023 in Johannesburg, South Africa. Several new countries – up to 40 it is said, including Iran – would like to join the bloc and were invited to attend the South African Summit.

Aid to Ukraine: The Administration Requests More Money and Faces Political Battles Ahead

By Mark F. Cancian, August 23, 2023

President Biden has asked Congress for an additional $24 billion for the war in Ukraine, bringing the total aid to $135 billion. Such aid is critical, not just for military operations but for easing the war’s humanitarian impact.

Cell Phones and The Deadly Risks of Microwave Radiation. “The Zapping of America”. Remembering Paul Brodeur

By New Mexico Chapter of People Without Cell Phones, August 23, 2023

Paul Brodeur, a former staff writer for the New Yorker magazine, died on August 2, 2023. He was the author of the pioneering book, The Zapping of America, which he published in 1977. It was the first book I ever read on the subject of microwave radiation.

Not a Single Court in the Western World Is Willing to Examine the COVID-19 Evidence. “Crimes Against Humanity” Revealed by Dr. Reiner Fuellmich

By Stephen Karganovic, August 23, 2023

Quite some time ago, in 2021 to be precise, we discussed the remarkable phenomenon of the German-American trial attorney Dr. Reiner Fuellmich and his plans to take the pandemic and its instigators to court.

Heavy Losses of Ukraine Armed Forces, Including Many Commanders: Germany’s General A. Marlow

By Ahmed Adel, August 23, 2023

The Armed Forces of Ukraine have lost many commanders, said German Army Lieutenant General Andreas Marlow to Reuters agency. This suggests that Germany’s training of Ukrainian troops makes no difference on the battlefield as these newly trained recruits do not reinforce an experienced leadership.

COVID mRNA and Pregnancy: Skyrocketing Deaths of Vaccinated Pregnant Women. Dr. William Makis

By Dr. William Makis, August 23, 2023

39-year-old Megan McCullah Burrows, a Physician Assistant at Siskin Children’s Institute specializing in Autism and ADHD evaluation, died on July 24, 2023 “after a sudden illness.” She died < 3 months after giving birth (May 1, 2023).

Was There Really a Massacre in Tiananmen Square, Or Was It an Illusion Fabricated by U.S. Politicians and Corporate Media to Make Americans Hate China?

By Jeremy Kuzmarov, August 23, 2023

In 1989, the American public was flooded with iconic images of brave Chinese students standing up to Chinese Communist tanks in Tiananmen Square—students who were then brutally slaughtered by the Chinese military. Or so we were led to believe.

Better Reform ECOWAS Than Embark on Military Adventures in West Africa

By Kester Kenn Klomegah, August 23, 2023

The Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS), the 15-member West Africa’s main regional bloc, is seemingly loosing its decades-old credibility in attempts to reinstate Niger’s ousted president, Mohamed Bazoum. The overarching combined narratives of the growing crisis, mass demonstrations in support for the military and the uncoordinated plan for military intervention are explicit signs of weaknesses on the side of ECOWAS.

“The IMF may demand Lebanon normalize with Israel.”

By Alberto Garcia Watson and Steven Sahiounie, August 23, 2023

Lebanon is a failed state economically, politically, and socially. Very little movement has occurred to help Lebanon recover from the depths of hopelessness. Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Alberto García Watson, a Beirut-based expert in the Middle East, terrorism and Islamic radicalism as well as a television correspondent.

BRICS: A New World Economic and Trading Force?

August 23rd, 2023 by Peter Koenig

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Background

The BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) are holding arguably one of their most important Summits from 22 to 24 August 2023 in Johannesburg, South Africa. Several new countries – up to 40 it is said, including Iran – would like to join the bloc and were invited to attend the South African Summit.

Iran applied for BRICS membership already in 2022. Iranian President Ebrahim Raeisi has also been invited to Johannesburg to take part in the summit. BRICS is a consensus-based organization. Every five members must agree on the principle of expansion and criteria for new members.

South Africa’s president has officially opened the 15th annual summit of BRICS, a bloc of five major emerging economies in Johannesburg.

Cyril Ramaphosa made the inaugural address and welcomed the bloc’s members and other world leaders attending the 3-day summit. He called for more cooperation among members, adding that the bloc would continue discussions on practical use of local currencies to facilitate trade and investment flows.

Chinese and Brazilian presidents, the Indian Prime Minister, the Russian Foreign Minister as well as leaders and representatives from some 50 other countries are in attendance.

On Tuesday  (August 22, 2023), the Russian president addressed a business forum of the BRICS grouping. Vladimir Putin highlighted the accelerating momentum of de-dollarization.

In a virtual address, Vladimir Putin also criticized the sanctions policy of western states, saying such practice is seriously affecting the international economic situation. He said the unlawful freezing of assets of sovereign states constitutes a violation of free trade and economic cooperation rules. The Brazilian president addressed the same forum as well. He voiced support for economic cooperation among the bloc’s members.

BRICS is expected to consider granting new memberships during its three-day summit, as over 40 countries have expressed interest in joining it. 

PressTV: The Summit is expected to focus on several key topics, including criteria for BRICS- membership, de-dollarization, a BRICS common currency, challenging global economic hegemony and more. Can you please comment?

Peter Koenig: Let me start by saying, it is high time that the BRICS meet not only to talk about the criteria and rules for the about 20 to 40 new member candidates – including Iran – who want to join this Club of Eastern / Global South economies, but also about other crucial matters – like de-dollarization, a BRICS TRADING CURRENCY, and where to keep their reserves… for sure not in New York, London, or Paris.

Some western countries would not mind joining. They may not dare express their interest, for fear of being castigated by the self-styled masters of the West. But there are several western countries interested. Some of them important ones.

Some of them, even scholars of Klaus Schwab’s academy for Young Global Leaders (YGL), those that are literally at the head of most if not all EU countries, some have become tired of their role, having to follow a dictate that does maybe no longer respond to their own values.

On more than one occasion, Klaus Schwab has boasted how proud he is that the WEF was able to infiltrate “his” YGLs into governments throughout the world.

Well, some of these YGLs may see through the scam and are eager to exit. And some do. But no mention of names would be appropriate here.

Rules of BRICS Membership

So, it is THE opportunity for the original BRICS to lay out their rules, modify them if necessary – so that others can join, but PLEASE, do not water down the BRICS concept, just so that everybody fits into scheme.

Mind you, for many the East is the future. And rightly so. This is true for the world. Many see the BRICS and ultimately the dream of entering the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, the SCO – as the salvation from the West, from sanctions, from the dollar impositions, from debt enslavement — from trading restrictions… from outright theft of their currency reserves in foreign countries.

And they are right.

As a byline to the all too frequent western theft of reserve funds and gold…

Think about NOT PLACING your reserves into foreign countries, especially not the west. Why did Russia and Venezuela not keep their gold at home?

But is this the purpose of the BRICS – providing shelter from the last onslaught of the west, led by the United States and her vassals – the Europeans?

And is it right – that some of the BRICS leaders are constantly vacillating between the US and the BRICS solid core – China and Russia. Mr. Modi, for example, seems to be leaning towards whatever camp – West or East – he feels gives him more advantages.

Is this what the BRICS – a solid and potentially expanded BRICS wants and needs?

Rules for BRICS Membership Are Essential

Mr. Putin is of course right – condemning sanctioning and freezing assets of “non-behaving” countries is a crime in the realm of international justice – which, as we all know, has been replaced by the globalist’s “rules of order” — which are being changed as they are needed to fulfill the globalists conditions to rule.

But what to do about it?

De-Dollarization

This is a term high up on the agenda of the BRICS meeting.

But how to do it? Many BRICS countries still depend on the US-dollar as the bulk of their reserve currency, the main trade currency —

De-Dollarization for many is not happening overnight. A common strategy is needed.

Trading in Local Currencies and Creating a Common BRICS Trading Currency

To begin with and to avoid the dollar – trading among BRICS members (and even outside BRICS) with local currencies, instead of dollars. This is relatively easy, for example China and Argentina have done it for a log time.

In the short-to-medium term – what might help and may become a necessity, is having a common BRICS Trading Currency.

But beware – this does not mean having a common BRICS currency – as the European Union does with the Euro – which is a disaster as most serious economists knows.

You cannot have a common currency for a group of politically and geographically diverse countries that do not have a common Constitution and claim instead their financial, economic, and political sovereignty.

Those who created the EU and the Euro – who were not Europeans – knew that exactly.

But what the BRICS should aim at during this meeting, is agreeing on a common trading currency and the format of this trading currency. While every BRICS member country maintains her own sovereign local currency

One option might be – the creation of a virtual currency which is a composite of the weighted average of each member’s own currency, weighted by her economic strength and other parameters – that eventually leads to something representing the currency that all members are part of and could use as a trading instrument – and even reserve currency.

It would be following in a certain way, the principle behind the IMF’s SDR – Special Drawing Rights.

But by NO Means would it be the SDR.

It might be called a BRICS TRADING CURRENCY – or BTC.

And mind you, a BRICS TRADING CURRENCY would not be cast in stone. It might be adjusted as economies of members change and evolve.

*

Summary

If these few concepts

  • Rules for BRICS membership; and possibly a preselection;
  • Timelines to achieve these rules for interested countries;
  • De-Dollarization, i.e., trading in local currencies and agreeing on a virtual common trading currency,

could be agreed upon during the Johannesburg BRICS Summit – a great step towards an expanded and unified BRICS may be achieved.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

This report by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) (an establishment think tank) presents relevant information  and analysis on the billions of dollars of so-called “U.S. Aid to Ukraine”, a large percentage of which is diverted to The Depart of Defense, (which transfers funds to The US Army, US Air Force, US Navy), several departments of the U.S. administration including the State Department, The Department of Health and Human Services, as well as The World Bank, in support of loan activities which are totally unrelated to Ukraine, in support of “the IDA’s crisis response window, which provides rapid financing and grants to the poorest countries to respond to severe crises”.

Quotations from the report: 

Thus, “aid to Ukraine” is a misnomer since 40 percent does not go to Ukraine itself. However, all is related to the war.”

“The great fear is a “forever war,” a conflict that goes on indefinitely at a great human and fiscal cost but without a clear outcome.”

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, August 23, 2023

***

Emphasis added by Global Research.

***

President Biden has asked Congress for an additional $24 billion for the war in Ukraine, bringing the total aid to $135 billion. 

Such aid is critical, not just for military operations but for easing the war’s humanitarian impact. [according to CISIS]

Although most of this request tracks with previous requests, some items are only tangentially related to the war in Ukraine. Furthermore, this request will likely engender more debate than previous requests as concerns about a “forever war” build. Although the administration will likely prevail this time, the next request― which is inevitable―may face a more difficult reception.

Q1: What is in the request?

A1: The $24 billion request for Ukraine aid is part of a larger $40 billion supplemental that also includes domestic disaster relief and border security.

The Ukraine request includes money for both the Department of Defense (DOD) ($13.2 billion) and the Department of State ($10.7 billion), with small amounts going to the Department of Health and Human Services ($100 million) and the Department of Energy ($65 million).

Figure 1 below shows the purpose of the funding. Although attention has focused on military aid (“Military [Ukraine]”), funds for the Ukrainian government to continue regular governmental operations (“Ukrainian Government”) and humanitarian aid (“Humanitarian”) are also significant.

Further, the DOD has received money for its increased military activity in Eastern Europe and for acceleration of munitions production (“Military [United States]”). Most of this goes to the U.S. Army, with lesser amounts to the U.S. Navy and U.S. Air Force. Finally, other parts of the U.S. government have received money for activities related to the war such as nonproliferation efforts (“U.S. Government and Domestic”). Thus, “aid to Ukraine” is a misnomer since 40 percent does not go to Ukraine itself. However, all is related to the war.

One striking element of the request is that $3.5 billion is, at best, indirectly related to Ukraine and arguably entirely unrelated.

The Department of State would receive $1 billion for “transformative, quality, and sustainable infrastructure projects that align with U.S. strategic interests and support U.S. partners and allies. Funding would allow the United States to provide credible, reliable alternatives to out-compete China.”

The World Bank through the International Development Association would receive $1 billion “to support the IDA’s crisis response window, which provides rapid financing and grants to the poorest countries to respond to severe crises” and another $1.25 billion through the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development for loan guarantees “to provide financing to help countries such as Colombia, Peru, Jordan, India, Indonesia, Morocco, Nigeria, Kenya, and Vietnam build new infrastructure and supply chains.” Finally, $200 million would go to a new fund in the Department of State to counter “Russian malign actors” in Africa.

While all of these uses might be justified, their inclusion in an emergency supplemental was likely opportunistic. The Office of Management and Budget often refers to this as the “Christmas tree” effect, whereby agencies that could not get money through the regular budget try to append the funds to an emergency supplemental.

Q2: Why did this request appear now?

A2: Congress has appropriated a total of $111 billion as a result of the conflict, which was intended to last through the end of the fiscal year (September 30). Because the money will run out soon, the administration needs to ask for more now to give the appropriations process time to play out.

Outside aid is vital for Ukrainian resistance. Militaries in active combat require a constant flow of weapons, munitions, and supplies. Without outside military aid, Ukrainian resistance would collapse in two or three weeks. Thus, the United States, with its allies and partners, needs to provide an uninterrupted flow of military aid. Even a short gap in support would badly undermine Ukrainian resistance. The same is true of humanitarian and economic assistance, though the effects are not as dramatic—human suffering as opposed to battlefield movement.

The administration sent its FY 2024 budget proposal to Congress in March but did not include aid to Ukraine. Rather, the administration has waited until now because it has not been sure how long the war would last or what its nature would be. Waiting has indeed provided more clarity: the war goes on and at the same level of intensity.

Q3: How does this latest request fit into the aid that the United States has provided so far?

A3: CSIS has tracked aid to Ukraine from the beginning of the conflict, publishing analyses in May 2022 (“What Does $40 Billion in Aid to Ukraine Buy?”), November 2022 (“Aid to Ukraine Explained in Six Charts”), and February 2023 (“What’s the Future of Aid to Ukraine?”). Those analyses contain a full description of U.S. aid. Figures 2 and 3 below draw on these previous analyses to put the August request in context.

Figure 2 shows the total amount of aid enacted by Congress: $113 billion, which came in four packages appropriated by Congress: March ($14 billion), May ($40 billion), September ($12 billion), and December ($45 billion). The August package brings the total to $135 billion.

Figure 3 compares the purpose of the funding in the August package with the previous packages as percentages of the whole. The figure shows that the proportion of military aid has stayed about the same. The August proposal has relatively more humanitarian aid and less economic aid to the Ukrainian government.

Q4: How long will this aid last?

A4: This is an interim request. The expectation is that Congress will not have appropriations bills passed by the beginning of the fiscal year on October 1, so there will be a continuing resolution. This aid package will support Ukraine during the time of the continuing resolution. The administration will make another request when the appropriation bills shape up, likely in November or so. That was the pattern last year. The administration asked for enough money to get through the period of a continuing resolution. It later asked for money for the rest of the fiscal year.

The $113 billion of aid approved by Congress averaged over the 583 days of war between February 24, 2022, and September 30, 2023, comes out to $223 million per day or $6.8 billion per month.

Military aid to Ukraine has averaged $86 million per day or $2.7 billion per month. Thus, a $23 billion aid package will last about 100 days, the expected period of the continuing resolution. Indeed, the administration’s documentation sent to Congress cites three months in one program description (“Economic Support Fund” section of the administration’s August request).

Why not ask for a full year of funding now? There are three reasons. First, the administration does not want to ask for a large amount of money―for example, enough to last for the entire fiscal year―because that would generate a lot of attention at a time when the other appropriations bills are not being considered. It is less controversial to put Ukrainian aid funding into the context of the full federal budget when the final budget deal is being made. Second, a full-year funding at this point would imply that the war will continue for another whole year. That is not yet clear. Finally, the administration is unsure about the nature of the war—whether it will continue at the current high level or settle down to a long-term stalemate that entails a lower level of operations.

On the other hand, the administration does not want to ask for too little money and then go back to Congress repeatedly with all the political controversies that go with it. The two-step process, continuing resolution request and then a full-year request as part of the final budget negotiations, is a compromise.

Q5: Will political opposition reduce or even block this proposed aid funding?

A5: Blockage or reduction is unlikely, but a political battle is inevitable, given rising concerns on both the left and the right. Progressives want to use the money for domestic purposes and agonize about the suffering that war entails. The populist right wants to reduce federal spending and avoid foreign entanglements. In the House vote on the National Defense Authorization Act, populists got 70 votes in a failed attempt to strip out $300 million of Ukraine funding. So far, however, the opposition has not stopped or even reduced aid in the face of strong bipartisan support.

What is new is the disappointing results of the Ukrainian counteroffensive so far. Although the counteroffensive began two months ago, Ukrainian forces are still chewing their way through the Russian defensive lines. Even President Zelensky has acknowledged the disappointment. Frustration is building. The great fear is a “forever war,” a conflict that goes on indefinitely at a great human and fiscal cost but without a clear outcome. Ukraine has tried to ease these concerns and has urged patience. However, recent CNN polling in the United States shows a majority saying “the United States has already done enough” (51 percent) and “should not authorize additional funding” (55 percent).

Opposition to aid packages often manifests itself in support for immediate negotiations because they seem to offer a way to end the war without betraying Ukraine. However, given Russia’s recalcitrance, any deal will reflect the situation on the ground. Currently, that would be an armistice with Russia retaining the territories it still occupies.

Economic aid may be most vulnerable as conservatives tend to support military aid and progressives support humanitarian aid. By contrast, economic aid goes to the Ukrainian government. Some on the left and right will argue that U.S. local governments need the money more.

There may also be a push for additional oversight. Although the administration argues that oversight is extensive and no significant problems have yet arisen, this is always a sensitive area. Evidence of widespread abuses would be extremely damaging to outside political support. It is also an area where the administration and congressional skeptics may find common ground.

Q6: What happens next?

A6: The administration will push Congress to act on this aid package. Given the political difficulty surrounding any appropriations action, the package may be attached to the expected continue resolution. Since the continuing resolution is a “must pass” bill, that increases the chances of the aid package getting a vote. If there is a government shutdown, as some deficit hawks are pushing for, there could be a gap in funding. That will not lead to an immediate end of support since Ukraine will continue to receive equipment and supplies that are already in the pipeline. Because previous shutdowns lasted a few weeks at the most, a funding gap would probably stop any offensive actions but not be fatal to Ukrainian resistance.

In the longer term, Ukraine’s success on the battlefield will drive both the need for future aid packages and the political fate of those packages. With both near-term and long-term aid packages in play, the fall could be a time of crisis.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark F. Cancian (Colonel, USMCR, ret.) is a senior adviser with the International Security Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies in Washington, D.C. During his time in the Office of Management and Budget his staff helped develop military aid packages for Eastern Europe and Ukraine.

Featured image: An airman loads weapons cargo bound for Ukraine onto a C-17 Globemaster III during a security assistance mission at Dover Air Force Base, Delaware, Sept. 14, 2022. (U.S. Air Force photo by Staff Sgt. Marco A. Gomez).

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

Paul Brodeur, a former staff writer for the New Yorker magazine, died on August 2, 2023. He was the author of the pioneering book, The Zapping of America, which he published in 1977. It was the first book I ever read on the subject of microwave radiation. Nobody had cell phones at that time. The first personal computers did not come on the market until that year. But Brodeur had bought property on Cape Cod, which he discovered was going to be directly in the path of the most powerful radar facility in the world.

The Zapping of America: Microwaves, Their Deadly Risk, and the Coverup: Brodeur, Paul: 9780393064278: Amazon.com: Books

It was an early warning radar station, and the United States was building two of them, one on the east coast and one on the west. They were called PAVE PAWS (Precision Acquisition of Vehicle Entry Phased Array Warning System).

They were going to emit 3-billion-watt phased array microwave beams that would scan the entire east and west coasts of the country to detect and warn against nuclear missiles. Brodeur did an investigation, and what he discovered about microwave radiation, and what was about to happen to this country, astonished him. Those radar stations were built and are still in operation today. And most people have forgotten they are there. But they emit phased array microwave radiation just like 5G cell phones and antennas.

In 1989, Brodeur wrote another book titled Currents of Death: Power Lines, Computer Terminals, and the Attempts to Cover Up Their Threat to Your Health. Computer screens were causing asthma, cataracts, miscarriages, birth defects, and skin problems. Until 1977, when the first personal computers were sold, rates of asthma had steadily declined year after year in the United States. In 1977, rates of asthma suddenly started to rise, and have been rising ever since. Brodeur exposed the hazards of computer screens in 1989. Most people have forgotten this too.

A new global network of local chapters called People Without Cell Phones has been launched to make sure that Brodeur’s life and work, and the lives and work of other pioneers of his generation, were not in vain. Today, 46 years after The Zapping of America was published, the world is still pretending that radiation is harmless, and that asthma, and brain tumors, and diabetes, and heart disease, and cancer, are caused by something else. And everyone carries around a cell phone, day and night.

We are going to grow a worldwide network of people who are throwing them away. The Earth is dying. Insects have largely disappeared.

Birds are falling dead out of the sky by the millions. The purpose of this network is not to place blame. It is to establish a presence in this world of people living, and teaching others how to live, as if life on Earth will continue. It has been launched together with a Policy Brief on Electrosmog, to which so far 29 organizations in 10 countries have signed on in support — organizations in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, France, Spain, Switzerland, Sweden, Norway, Belgium, and Tunisia. The time for baby steps is over. It is time to do what is necessary without fear, without reservations, and without accusations.

The New Mexico chapter of People Without Cell Phones had its founding meeting, in person, three days ago, on August 19. It was attended by a medical doctor, several building biologists, a photographer, and others. All but two do not own cell phones, and the others plan to get rid of theirs.

We established a feeling of community which people have been hungering for, and we began to discuss ways to talk about this to others, support one another, and work toward a world with:

  • no more radiation
  • no more brain tumors
  • restored health and vitality
  • birds, bees and butterflies
  • living as if life on Earth will continue

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from The Boston Globe